diff options
| author | Roberto C. Sanchez <roberto@connexer.com> | 2014-10-21 22:48:49 -0400 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roberto C. Sanchez <roberto@connexer.com> | 2014-10-21 22:48:49 -0400 |
| commit | 579657c8cb4ecd8a313221e70bdbbc7267f20286 (patch) | |
| tree | dff1f966a17b4c6f76dc6a0ce5e0871e3f81386a /docs | |
| parent | 00bc0a3de99e088902379dcb2905fb1546c7eca2 (diff) | |
Imported Upstream version 2.9.2
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
412 files changed, 16474 insertions, 16587 deletions
diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook index 7120693..46280ac 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>January 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html index e4830b8..0cf4b87 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/ar/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير."><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905066"></a>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="id14947557"></a><p>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="خلاصة"><p class="title"><b>خلاصة</b></p><p>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير."><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="idp26712032"></a><p>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="خلاصة"><p class="title"><b>خلاصة</b></p><p>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من diff --git a/docs/handbook/ar/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/ar/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 70e0b35..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/ar/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook index 3b4d322..529e296 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>January 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html index 9d5421e..c8c7770 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Příručka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Příručka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="idp26708192"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differindex e893fe9..617c8e4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/pdf/handbook.pdf diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 5cf4c02..2b80179 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ das &bibletime;-Fenster.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_books.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</para <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bookmark.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lesezeichen anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32" -depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupe anzeigen</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -114,13 +115,14 @@ Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_checkbox.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen +</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</para> + <action>An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke</action> Benutzen Sie +diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten +Büchern anzusehen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook index 5b7cbe3..4a8d93e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ ausgeliefert.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>Januar 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html index ee226ac..7b2500f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -32,24 +32,26 @@ ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</p></dd></dl></div><p> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</span> Diese Einstellung maximiert das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Fenster.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal anzeigen</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Bücherregal anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lesezeichen anzeigen</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Lesezeichen anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lupe anzeigen</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Lupenfenster anzeigen.</span> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen +</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke</span> Benutzen Sie +diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten +Büchern anzusehen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hauptleiste anzeigen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Haupt-Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html index 36d08b0..f4fb464 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem Qt-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac OS X. Die Software nutzt die SWORD-Programmierbibliothek, um mit über 200 freien Bibeltexten, Kommentaren, Wörterbüchern und Büchern zu laufen, die von der Crosswire Bible Society zur Verfügung gestellt werden."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Studienhilfe +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem Qt-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac OS X. Die Software nutzt die SWORD-Programmierbibliothek, um mit über 200 freien Bibeltexten, Kommentaren, Wörterbüchern und Büchern zu laufen, die von der Crosswire Bible Society zur Verfügung gestellt werden."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Studienhilfe ausgeliefert.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem <span class="application">Qt</span>-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differindex 707c6e6..0a59f06 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ b/docs/handbook/de/pdf/handbook.pdf diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook index 1904628..f06dc52 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> <copyright> - <year>1999-2011</year> + <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> @@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ &bibletime; study program.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>January 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html index dcd9e39..287b040 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differindex 55d7f71..a9a7e39 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ b/docs/handbook/en/pdf/handbook.pdf diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook index ccc7452..cccc93d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/es/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>January 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; es un programa de estudio bÃblico completamente libre. La diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html index bdc795d..888ae4c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/es/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Manual BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de Qt, que hace que corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y Mac OS X. El software usa la librería de programación de SWORD con más de 200 textos libres, Biblias, comentarios, diccionarios y libros provistos por la Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Manual BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>El Manual de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Manual BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de Qt, que hace que corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y Mac OS X. El software usa la librería de programación de SWORD con más de 200 textos libres, Biblias, comentarios, diccionarios y libros provistos por la Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Manual BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>El Manual de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de <span class="application">Qt</span>, que hace que corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y diff --git a/docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differindex 0e069b7..89bf1ef 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ b/docs/handbook/es/pdf/handbook.pdf diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook index c69fee6..97efddc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>January 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html index 5376cf6..42584df 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelmä"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelmä"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differindex d86a046..0851eb9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/pdf/handbook.pdf diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook index fbbd74b..870175b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>January 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html index efe673d..212242b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre Qt, qui lui fait tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation SWORD de travailler avec plus de 200 textes de la Bible gratuite, des commentaires, des dictionnaires et des livres fournis par le Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre Qt, qui lui fait tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation SWORD de travailler avec plus de 200 textes de la Bible gratuite, des commentaires, des dictionnaires et des livres fournis par le Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre <span class="application">Qt</span>, qui lui fait tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation <span class="application">SWORD</span> de diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differindex 03399cd..c27944b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/pdf/handbook.pdf diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook index 5befae9..31aa814 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; programmal együtt terjesztve.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>January 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>A &bibletime; egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html index b0489e8..c9a3e94 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="A BibleTime egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A program kezelőfelülete a Qt keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a SWORD programozási könyvtárat használja, több, mint 200 ingyenes Bibliaváltozattal, kommentárokkal, szótárakkal és könyvekkel, amit a Crosswire Bible Society biztosít."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programmal együtt terjesztve.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="A BibleTime egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A program kezelőfelülete a Qt keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a SWORD programozási könyvtárat használja, több, mint 200 ingyenes Bibliaváltozattal, kommentárokkal, szótárakkal és könyvekkel, amit a Crosswire Bible Society biztosít."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programmal együtt terjesztve.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A program kezelőfelülete a <span class="application">Qt</span> keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a <span class="application">SWORD</span> programozási könyvtárat diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differindex 384faf9..5f1591b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/pdf/handbook.pdf diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook index 8113e90..4158068 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/it/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Il Team di &bibletime;</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>January 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html index 6371943..d1352ad 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/it/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Il Manuale di BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework Qt, che lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. Il software usa la libreria SWORD per lavorare con oltre 200 testi della Bibbia, commenti, dizionari e libri gratuiti forniti da Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2011 Il Team di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="id14947560"></a><p>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è distribuito con il programma di studio di +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Il Manuale di BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework Qt, che lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. Il software usa la libreria SWORD per lavorare con oltre 200 testi della Bibbia, commenti, dizionari e libri gratuiti forniti da Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è distribuito con il programma di studio di <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Sommario"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework <span class="application">Qt</span>, che lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, diff --git a/docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differindex 923f352..0eb0fc6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ b/docs/handbook/it/pdf/handbook.pdf diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook index c69fee6..97efddc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>January 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html index a60b97f..a6bf810 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Juridische kennisgeving"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Juridische kennisgeving"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differindex 0a578d1..2dcfb44 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/pdf/handbook.pdf diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 4bea22e..20b2abd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ configuração selecionando <menuchoice><guimenu>Configurações</guimenu> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> <title> - <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> </title> <para>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas opções: @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ pré-visualização no painel direito.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + <guimenu>Mesa</guimenu> </title> <para>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser personalizados no &bibletime;. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ padro que você especificou.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <title> - <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Idiomas</guimenuitem> </title> <para>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros bÃblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponÃvel, e você se sentirá em @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</para> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" width="100%" contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase> + <phrase>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</phrase> </textobject> <caption> <para>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</para> @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ caracteres.</entry> <entry> <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> -SIL unicode fonts</ulink> +Fontes unicode SIL</ulink> </entry> <entry>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de LinguÃstica Summer.</entry> </row> @@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ SIL unicode fonts</ulink> </row> <row> <entry> - <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/"> -Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/"> Diretório +de fontes crosswire</ulink> </entry> <entry>Várias fontes disponÃveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</entry> @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</ulink>).</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> <title> - <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> + <guimenu>Atalhos</guimenu> </title> <para>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no @@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.</para> <imagedata fileref="ss_shortcuts.png" width="100%" contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> - <para>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut -defined, CTRL+2.</para> + <para>No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário +definido, CTRL+2.</para> </sect2> </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index cbf3aff..c3440d8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> <title>Sobre &bibletime;</title> - <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/">&sword;</ulink> library, which -provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible -text, searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product of the <ulink + <para>&bibletime; é uma ferramenta de estudo bÃblico com suporte para diferentes +tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são +fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca<ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/">&sword;</ulink>, que provê a +funcionalidade de back-end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto +bÃblico, pesquisar, etc. &sword; é o produto carro-chefe da <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>.</para> <para>&bibletime; foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ desenvolvimento</ulink> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> <title>Obras disponÃveis</title> - <para>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>. These include: <variablelist> + <para>Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponÃveis da <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>. Estão inclusos: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>BÃblias</term> <listitem> @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ disponÃveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).</par <varlistentry> <term>Léxicos/Dicionários</term> <listitem> - <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the -International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include -Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's -Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.</para> + <para>Léxicos disponÃveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e +a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponÃveis +incluem o Dicionário BÃblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário BÃblico Grego +de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da lÃngua Inglesa de Webster 1913, +BÃblia em Tópicos de Nave.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index f1a71cc..001c556 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -2,20 +2,21 @@ <title>Operação do programa</title> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> <title>Viso geral do programa</title> - <para>This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: <mediaobject> + <para>Isso é uma visualização de uma tÃpica sessão do &bibletime;: <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" width="100%" contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> + <phrase>A janela do aplicativo &bibletime; </phrase> </textobject> - </mediaobject> You can easily see the different parts of the -application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the -Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The -little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information -that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote -marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para> + </mediaobject> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do +aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras instaladas +na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus +marcadores. A pequena janela "Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para +mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos documentos. Quando +você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai +mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe dá +acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado direito onde você +realmente faz seu trabalho.</para> <para>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</para> </sect1> @@ -48,28 +49,29 @@ para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> <title>Informação adicional sobre obras</title> - <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem> opens -a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> Locked -Modules</ulink> page on the &cbs; web site.</para> + <para>Se você clicar com o botão <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no +sÃmbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para +essa obra. <guimenuitem>"Sobre essa obra"</guimenuitem> abre uma janela com +várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra +selecionada. <guimenuitem>"Destravar essa obra"</guimenuitem> abre um +pequeno diálogo para documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a +chave de liberção para acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras +travadas, veja <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> essa +página</ulink> no site da &cbs;.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> <title>Buscando em obras</title> - <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting -<guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found on the <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">Searching in Works -section</link>.</para> + <para>Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão +<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no seu sÃmbolo e selecionando +<guimenuitem>"Buscar em obra(s)"</guimenuitem>. Pressionando &Shift; e +clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o +mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em +todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de +busca podem ser encontrados <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">Fazendo Buscas +nas seções das Obras</link>.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> @@ -240,7 +242,7 @@ AND Deus'.</para> seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para exemplos.</para> - <para>Available text types: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <para>Tipos de texto disponÃveis: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> <title>Tipos de Busca</title> <tgroup cols="3"> <thead> @@ -341,10 +343,10 @@ botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela &cbs;</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> <title>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</title> - <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is -"~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" for Windows.</para> + <para>Aqui você pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante no +disco rÃgido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é +"~/.sword/" no *nix e em "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application +Data\Sword" para Windows.</para> <tip> <para>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco @@ -357,15 +359,15 @@ para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando você iniciar o <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> <title>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</title> - <para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called -"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's -online repository of &sword; modules, or another site offering &sword; -modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <guibutton>Get -list...</guibutton> when you have <guibutton>New Installation -Source</guibutton> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with -<guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and <guibutton>Delete -library</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado +"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas +bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do &sword;), ou remota (por +ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos &sword;, ou outro site +oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em +<guibutton>Obter lista...</guibutton> quando houver aberto o diálogo +<guibutton>Nova fonte de instalação</guibutton>. Você pode gerenciar suas +bibliotecas com <guibutton>Adicionar biblioteca</guibutton> e +<guibutton>Excluir biblioteca</guibutton>.</para> <para>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 6cfdcc7..3cad4cb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-shortcuts">nessa seção</link>.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <title> - <guimenu>File</guimenu> + <guimenu>Arquivo</guimenu> </title> <para> <variablelist> @@ -20,11 +20,12 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-shortcuts">nessa seção</link>.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_folder_open.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Arquivo</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Abrir obra</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </term> <listitem> - <para><action>Open work.</action> This will give you a menu that will allow you to -open installed books.</para> + <para><action>Trabalho Aberto.</action> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir +os livros instalados.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ open installed books.</para> <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" width="32" depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>Sair</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> <title> - <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> </title> <variablelist> @@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco.</para> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F5</keycap> </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32" -depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> +depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo em Tela Cheia</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ maximizar a janela do &bibletime;.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_books.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Estante</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bookmark.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Marcadores</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -101,7 +102,8 @@ quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32" -depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Lupa</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -114,13 +116,14 @@ ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_checkbox.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar textos dos +cabeçalhos</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</para> + <action>Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionais</action>Alternar esta +visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos +trabalhos abertos. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -132,72 +135,78 @@ allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</para </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> - <para><action>Toggles Main Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn -the main toolbar on or off.</para> + <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</action> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> -<guimenuitem>Show navigation</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de +Ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir navegação</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </term> <listitem> - <para><action>Toggles Navigation in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the -full toolbar in the open works</para> + <para><action>Alternar navegação nas obras.</action> Alternar essa configuração +para adicionar ou remover a "combo box" de navegação em obras. Isto pode ser +útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> -<guimenuitem>Show works</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de +posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas. </term> <listitem> - <para><action>Toggles Toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the works icons in the open works.</para> + <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os Ãcones das obras nas obras abertas.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> -<guimenuitem>Show tools</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de +ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir ferramentas</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </term> <listitem> - <para><action>Toggles tools in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the tools icons in the open works.</para> + <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os Ãcones nas obras abertas.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> -<guimenuitem>Show format</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de +Ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir formato</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </term> <listitem> - <para><action>Toggles format.</action> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in -Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</para> + <para><action>Alterna formato.</action> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos +comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas +formatação.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> -<guimenuitem>Show toolbars in text windows</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de +ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir barras de ferramentas nas +janelas de texto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> - <para><action>Toggles toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the complete toolbar in open works.</para> + <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</action> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> <title> - <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + O <guimenuitem>Busca</guimenuitem> </title> <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> @@ -207,7 +216,7 @@ remove the complete toolbar in open works.</para> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" width="32" depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>Buscar na bÃblia padrão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -223,8 +232,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">aqui</link>.</para> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in -open work(s)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Buscar nos +trabalhos abertos</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -240,7 +249,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">aqui</link>.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> <title> - <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> </title> <variablelist> @@ -249,13 +258,13 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">aqui</link>.</para> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close -window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fechar +Janela</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Closes active window</action>.</para> + <action>Fecha todas as janelas ativas</action>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -266,7 +275,7 @@ window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" width="32" depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>Fechar tudo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -281,7 +290,7 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <keycap>&Ctrl;+J</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" width="32" depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>Cascata</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -297,12 +306,12 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <keycap>&Ctrl;+I</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile.png" width="32" depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> -<guimenuitem>Tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>Organizar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Tiles all open windows</action>. + <action>Organiza todas as janelas abertas</action>. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -312,8 +321,8 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+G</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile -vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar +verticalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -329,8 +338,8 @@ abertas</action>. <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+H</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile -horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar +horizontalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -343,22 +352,23 @@ abertas</action>. <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de +organização</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> - <para><action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, -Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</para> + <para><action>Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das +janelas</action>. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se +quer cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas, +Auto-organizar verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar +ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los!</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save -session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar +sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -374,7 +384,7 @@ salvar para uma nova sessão.</para> <term> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> -<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> +<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar como nova sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> @@ -387,8 +397,8 @@ por um novo nome para salvar a sessão.</para> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Load -session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Carregar +sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -400,8 +410,8 @@ contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para carregar.</para> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete -session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Apagar +sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -415,14 +425,14 @@ contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> <title> - <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenu>Configurações</guimenu> </title> <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> <term> <menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configurar &bibletime;</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> @@ -440,8 +450,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-config-bt">essa seção</link> para detalhes.</para> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F4</keycap> </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" width="32" -depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> +depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Configurações</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gerenciador de +Livros</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -455,7 +465,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">essa seção</link> para detalhes.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> <title> - <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> </title> <variablelist> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> @@ -463,7 +473,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">essa seção</link> para detalhes.</para> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F1</keycap> </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -477,7 +487,7 @@ agora.</para> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" width="32" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bible Study HowTo</guimenuitem> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy HowTo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> @@ -497,19 +507,18 @@ palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.</para> <menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_light_bulb.png" width="22" depth="32" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the Day</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do dia</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </term> <listitem> - <para><action>Opens a helpful tip</action> The Tip of the Day provides a useful -tip that will assist in the use of &bibletime;.</para> + <para><action>Abre uma dica útil</action> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que +ajudará no uso do &bibletime;.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> <term> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sobre</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -614,7 +623,7 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject></guimenu> </menuchoice> <listitem> <para> - Search in selected works. + Buscando nas obras selecionadas. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -704,7 +713,7 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject></guimenu> </menuchoice> <listitem> <para> - Select a book. + Selcione um Livro. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -825,9 +834,10 @@ automática de janelas.</entry> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de +posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-organizar +verticalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; alterna organização +automática de janelas.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -856,9 +866,9 @@ posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+T</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Tabbed</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de +posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Com abas</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> equivalente; organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -941,9 +951,9 @@ equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top.</entry> </entry> <entry> - <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link> windows equivalent. + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar Janelas</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> Janelas equivalentes. </entry> </row> @@ -1014,8 +1024,8 @@ mão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão.</entry> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy -HowTo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -1023,8 +1033,8 @@ HowTo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo.</entry <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the -Day</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> Opens a helpful tip to use &bibletime;.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do Dia</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> Abre uma dica útil para usar o &bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 6aa6a54..d111864 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -6,39 +6,39 @@ <sect2 id="hdbk-start-starting"> <title>Iniciando &bibletime;</title> - <para>&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: <mediaobject> + <para>&bibletime; é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode +iniciar o &bibletime; do Menu Iniciar com esse Ãcone: <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" width="32" depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + <phrase>Ãcone para iniciar o &bibletime; </phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject></para> - <para>&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: <screen>bibletime</screen></para> + <para>&bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o +&bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: <screen>bibletime</screen></para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> <title>Personalização de inÃcio</title> - <para>From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the -default bible: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</screen> To open at a given -passage like John 3:16, use: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</screen> You can -also use booknames in your current bookname language.</para> + <para>De um terminal você pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versÃculo +aleatório na bÃblia padrão: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</screen>Para abrir +uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</screen>Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes em +seu idioma</para> </sect2> </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-start-firstrun"> - <title>Starting &bibletime; for the first time</title> + <title>Iniciando &bibletime; pela primeira vez</title> - <para>If you are starting &bibletime; for the first time, you will want to -configure the following options, available under the <link -linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">Settings menu bar</link>.</para> + <para>Se você está iniciando o &bibletime; pela primeira vez, você precisará +configurar as seguintes opções, disponÃveis na<link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">barra de menu Configurações</link>.</para> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> - <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> + <interface>Diálogo de configuração do &bibletime; </interface> </term> <listitem> <para> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ descrição detalhada</link> desse diálogo.</para> <varlistentry> <term> - <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + <interface>Gerenciador de Livros</interface> </term> <listitem> <para><action>Modifica sua Estante.</action> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook index b1be640..8c7db6e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook @@ -42,23 +42,24 @@ </authorgroup> <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> - <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para> + <para>O Manual do &bibletime; é distribuÃdo como parte do programa &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>December 2011</date> + <date>Janeiro 2012</date> - <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> - <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user -interface is built with &qt; framework, which makes it run on several -operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The -software uses the &sword; programming library to work with over 200 free -Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the &cbs;.</para> + <para>&bibletime; é um programa de estudo da BÃblia completamente livre. A +interface com o usuário é construÃda com o framework &qt;, que pode ser +executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD +e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o &sword; biblioteca de programação que +trabalha com mais de 200 textos bÃblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e +livros providos pela &cbs;.</para> </abstract> <keywordset> @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the &cbs;.</para> <keyword>BibleTime</keyword> <keyword>SWORD</keyword> <keyword>Crosswire</keyword> - <keyword>Help dialog</keyword> + <keyword>Diálogo de ajuda</keyword> </keywordset> </bookinfo> &hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; &hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5; diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html index 1ba4e29..a986bb4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> - <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> + <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nessa seção você vai encontrar uma visão geral de como configurar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, que pode ser encontrado em <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> no menu principal.</p><div class="sect1" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A interface de usuário do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser personalizada de várias maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Você pode acessar o diálogo de -configuração selecionando <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> +configuração selecionando <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Exibir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas opções: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Mostrar logo de inicialização</p></li></ul></div><p>Modelos de exibição definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). Há vários modelos internos disponíveis. Se você escolher um, irá ver uma -pré-visualização no painel direito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> +pré-visualização no painel direito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mesa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser personalizados no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio diálogo. Você também tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padrões que @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ devem ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa referência. Um exemplo: a Bíblia padrão usada para mostrar o conteúdo de referências cruzadas na Bíblia. Quando você passar por cima delas, a lupa vai mostrar o conteúdo dos versículos referidos, de acordo com a Bíblia -padro que você especificou.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> +padro que você especificou.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Idiomas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros bíblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponível, e você se sentirá em casa.</p><p>Por padrão, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa a fonte padro do sistema. Você pode sobrescrever essa fonte se necessário. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para serem exibidos corretamente, e esse diálogo permite a você especificar uma -fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você +fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="O diálogo de Opções - Fontes."></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma obra somente mostra uma série de pontos de interrogação (??????) ou caixas vazias, então a fonte de exibição padrão não contém os caracteres usados @@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ diferentes fontes para diferentes idiomas.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-c </td><td>Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de caracteres.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> -SIL unicode fonts</a> +Fontes unicode SIL</a> </td><td>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Linguística Summer.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> FreeFont</a> </td><td>Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita.</td></tr><tr><td> - <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top"> -Crosswire's font directory</a> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top"> Diretório +de fontes crosswire</a> </td><td>Várias fontes disponíveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> Bitstream CyberBit</a> @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ Cupola, Caliban</a> </td><td>Cobertura parcial, ver informações no site linkado.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph Singer (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Fontes TrueType UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet</a>), ou a por Alan Wood (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top">Faixas de caracteres -Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Shortcuts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> +Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Atalhos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vários comandos do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> têm teclas de atalho pré-definidas (veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">esta seção</a> para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para -acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut -defined, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimindo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário +definido, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimindo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html index 7f44591..af5f0d1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Introdução</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introdução</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introdução</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Sobre BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> library, which -provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible -text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Introdução</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introdução</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introdução</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Sobre BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes +tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são +fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a>, que provê a +funcionalidade de back-end para o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, tal como visualizar texto +bíblico, pesquisar, etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> é o produto carro-chefe da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informações completas sobre os formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> seção de -desenvolvimento</a> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Obras disponíveis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponíveis</h3></div></div></div><p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bíblias</span></dt><dd><p>O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong, +desenvolvimento</a> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Obras disponíveis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponíveis</h3></div></div></div><p>Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. Estão inclusos: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bíblias</span></dt><dd><p>O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong, cabeçalhos e/ou rodapés no texto. Bíblias estão disponíveis em muitos idiomas, e incluem no somente verses modernas, mas também textos antigos como o Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ grego). Essa a seção mais avançada na biblioteca do projeto Sword.</p></dd><dt> John Wesley, o comentário de Matthew Henry e o "Comentário sobre Gálatas" de Lutero. Com o comentário <span class="emphasis"><em>pessoal</em></span> você pode <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando seu próprio comentário"> gravar suas próprias notas pessoas</a> nas seções da Bíblia.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Devocionais diários</span></dt><dd><p>Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras -disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Dicionários</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the -International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include -Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's -Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical -Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivação"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivação</h3></div></div></div><p>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer +disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Dicionários</span></dt><dd><p>Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e +a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis +incluem o Dicionário Bíblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego +de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913, +Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivação"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivação</h3></div></div></div><p>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer no seu relacionamento com Ele. Nós batalhamos para tornar isso um programa poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operação intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index e79b295..13f8015 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O Gerenciador da Estante</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></h2></div></div></div><p>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> é uma ferramenta para +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O Gerenciador da Estante</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></h2></div></div></div><p>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> é uma ferramenta para gerenciar sua Estante. Você pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> no menu principal.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se esta é a primeira vez que você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, clique no -botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is -"~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application -Data\Sword" for Windows.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco +botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode especificar onde o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode armazenar sua Estante no +disco rígido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é +"~/.sword/" no *nix e em "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application +Data\Sword" para Windows.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco rígido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, então você pode adicionar o caminho para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando você iniciar o -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Instalar/atualizar obra(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called -"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's -online repository of <span class="application">SWORD</span> modules, or another site offering <span class="application">SWORD</span> -modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <span class="guibutton">Get -list...</span> when you have <span class="guibutton">New Installation -Source</span> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with -<span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and <span class="guibutton">Delete -library</span>.</p><p>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Instalar/atualizar obra(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado +"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas +bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do <span class="application">SWORD</span>), ou remota (por +ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos <span class="application">SWORD</span>, ou outro site +oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em +<span class="guibutton">Obter lista...</span> quando houver aberto o diálogo +<span class="guibutton">Nova fonte de instalação</span>. Você pode gerenciar suas +bibliotecas com <span class="guibutton">Adicionar biblioteca</span> e +<span class="guibutton">Excluir biblioteca</span>.</p><p>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) obra(s). Então clique em <span class="guibutton">Conectar biblioteca</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> irá varrer o conteúdo da biblioteca e diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 344b6e1..854d089 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimindo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimindo</h2></div></div></div><p>Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimindo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimindo</h2></div></div></div><p>Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele permitir a você <span class="guimenuitem">Selecionar</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copiar</span> (para a rea de transferência), diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 2711e64..6d82985 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Estante de Livros"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Estante de Livros</h3></div></div></div><p>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Estante de Livros"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Estante de Livros</h3></div></div></div><p>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por categoria e idioma. Ela também tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui onde você pode armazenar e acessar seus próprios marcadores.</p><div class="sect3" title="Lendo obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o <span class="mousebutton">boto esquerdo do mouse</span> na categoria desejada @@ -10,21 +10,22 @@ está lendo, você pode usar um atalho. Simplesmente clique com o versículo/passagem (o cursor muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a Estante. Solte-o na obra que você quer abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura no local especificado. Você também pode arrastar uma referência de versículo -para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Informação adicional sobre obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informação adicional sobre obras</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens -a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> Locked -Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span> web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting -<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found on the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">Searching in Works -section</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Trabalhando com marcadores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabalhando com marcadores</h4></div></div></div><p> +para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Informação adicional sobre obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informação adicional sobre obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Se você clicar com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no +símbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para +essa obra. <span class="guimenuitem">"Sobre essa obra"</span> abre uma janela com +várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra +selecionada. <span class="guimenuitem">"Destravar essa obra"</span> abre um +pequeno diálogo para documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a +chave de liberção para acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras +travadas, veja <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> essa +página</a> no site da <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão +<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no seu símbolo e selecionando +<span class="guimenuitem">"Buscar em obra(s)"</span>. Pressionando Shift e +clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o +mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em +todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de +busca podem ser encontrados <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">Fazendo Buscas +nas seções das Obras</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Trabalhando com marcadores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabalhando com marcadores</h4></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste e solte obras aqui</p></div><p> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 2e227d7..62630ed 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Buscando em obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando em obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</h3></div></div></div><p>Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Buscando em obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando em obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</h3></div></div></div><p>Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o capítulo da bíblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que está acostumado em outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse e selecionando @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um único caractere qualquer. O uso de parênteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) AND Deus'.</p><p>Para buscar texto que não seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para -exemplos.</p><p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipos de Busca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefixo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Exemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>cabeçalho:</td><td>busca em cabeçalhos</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>busca em rodapés</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>busca em Números Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>busca em códigos morfológicos</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar +exemplos.</p><p>Tipos de texto disponíveis: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipos de Busca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefixo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Exemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>cabeçalho:</td><td>busca em cabeçalhos</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>busca em rodapés</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>busca em Números Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>busca em códigos morfológicos</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar <span class="guimenu">Sobre</span> para encontrar qual dos critérios de busca acima podem funcionar para você. Nem todos os livros tem características embutidas para permitir este tipo de busca.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa o módulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html index 6beaf80..d9e150d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Viso geral do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Viso geral do programa</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the -application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the -Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The -little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information -that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote -marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Viso geral do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Viso geral do programa</h2></div></div></div><p>Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="A janela do aplicativo BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do +aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras instaladas +na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus +marcadores. A pequena janela "Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para +mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos documentos. Quando +você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai +mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe dá +acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado direito onde você +realmente faz seu trabalho.</p><p>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html index 19dd6eb..fe33d60 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Índice de teclas de atalho</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Índice de teclas de atalho</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Índice de teclas de atalho</h2></div></div></div><p>Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Índice de teclas de atalho</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Índice de teclas de atalho</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Índice de teclas de atalho</h2></div></div></div><p>Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições correspondentes no livro de mão. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) alfabeticamente. Se você deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um menu tem, você pode olhar no item em si no <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (pois ele @@ -27,9 +27,10 @@ horizontalmente</span> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+I</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile</span> -equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de +posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-organizar +verticalmente</span> equivalente; alterna organização +automática de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+J</strong></span> </td><td> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de posicionamento @@ -41,9 +42,8 @@ equivalente; alterna cascateamento automático de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+T</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tabbed</span> -equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de +posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Com abas</span> equivalente; organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sessão</span> </a> equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sessão.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -70,8 +70,7 @@ equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top.</td></tr><tr><td> </td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> -</a> windows equivalent. + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar Janelas</span> </a> Janelas equivalentes. </td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span> </td><td> @@ -100,12 +99,11 @@ busca para procurar em todas as obras abertas.</td></tr><tr><td> mão</span> equivalente; abre o livro de mão.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy -HowTo</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy +Howto</span> equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the -Day</span> Opens a helpful tip to use <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dica do Dia</span> Abre uma dica útil para usar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 66af865..594ed9d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Referência</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Referência</h2></div></div></div><p> Nesta seção você pode encontrar descrições dos ícones associados com livros abertos. </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ abertos. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span> </span></dt><dd><p> - Search in selected works. + Buscando nas obras selecionadas. </p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ abertos. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span> </span></dt><dd><p> - Select a book. + Selcione um Livro. </p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html index a77213b..58f2685 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,159 +1,170 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 5. Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referência</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - <span class="guimenu">File</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 5. Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referência</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência do menu principal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Referência do menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Nessa seção você pode encontrar descrições detalhadas de todos os itens do menu principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Eles são apresentados na mesma ordem em que aparecem no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual eles pertencem. Você também pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma -listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">nessa seção</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> - <span class="guimenu">File</span> +listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">nessa seção</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Arquivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Open work</span> - </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to -open installed books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>Arquivo</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Abrir obra</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Trabalho Aberto.</span> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir +os livros instalados.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sair</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Fecha o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ir perguntar se você deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Exibir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo em Tela Cheia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alterna exibição em tela inteira.</span> Alterne essa chave para maximizar a janela do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Estante</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alterna exibição da Estante.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Marcadores</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alterna exibição dos Marcadores.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser útil quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Lupa</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Alterna exibição da Lupa.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar textos dos +cabeçalhos</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to -allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionais</span>Alternar esta +visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos +trabalhos abertos. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn -the main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show navigation</span> - </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the -full toolbar in the open works</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show works</span> - </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the works icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show tools</span> - </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the tools icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show format</span> - </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in -Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbars in text windows</span> - </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or -remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</span> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de +Ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir navegação</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alternar navegação nas obras.</span> Alternar essa configuração +para adicionar ou remover a "combo box" de navegação em obras. Isto pode ser +útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de +posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas. + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de +ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir ferramentas</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de +Ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir formato</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna formato.</span> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos +comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas +formatação.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de +ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir barras de ferramentas nas +janelas de texto</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</span> Alterne +essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="O Busca"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar na bíblia padrão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bíblia padro</span>. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Diálogo de Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in -open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar nos +trabalhos abertos</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar em todas as obras</span>. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Diálogo de -Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> +Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Janela"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close -window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar +Janela</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Closes active window</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas ativas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> -<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) +<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar tudo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas abertas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas</span>. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Tiles all open windows</span>. + <span class="action">Organiza todas as janelas abertas</span>. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar +verticalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas abertas</span>. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile -horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar +horizontalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas abertas</span>. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> - </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, -Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save -session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de +organização</span> + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das +janelas</span>. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se +quer cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas, +Auto-organizar verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar +ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar +sessão</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Diretamente salva a sessão atual</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para salvar. Ela pode ser sobrescrita com sua sessão atual. Veja o próximo item sobre como salvar para uma nova sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sessão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Salva a sessão atual sob um novo nome</span>. Essa irá perguntar por um novo nome para salvar a sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load -session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Carregar +sessão</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Carrega uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para carregar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete -session</span> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Apagar +sessão</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Exclui uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de -contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> +contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Configurações"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre o diálogo de configuração principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Você pode mudar todo tipo de configurações legais aqui para adaptar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> sua necessidade. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Configurações</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador de +Livros</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre um diálogo onde você pode mudar sua configuração do Sword e -gerenciar sua Estante</span>. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> +gerenciar sua Estante</span>. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Ajuda"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre o guia de usuário <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> que você está lendo agora.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bíblia</span> A equipe do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as @@ -162,10 +173,10 @@ escolhido por não advogar nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a intenção de que deseja que o Senhor semeie sua palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) - </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful -tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> + <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dica do dia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre uma dica útil</span> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que +ajudará no uso do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sobre</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre uma janela com informações do projeto <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> contém informações sobre a versão do software <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, contribuidores do diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html index 421a5d9..8f25b97 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-start-firstrun.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div><p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to -configure the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> - <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</h2></div></div></div><p>Se você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez, você precisará +configurar as seguintes opções, disponíveis na<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Configurações">barra de menu Configurações</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customiza <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> Esse diálogo permite adaptar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> s suas necessidades. Veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">a descrição detalhada</a> desse diálogo.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> - <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> + <span class="interface">Gerenciador de Livros</span> </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifica sua Estante.</span> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"> essa seção</a> para mais detalhes. Se diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html index 00cdd75..b4f3b95 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Como iniciar o BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Personalização de início"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalização de início</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the -default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> To open at a given -passage like John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</pre><p> You can -also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introdução </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Como iniciar o BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode +iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="ícone para iniciar o BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Personalização de início"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalização de início</h3></div></div></div><p>De um terminal você pode usar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> para abrir um versículo +aleatório na bíblia padrão: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>Para abrir +uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</pre><p>Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes em +seu idioma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introdução </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html index df74b6b..3bcc117 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/html/index.html @@ -1,25 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mão do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user -interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several -operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The -software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free -Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introdução</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operação do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - <span class="guimenu">Display</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mão do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A interface com o usuário é construída com o framework Qt, que pode ser executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o SWORD biblioteca de programação que trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e livros providos pela Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>O Manual do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é distribuído como parte do programa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A +interface com o usuário é construída com o framework <span class="application">Qt</span>, que pode ser +executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD +e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o <span class="application">SWORD</span> biblioteca de programação que +trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e +livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introdução</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operação do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"> - <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span> + <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - <span class="guimenu">File</span> + <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - <span class="guimenu">View</span> + <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipos de Busca</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Fontes Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Introdução</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/pdf/handbook.pdf b/docs/handbook/pt_BR/pdf/handbook.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3b23458..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/pt_BR/pdf/handbook.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 984d4b6..7353d99 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,191 +1,230 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>الهد٠من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>يوØنا 5 : 39 - 40</attribution> <para>Ùتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم Ùيها Øياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>الهد٠من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>يوØنا 5 : 39 - 40</attribution> + <para>Ùتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم Ùيها Øياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم Øياة.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر "Ù†ØÙ† نذهب إلى المهد Ùقط من أجل الطÙÙ„" وكذلك الØال ÙÙŠ دراسة الكتاب، ÙÙ†ØÙ† لا -Ù†Ùعل هذا كهد٠ÙÙŠ Øد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>المؤلÙ: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: +Ù†Ùعل هذا كهد٠ÙÙŠ Øد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>المؤلÙ: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الØصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي -الØصول على الØياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، " من إستطاع الØصول على كلمات التوراة -Ùقد إستطاع الØصول على الØياة الأبدية." لقد كانت الدراسة ÙÙŠ Øد ذاتها هي كل ما -يبتغون. لكنهم للأس٠كانوا مخدوعين ÙÙŠ هذا.</para> -<para>لا توجد ميزة ولا Ùائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهد٠ÙÙŠ Øد ذاته، إلا أن + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> + <para>لا توجد ميزة ولا Ùائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهد٠ÙÙŠ Øد ذاته، إلا أن ÙŠÙ†Ø¬Ø Ø§Ù„Ù†Øµ ÙÙŠ قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيØ. كل ما Ù†Øتاج إليه Øين نقرأ الكتاب المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù…Ù† خلاله.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title> -<para>الإستماع والقراءة يوÙران النظرة الشمولية التلسكوبية للنص المقدس بينما -الدراسة والØÙظ يوÙران النظرة المجهرية الميكروسكوبية للنص المقدس. التأمل ÙÙŠ -نصوص الكتاب المقدس يمزج كلاً من الإستماع، القراءة، الدراسة والØÙظ لتتشكل -الكلمة ÙÙŠ أذهاننا.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>استمع</title> -<para>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويØÙظونه."</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>اقرأ</title> -<para>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</para> -<para>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعك٠على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم " -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>ادرس</title> -<para>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشر٠من الذين ÙÙŠ تسالونيكي Ùقبلوا الكلمة -بكل نشاط ÙاØصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎." -</para> -<para>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم Ù†Ùسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى Ù…Ùصّلا + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>استمع</title> + <para>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويØÙظونه."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>اقرأ</title> + <para>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</para> + <para>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعك٠على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>ادرس</title> + <para>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشر٠من الذين ÙÙŠ تسالونيكي Ùقبلوا الكلمة +بكل نشاط ÙاØصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎."</para> + <para>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم Ù†Ùسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى Ù…Ùصّلا كلمة الØÙ‚ بالاستقامة."</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>اØÙظ</title> -<para>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك ÙÙŠ قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>تأمل</title> -<para>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن ÙÙŠ ناموس الرب مسرّته ÙˆÙÙŠ ناموسه يلهج نهارا + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>اØÙظ</title> + <para>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك ÙÙŠ قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>تأمل</title> + <para>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن ÙÙŠ ناموس الرب مسرّته ÙˆÙÙŠ ناموسه يلهج نهارا وليلا‎. ‎Ùيكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها ÙÙŠ -اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجØ. -</para> - -<para>ÙŠÙسر الناÙيجيتورز هذا بالقول أنه كما يستطيع الإبهام أن يلمس كل الاصابع، كذلك -نستطيع التأمل ÙÙŠ Ù†Ùس وقت قيامنا بالأربعة الأخرى. Ùالتأمل هو Ù…ÙØªØ§Ø Ø§Ù„Øصول على -إعلان. يكون المسيØÙŠ الجديد ÙÙŠ Ø¥Øتياج إلى سماع وقراءة الكتاب المقدس أكثر من -Øاجته إلى الدراسة والØÙظ، وهذا لكي ÙŠØµØ¨Ø Ø£ÙƒØ«Ø± إلماماً بالرسالة العامة للكتاب -المقدس.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>دراسة الموضوعات</title> -<para>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابØØ« Ùيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الÙهرس الأبجدي.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>دراسة الشخصيات</title> -<para>دراسة Øياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوس٠ÙÙŠ تكوين 37 - 50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>الدراسة التÙسيرية</title> -<para>دراسة نص Ù…Øدد ÙÙŠ الكتاب المقدس: Ùقرة، عدد، أو سÙر.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>قواعد التÙسير الصØÙŠØ</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>المØتوى</title> -<para>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول ÙÙŠ اللغة الأصلية؟ كن Øريصاً مع الأشياء الصريØØ©. لا +اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجØ.</para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>دراسة الموضوعات</title> + <para>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابØØ« Ùيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الÙهرس الأبجدي.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>دراسة الشخصيات</title> + <para>دراسة Øياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوس٠ÙÙŠ تكوين 37 - 50.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>الدراسة التÙسيرية</title> + <para>دراسة نص Ù…Øدد ÙÙŠ الكتاب المقدس: Ùقرة، عدد، أو سÙر.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>قواعد التÙسير الصØÙŠØ</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>المØتوى</title> + <para>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول ÙÙŠ اللغة الأصلية؟ كن Øريصاً مع الأشياء الصريØØ©. لا تÙترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>السياق</title> -<para>ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن "السياق هو الأساس" -- يجب أن -تكون الÙقرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللسÙر.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title> -<para>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس ÙÙŠ مواضع أخرى Øول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>السياق</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title> + <para>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس ÙÙŠ مواضع أخرى Øول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، لذا ÙتÙسيرنا ÙÙŠ Øاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتØان ÙÙŠ ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>دراسة تÙسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title> -<para>تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابØØ« اولاً عن الآية -المÙتاØية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للÙقرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا -بإختيار أعداداً مختلÙØ© ÙÙŠ الÙقرة واسأل Ù†Ùسك إن كانت تتسق مع Ùكرة الآية -المÙتاØية. بمجرد أن تجدها، أكتبها كرقم واØد ÙÙŠ ورقة الملاØظات الخاصة بك.</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>اØترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>ما الذي تعنيه عبارة "تصنعوا صدقتكم"ØŸ هل تعطينا هذه الÙقرة أمثلة على هذا؟ أي -جانب من Øياتنا تخاطب؟ دواÙعنا! وما هي العناوين الÙرعية التي تظهر هذه الÙكرة؟ </para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>عندما تعطي</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>عندما تصوم</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>عندما تصلي</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>والآن اكتب ÙÙŠ ورقة الملاØظات إرشادات Ù…Øددة عن كيÙية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة ÙÙŠ + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>دراسة تÙسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>اØترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>عندما تعطي</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>عندما تصوم</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>عندما تصلي</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>والآن اكتب ÙÙŠ ورقة الملاØظات إرشادات Ù…Øددة عن كيÙية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة ÙÙŠ القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>عندما تعطي <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كي٠يمكن لشخص ما أن "يصوت بالبوق" هذه الأيام؟)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>اعطي ÙÙŠ الخÙاء</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>إلخ.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>ورقة عمل: كي٠تستخدم الÙهرس الأبجدي</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>كي٠تجد آية Ù…Øددة</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>اختر الكلمة المÙتاØية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً ÙÙŠ الآية.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة ÙÙŠ الترتيب الأبجدي</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ابØØ« ÙÙŠ عمود الترتيب Øتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>ابØØ« عن هذه الآيات: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>"امينة هي Ø¬Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù…Øب"</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>"اذا نسعى كسÙراء عن المسيØ"</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>قصة الغني ولعازر</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </title> -<para>لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع "الÙداء." أولاً ستØتاج أن تبØØ« عن الكلمة ÙÙŠ الÙهرس -الأبجدي وتبØØ« ÙÙŠ المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البØØ« عن الكلمات ذات -الصلة والمراجع المذكورة لها أيضاً، مثال "يخلص، خلص، Ùدية" بل ÙˆØتى "يشتري" أو -"اشترى." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Ù„ØªÙˆØ¶ÙŠØ Ù…Ø¹Ø§Ù†ÙŠ الكلمات ÙÙŠ اليونانية والعبرية</title> -<para>ماذا إذا لاØظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ ÙÙŠ ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 "لا -تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 "واما الروØÙŠ ÙÙŠØكم ÙÙŠ كل -شيء وهو لا ÙŠØكم Ùيه من اØد" Ùالكلمة الإنجليزية المستخدمة هنا بمعنى يدين أو -ÙŠØكم هي "judge Ùˆ judgeth" ربما كانت هناك كلمتين مختلÙتين ÙÙŠ اليونانية، -وكلاهما تم ترجمتهما ÙÙŠ الإنجليزية إلى الكلمة "judge" ØŸ (من الآن Ùصاعداً -سنستخدم أرقام سترونج) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>ابØØ« عن "judge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ابØØ« ÙÙŠ عمود النتائج Øتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919 -والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>والآن قم بالبØØ« عن "judgeth".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ابØØ« ÙÙŠ عمود النتائج Øتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ ÙÙŠ العهد الجديد لذا Ùاللغة هي -اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919 -ومعنى 350 وستجد الإجابة عن سؤالك! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</title> -<para>بنÙس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء ÙÙŠ اليونانية أو العبرية.</para> -<para>ابØØ« عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>نابال</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>ابيجايل</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>يشوع</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>برنابا</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>عندما تعطي <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>اعطي ÙÙŠ الخÙاء</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>إلخ.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>ورقة عمل: كي٠تستخدم الÙهرس الأبجدي</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>كي٠تجد آية Ù…Øددة</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>اختر الكلمة المÙتاØية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً ÙÙŠ الآية.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة ÙÙŠ الترتيب الأبجدي</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ابØØ« ÙÙŠ عمود الترتيب Øتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>ابØØ« عن هذه الآيات: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + "امينة هي Ø¬Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù…Øب" + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + "اذا نسعى كسÙراء عن المسيØ" + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>قصة الغني ولعازر</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>Ù„ØªÙˆØ¶ÙŠØ Ù…Ø¹Ø§Ù†ÙŠ الكلمات ÙÙŠ اليونانية والعبرية</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ابØØ« ÙÙŠ عمود النتائج Øتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</title> + <para>بنÙس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء ÙÙŠ اليونانية أو العبرية.</para> + <para>ابØØ« عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>نابال</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ابيجايل</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>يشوع</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>برنابا</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 8584b5b..62515bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,280 +1,302 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>أهمية كلمة الله</title> -<para>هناك أهمية عظيمة Ù„Ùهم كلمة الله لجميع الذين دعي اسم الله عليهم. دراسة الكتاب -المقدس هي واØدة من الطرق الأساسية التي نتعلمها للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع -الله.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>كتاب Ùريد</title> -<para>لا مثيل للكتاب المقدس. Ùالكتاب المقدس Ùريد يختل٠عن غيره من الكتب بعدة طرق:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -الشعبية. مبيعات الكتاب المقدس ÙÙŠ امريكا الشمالية: أكثر من 500 مليون دولار ÙÙŠ -السنة. الكتاب المقدس هو أكثر الكتب مبيعاً ÙÙŠ التاريخ وهو أيضاً كتاب العام -الأكثر مبيعاً كل عام. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -الكاتب. كتب الكتاب المقدس ÙÙŠ Ùترة بلغت 1600 سنة بواسطة 40 كانت مختل٠من -خلÙيات مختلÙØ©ØŒ ومع ذلك تشعر عند قراءته بأنه مكتوب بواسطة شخص واØد. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -الØÙظ. يقارن Ù. Ù. بروس ÙÙŠ "هل وثائق العهد الجديد جديرة بالثقة؟" مخطوطات -العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>العمل الأدبي</entry> -<entry>متى كتب</entry> -<entry>أقدم نسخة</entry> -<entry>الÙاصل الزمني</entry><entry>عدد النسخ</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>هيرودوت</entry> -<entry>448 - 428 Ù‚.Ù….</entry><entry>900 Ù…</entry> -<entry>1300 سنة</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>تاسيتس</entry> -<entry>100 Ù…</entry><entry>1100 Ù…</entry> -<entry>1000 سنة</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>"الØرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</entry> -<entry>50 - 58 Ù‚.Ù….</entry><entry>900 Ù…</entry> -<entry>950 سنة</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>"التاريخ الروماني" لليÙÙŠ</entry> -<entry>59 Ù‚.Ù…. - 17 Ù…</entry><entry>900 Ù…</entry> -<entry>900 سنة</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>العهد الجديد</entry> -<entry>40 Ù… - 100 Ù…</entry><entry>130 Ù… مخطوطات جزئية 350 Ù… مخطوطات كاملة</entry> <entry>30 - 310 سنة</entry><entry>5000 يونانية Ùˆ 10,000 لاتينية -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>توجد عشرة نسخ من "الØرب الغاليّة" لقيصر، أقدمهم تم نسخها بعد 900 سنة من -كتابة قيصر للأصل، إلخ. بالمقارنة بالعهد الجديد لدينا مخطوطات كاملة تعود -للعام 350 Ù… ØŒ برديات تØتوي معظم العهد الجديد من القرن الثاني الميلادي، وجزء -من إنجيل يوØنا من العام 130 Ù…. ترى كم يبلغ عدد المخطوطات المتاØØ© لدينا -للمقارنة Ùيما بينهم؟ 5,000 باليونانية Ùˆ 10,000 باللاتينية! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 ص561, Macmillan Co., quoted in "Questions of Life" ص. 25-26</attribution><para>"مع صØØ© وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتÙرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل -وبلا مناÙسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title> -<para>العبرانيين 4 : 12 "لان كلمة الله Øية ÙˆÙعالة... " وقال يسوع (متى 4 : -4),"مكتوب ليس بالخبز ÙˆØده ÙŠØيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من ÙÙ… الله." عندما -نقرأ الكتاب المقدس، Ùإن Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù„Ù‡ يتكلم إلى قلوبنا بطريقة متجددة بإستمرار. -</para> -<para>ÙÙŠ تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، "كل الكتاب هو موØÙ‰ به من الله" هل تؤمن -بهذا؟قبل أن تجيب، تأمل ÙÙŠ موق٠يسوع تجاه الكتاب المقدس. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>المؤلÙ: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95 </attribution><para>Ùقد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الØديث عن الوØÙŠ الإلهي كمصدر ÙˆØيد ÙŠØركهم -كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب -قال' بنÙس المعنى. وكان بإمكانه أن يقتبس من تعليق الراوي ÙÙŠ تكوين 2 : 24 -بإعتباره كلام الخالق ذاته ( متى 19 : 4 - 5 ). وبنÙس الطريقة قال، 'Øسنا تنبأ -اشعياء عنكم انتم المرائين كما هو مكتوب'ØŒ عندما كان يشير إلى Øديث مباشرمن -الرب الإله ( مرقس 7 : 6 Ùˆ اشعياء 29 : 13 ). لقد كان يسوع Ù†Ùسه هو مصدر قناعة -كتاب العهد الجديد بÙكرة الدور الثنائي ÙÙŠ كتابة الكتاب المقدس. Ùبالنسبة لهم -كان قولهم 'الله بعد ما كلم الآباء بالانبياء' ( العبرانيين 1 : 1 ) تماماً -مثلما يقولون 'تكلم اناس الله القديسون مسوقين من Ø§Ù„Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù‚Ø¯Ø³' ( بطرس الثانية -1 : 21 ). لم يتكلم الله بطريقة تطمس شخصية الكاتب البشري، ولا الناس تكلمت -بطريقة تØر٠أقوال الله. الله تكلم والناس تكلمت. وكلا الØقيقتين لا يمكن -تجاهلهما. ... -</para> -<para> -هذه، إذاً، كانت نظرة السيد Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù„Ù„Ù†Øµ المقدس. Ùشهادة الكتاب المقدس هي شهادة -الله. والسبب الرئيسي الذي يجعل المسيØيين يؤمنون بالوØÙŠ الإلهي للكتاب المقدس -هو أن يسوع Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù†Ùسه علم به. </para></blockquote> - -<para>ويتابع ÙÙŠ تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16ØŒ "وناÙع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب -الذي ÙÙŠ البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالØ." إذا قبلنا -Ùعلاً أن الكتاب المقدس هو كلام الله إلينا، عندئذ يكون الكتاب المقدس هو -مرجعنا ÙÙŠ كل الأمور المتعلقة بالإيمان والتصرÙات. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>كتاب يعمل</title> -<para> -ماذا الذي ستÙعله دراسة الكتاب المقدس من أجلك؟ تسالونيكي الأولى 2 : 13 تقول -أن كلمة الله "تعمل ايضا Ùيكم انتم المؤمنين." بجانب كل جزء من الكتاب المقدس، -قم بكتابة العمل الذي تعمله الكلمة. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>ÙÙŠ ماذا تÙيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيØيين؟</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>الشاهد</entry> -<entry>العمل</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Ø£Ùسس 5 : 26 -</entry> -<entry>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -أعمال الرسل 20 : 32 -</entry> -<entry> -تبني -- "... ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع -المقدسين‎. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -رومية 15 : 4 -</entry> -<entry> -تشجع -- "Øتى بالصبر والتعزية بما ÙÙŠ الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -رومية 10 : 17 -</entry> -<entry> -تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11 -</entry> -<entry> -تنذر -- "Ùهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -متى 4 : 4 -</entry> -<entry> -تغذي -- "Ùاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز ÙˆØده ÙŠØيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من -ÙÙ… الله." -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>كتاب ÙŠØرر</title> -<para> -يوØنا 8 : 32 "وتعرÙون الØÙ‚ والØÙ‚ ÙŠØرركم." عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة -بمÙردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعرÙة؟ -الإجابة تجدها عند قراءة النص٠الأول من الجملة ÙÙŠ عدد 31. "ان ثبتم ÙÙŠ كلامي -ÙبالØقيقة تكونون تلاميذي..."</para> -<para>كما نرى Ùإن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتØديد يتØدث عن الØÙ‚ الذي ÙÙŠ كلمة الله.</para> - -<para>عندما نقرأ كلمة "ريØ" المذكورة ÙÙŠ Ø£Ùسس 4 : 14 ÙÙŠ اللغة اليونانية نجد إنها -تعني (Ø±ÙŠØ Ø¹Ù†ÙŠÙØ©). "كي لا نكون Ùيما بعد اطÙالا مضطربين ومØمولين بكل Ø±ÙŠØ ØªØ¹Ù„ÙŠÙ… -..." واØد من الإمتيازات التي Ù†Øصل عليها من دراسة الكتاب المقدس هي أنها -تثبتنا ÙÙŠ الØÙ‚ØŒ وبالتالي لا ÙŠØµØ¨Ø Ù…Ù† السهل على Ø§Ù„Ø±ÙŠØ§Ø Ø£Ù† "تقتلع جذورنا".</para> - -<para>Ùاجاب يسوع وقال لهم "تضلون اذ لا تعرÙون الكتب ولا قوة الله." متى 22 : 29</para> -<para>ما الذي Ù†Øتاج لمعرÙته كي ÙŠØÙظنا من الوقوع ÙÙŠ الخطأ؟</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>كلمة الله</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>قوة الله </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>كتاب ÙŠØارب</title> -<para> -ÙÙŠ Ø£Ùسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Øربنا الروØية</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Ø§Ù„Øرب الروØية</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>سؤال</entry> -<entry>جواب</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>كم Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Ø¯Ùاعي مذكور هنا؟</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>كم عدد الأسلØØ© الهجومية؟</entry><entry>واØد</entry></row> -<row><entry>وماهو؟ </entry><entry>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>النصائØ</title> -<para> -تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم Ù†Ùسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى Ù…Ùصّلا -كلمة الØÙ‚ بالاستقامة." -</para> -<para> -كولوسي 3 : 16 "لتسكن Ùيكم كلمة Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ø¨ØºÙ†Ù‰ وانتم بكل Øكمة معلّمون ومنذرون -بعضكم بعضا بمزامير ÙˆØªØ³Ø§Ø¨ÙŠØ ÙˆØ§ØºØ§Ù†ÙŠ روØية بنعمة مترنمين ÙÙŠ قلوبكم للرب." -</para> - -<para>عندما تكون غنياً ÙÙŠ شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟ </para> -<para> -ليس بالقليل!</para> - -<para> -الجامعة 12 : 11 - 12 "كلام الØكماء كالمناسيس وكاوتاد منغرزة ارباب الجماعات -قد أعطيت من راع واØد. وبقي Ùمن هذا يا ابني تØذر. لعمل كتب كثيرة لا نهاية -والدرس الكثير تعب للجسد." -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>ملØÙ‚: "مرة واØدة من أجل الجميع"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>المؤلÙ: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: "Christ the Controversialist," الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107</attribution> <para>الØقيقة Ùيما يتعلق بكÙاية عمل الله ÙÙŠ Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ ØªØªØ¬Ù„Ù‰ ÙÙŠ إستخدام كلمة واØدة ÙÙŠ -العهد الجديد اليوناني وهي (hapax) Ùˆ (ephapax). والتي تترجم عادة إلى عبارة -'مرة واØدة' لتعني مرة واØدة من أجل الجميع. Ùالكلمة تستخدم هنا للدلالة على -صلاØية أبدية لا تØتاج أبداً للتكرار، وتنطبق على كلاً من الإعلان والخلاص ÙÙŠ -العهد الجديد. ولهذا، يشير يهوذا إلى الإيمان المعطى مرة واØدة إلى جميع -القديسين ( يهوذا 1 : 3 )ØŒ ويقول بولس ÙÙŠ رومية، "لان الموت الذي ماته قد ماته -للخطية مرة واØدة" (رومية 6 : 10 أنظر أيضاً بطرس الأولى 3 : 18 Ø› العبرانيين 9 -: 26 - 28) </para> <para> -ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واØدة للجميع وأن Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ ØªØ£Ù„Ù… مرة واØدة -من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيØÙŠ والخلاص المسيØÙŠ مكتملان -ÙÙŠ المسيØ. ومØاولة الإضاÙØ© إلى أي منهما تعد إساءة للمسيØ... وهما الصخرتان -اللتان بنيت عليهما Øركة Ø§Ù„Ø¥ØµÙ„Ø§Ø -- Ùالله قد أعلن كلمته وهي لا تØتاج لإضاÙØ© -تقاليد البشر، ÙˆØ§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù‚Ø¯ أتم العمل وهو لا ÙŠØتاج لإضاÙØ© إستØقاق البشر. وكان -الشعار الاساسي للمصلØين هو "ÙˆØده الكتاب المقدس" يكÙÙŠ لتعليمنا Ùˆ "ÙˆØدها -النعمة" تكÙÙŠ لخلاصنا.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>ملØÙ‚: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title> <para> إليك بعض البرامج السهلة التي بإمكانك إتباعها لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. كما إنك -تستطيع تنÙيذ أكثر من برنامج ÙÙŠ Ù†Ùس الوقت إذا Ø£Øببت، على سبيل المثال #1 مع -#4ØŒ أو #2 مع #5. نوع البرنامج المختار من سنة لأخرى ليظل متجدداً. -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>العهد الجديد ÙÙŠ سنة: اقرأ اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد كل يوم، 5 أيام ÙÙŠ الأسبوع.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>سÙر الأمثال ÙÙŠ شهر: اقرأ اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد من سÙر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتواÙÙ‚ مع اليوم -المقابل له ÙÙŠ الشهر.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>سÙر المزامير ÙÙŠ شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بÙارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم ÙÙŠ كل يوم، على -سبيل ÙÙŠ اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20ØŒ 50ØŒ 80ØŒ 110ØŒ Ùˆ140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>المزامير والأمثال ÙÙŠ 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب ÙÙŠ سÙر المزامير والأمثال بواقع -اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد كل يوم.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال ÙÙŠ سنتين: إذا قرأت اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد من العهد +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>أهمية كلمة الله</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>كتاب Ùريد</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>العمل الأدبي</entry> + <entry>متى كتب</entry> + <entry>أقدم نسخة</entry> + <entry>الÙاصل الزمني</entry> + <entry>عدد النسخ</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>هيرودوت</entry> + <entry>448 - 428 Ù‚.Ù….</entry> + <entry>900 Ù…</entry> + <entry>1300 سنة</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>تاسيتس</entry> + <entry>100 Ù…</entry> + <entry>1100 Ù…</entry> + <entry>1000 سنة</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>"الØرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</entry> + <entry>50 - 58 Ù‚.Ù….</entry> + <entry>900 Ù…</entry> + <entry>950 سنة</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>"التاريخ الروماني" لليÙÙŠ</entry> + <entry>59 Ù‚.Ù…. - 17 Ù…</entry> + <entry>900 Ù…</entry> + <entry>900 سنة</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>العهد الجديد</entry> + <entry>40 Ù… - 100 Ù…</entry> + <entry>130 Ù… مخطوطات جزئية 350 Ù… مخطوطات كاملة</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 سنة</entry> + <entry>5000 يونانية Ùˆ 10,000 لاتينية</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"مع صØØ© وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتÙرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل +وبلا مناÙسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>كتاب كلام الله</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>المؤلÙ: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: +InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>كتاب يعمل</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>ÙÙŠ ماذا تÙيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيØيين؟</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>الشاهد</entry> + <entry>العمل</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Ø£Ùسس 5 : 26</entry> + <entry>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>أعمال الرسل 20 : 32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>رومية 15 : 4</entry> + <entry>تشجع -- "Øتى بالصبر والتعزية بما ÙÙŠ الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>رومية 10 : 17</entry> + <entry>تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11</entry> + <entry>تنذر -- "Ùهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>متى 4 : 4</entry> + <entry>تغذي -- "Ùاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز ÙˆØده ÙŠØيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من +ÙÙ… الله."</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>كتاب ÙŠØرر</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>ما الذي Ù†Øتاج لمعرÙته كي ÙŠØÙظنا من الوقوع ÙÙŠ الخطأ؟</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>كلمة الله</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>قوة الله</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>كتاب ÙŠØارب</title> + <para>ÙÙŠ Ø£Ùسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Øربنا الروØية</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Ø§Ù„Øرب الروØية</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>سؤال</entry> + <entry>جواب</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>كم Ø³Ù„Ø§Ø Ø¯Ùاعي مذكور هنا؟</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>كم عدد الأسلØØ© الهجومية؟</entry> + <entry>واØد</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>وماهو؟</entry> + <entry>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>النصائØ</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>عندما تكون غنياً ÙÙŠ شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟</para> + <para>ليس بالقليل!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>ملØÙ‚: "مرة واØدة من أجل الجميع"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>ملØÙ‚: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>العهد الجديد ÙÙŠ سنة: اقرأ اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد كل يوم، 5 أيام ÙÙŠ الأسبوع.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>سÙر الأمثال ÙÙŠ شهر: اقرأ اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد من سÙر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتواÙÙ‚ مع اليوم +المقابل له ÙÙŠ الشهر.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>سÙر المزامير ÙÙŠ شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بÙارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم ÙÙŠ كل يوم، على +سبيل ÙÙŠ اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20ØŒ 50ØŒ 80ØŒ 110ØŒ Ùˆ140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>المزامير والأمثال ÙÙŠ 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب ÙÙŠ سÙر المزامير والأمثال بواقع +اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد كل يوم.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال ÙÙŠ سنتين: إذا قرأت اصØØ§Ø ÙˆØ§Øد من العهد القديم كل يوم، وتخطيت المزامير والأمثال، ستتمكن من قراءة العهد القديم ÙÙŠ -سنتين وأسبوعين. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +سنتين وأسبوعين.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 6161a5b..6e58fb9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,240 +1,271 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>قواعد تÙسير الكتاب المقدس</title> -<para>بعد أن تØدثنا عن المØتوى والسياق والمراجع ذات الصلة. نود أن نتعمق أكثر -بالØديث عن قواعد التÙسير الكتابي، والتي تهد٠إلى إكتشا٠المعنى الأصلي الذي -يقصده كاتب النص (والوØÙŠ بالطبع!). وبينما هناك العديد من التطبيقات العملية -الصØÙŠØØ© للنص، هناك تÙسير واØد صØÙŠØ Ù„Ù‡. الكتاب المقدس Ù†Ùسه يقول أنه لا توجد -نصوص ذات تÙسير خاص. ( بطرس الثانية 1 : 20 "عالمين هذا اولا ان كل نبوة الكتاب -ليست من تÙسير خاص." ). هناك قواعد معينة تساعدنا على إكتشا٠المعنى الØقيقي، -وإذا تجاهلنا هذه القواعد نخطئ خطئاً كبير ÙÙŠ ØÙ‚ أنÙسنا ÙˆØÙ‚ سامعينا. ( بطرس -الثانية 3 : 16 "... التي Ùيها اشياء عسرة الÙهم ÙŠØرّÙها غير العلماء وغير -الثابتين كباقي الكتب ايضا لهلاك انÙسهم." )</para> - -<para>كي٠نتمكن من إكتشا٠المعني المقصود ÙÙŠ Ø£Øد الÙقرات؟ لنقل مثلاً أنك إنتبهت إلى -Ø£Øد الأعداد ولم يكن معناه واضØاً بالنسبة لك. كي٠يمكنك دراسته؟ ضع هذه -القواعد ÙÙŠ ذهنك وأنت تدرس:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>القاعدة 1 - Ùسر Øسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</title> -<para>كلما كنا أكثر دقة تجاه المعنى الصØÙŠØØŒ الأصلي للكلمات كلما يكون تÙسيرنا -Ø£Ùضل. Øاول إيجاد المعنى المضبوط للكلمات المÙتاØية بإستخدام هذه الخطوات: </para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>التعريÙ</title> - <para>ابØØ« عن المعنى ÙÙŠ القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأÙعال، زمن الÙعل +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>قواعد تÙسير الكتاب المقدس</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>القاعدة 1 - Ùسر Øسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>التعريÙ</title> + <para>ابØØ« عن المعنى ÙÙŠ القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأÙعال، زمن الÙعل أيضاً يكون Øاسماً.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title> - <para>قارن النص بالنص. النظر إلى كيÙية إستخدام Ù†Ùس الكلمة اليونانية أو العبرية -(وليست الكلمة العربية) ÙÙŠ النص قد ÙŠÙˆØ¶Ø Ø£Ùˆ يلقي مزيداً من الضوء على -التعريÙ. كي٠يستخدم Ù†Ùس الكاتب هذه الكلمة ÙÙŠ أماكن اخرى؟ وكي٠يستخدمها كتاب -أخرين؟ قد توÙر لك أدوات المراجع إستخدامات للكلمة ÙÙŠ وثائق غير كتابية -أيضاً. ولماذا علينا الرجوع إلى اللغات الاصلية؛ ألا تكÙÙŠ الكلمة العربية؟ لأن -هناك أكثر من كلمة يونانية يمكن ترجمتها إلى Ù†Ùس الكلمة العربية، ولأن الكلمات -اليونانية قد تعطي Ø£Øيانا بعض الÙوارق الدقيقة جداً ÙÙŠ المعنى.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>مثال 1 Ø£</title> -<para>يوØنا 20 : 17 "لا تلمسيني" قد تبدو هذه الكلمة صعبة بعض الشيء، أليس كذلك؟ -Ùهنا يبدو أن يسوع لايريد أن ÙŠÙلمس بعد قيامته، كما لو أن السبب هو قدسية غامضة -أو شيء من هذا القبيل. ولكن هذا لا يبدو صØÙŠØاً، لذا دعنا نبØØ« عن الكلمة -بإستخدام "The Complete Word Study New Testament" للمؤل٠Spiros Zodhiates ( -الناشر: AMG PublishersØŒ 1991).</para> - -<para>بالرجوع إلى يوØنا 20 : 17ØŒ سنرى Ùوق كلمة "تلمسيني" الرمز "pim680." الØرو٠-تشير إلى الأزمنة والأرقام تشير إلى قاموس سترونج. دعنا نبØØ« عن التعري٠-(ص879). "680. Haptomai; من hapto (681), يلمس. Ùعل يشير إلى التعامل مع جسم -ما بطريقة تؤثر عليه أو تغير Ùيه... وهي تختل٠عن pselaphao (5584), والتي تعني -ÙÙŠ الواقع مجرد لمس Ø³Ø·Ø Ø£Øد الأشياء. " والآن لنبØØ« عن "pim." الرموز النØوية -عند Zodhiates تأتي بعد الرؤيا؛ ÙÙŠ ص849 نرى ان pim تأتي ÙÙŠ زمن "present -imperative active (80)". ÙÙŠ ص857ØŒ وهذا الزمن عندما يأتي هكذا بصيغة الأمر -يعبر عن الأمر بÙعل شيء ما ÙÙŠ المستقبل بطريقة مستمرة أو متكررة، وعندما يأتي -بصيغة النهي يعبر عن الأمر بإيقا٠Ùعل شيء ما. " بما أن الÙعل ÙÙŠ الآية جاء ÙÙŠ -صيغة النهي، إذاً Ùهي تعني الأمر بإيقا٠Ùعل ما كان ÙŠØدث بالÙعل. إذاً، ما الذي -توصلنا إليه من هذا؟ أن مريم بالÙعل كانت تمسك بيسوع، وأنه يطلب منها أن تتوق٠-عن هذا.</para> -<para><emphasis>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالÙعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تك٠عن الإمساك به! -</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>مثال 1 ب</title> -<para>ÙÙŠ يعقوب 5 : 14ØŒ (يطلب من شيوخ الكنيسة الصلاة على المريض ودهنه بزيت). Ùما هو -دهان الزيت المقصود؟</para> -<para>تعري٠aleipho (218) هو - "يدهن" (سترونج)ØŒ ولكن لدينا أيضاً كلمة يونانية أخرى -تترجم بمعنى "يدهن" chrio (5548) وتعريÙها هو - "Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³Ø Ø£Ùˆ دهن بالزيت، مثل -Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³Ø Ø¨Ø§Ù„Ø²ÙŠØª لتقديس مكان أو خدمة دينية" (سترونج). وبما أن الكلمة Ùعل، إذاً -علينا أن ننظر لزمن الÙعل أيضاً، "apta" أو aorist participle active. "وزمن -الaorist participle يعبر عن Ùعل بسيط وليس مستمراً... وعلاقته بالÙعل الرئيسي -مؤقتة، وهو عادة ما يشير إلى Ùعل يسبق الÙعل الرئيسي." (Zodhiates ص851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>متى 6 : 17 واما انت Ùمتى صمت Ùادهن راسك</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة -Øنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين ÙØ´Ùوهم.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>لوقا 7 : 38 ووقÙت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت -تمسØهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>يوØنا 12 : 3 Ùاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع -ومسØت قدميه بشعرها.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>لوقا 4 : 18 "Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ø±Ø¨ عليّ لانه مسØني لابشر المساكين ..."</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) Ùتاك القدوس الذي مسØته</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كي٠مسØÙ‡ الله Ø¨Ø§Ù„Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù‚Ø¯Ø³ والقوة</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم ÙÙŠ Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ ÙˆÙ‚Ø¯ مسØنا هو الله</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>إذاً ما هو الÙرق بين aleipho Ùˆ chrioØŸ أنظر مرة اخرى إلى المراجع ذات الصلة -والتعريÙات، وقم بتلخيص الÙارق: "aleipho" هو الإستخدام العملي للزيت Ùˆ "chrio" -هو الإستخدام الروØÙŠ.</para> - -<para>وكمثال على الإستخدام العملي للزيت ÙÙŠ ذلك التوقيت (بالرغم من عدم إستخدام -الكلمة ذاتها)ØŒ عندما قام السامري Ø§Ù„ØµØ§Ù„Ø Ø¨Ø§Ù„Ø¥Ø¹ØªÙ†Ø§Ø¡ بالرجل الذي ضربه اللصوص عن -طريق سكب الزيت والخمر على الجروØ. لذا Ùالزيت كانت له إستخدامات طبية ÙÙŠ زمن -السيد المسيØ. -</para> -<para>والآن دعنا نطبق ما تعلمناه من دراسة هذه الكلمة على يعقوب 5 : 14 "أمريض اØد -بينكم Ùليدع شيوخ الكنيسة Ùيصلّوا عليه ويدهنوه بزيت باسم الرب." هل المعنى -المقصود من دهان الزيت هنا روØÙŠ أم عملي؟ الإجابة: عملي!</para> -<para> -وزمن الÙعل ÙÙŠ اليونانية هو، the aorist participleØŒ والذي يعني "بعد أن يدهنوه -بزيت," أي أن دهن الزيت يأتي أولاً ثم الصلاة ("باسم الرب" تعود على الصلاة -وليس دهان الزيت). إن يعقوب 5 يخبرنا بأن على شيوخ الكنيسة إعطاء الدواء للشخص -المريض والصلاة من أجله ÙÙŠ اسم الرب. ألا يعبر هذا عن التوازن الجميل الذي -يطلبه منا الله بين الجانب العملي والروØÙŠ. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>القاعدة 2 - Ùسر Øسب السياق الكتابي</title> -<para>Ùسر النص الكتابي بالإنسجام مع النصوص الأخرى. ماذا تقول الأعداد ÙÙŠ كلا -الجانبين؟ ماهو طابع الاصØاØØŸ السÙر؟ هل يتماشى تÙسيرك مع هذا؟ إذا كانت -الإجابة بلا، إذاً ÙتÙسيرك خاطيء. عادة، يوÙر السياق ما Ù†Øتاج إليه لكي Ù†Ùسر -النص بطريقة صØÙŠØØ©. السياق هو المÙتاØ. وإذا كان لا يزال هناك إلتباس بالمعنى -بعد أن نكون قد Ùسرنا النص ÙÙŠ ضوء السياق، إذاً علينا أن نبØØ« بشكل أعمق.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>مثال 2 Ø£</title> -<para>تكلمنا ÙÙŠ درس سابق عن يوØنا 3 : 5 "يولد من الماء والروØ" ÙÙŠ ضوء السياق، ماهو -الماء المقصود ÙÙŠ المناقشة هنا؟</para> -<para>لم تكن المعمودية بالماء هي المقصودة ÙÙŠ المناقشة هنا، لأن هذا كان سيكون -بمثابة تØول كبير ÙÙŠ موضوع النقاش بين الرب يسوع ونيقوديموس. كن منتبهاً دائماً -إلى تغير مجرى الØديث، Ùربما يكون مؤشراً لإبتعاد تÙسيرك عن الطريق الصØÙŠØ! -الماء هو السائل الذي ÙŠØيط بالجنين، " يولد من الماء" = الولادة الطبيعية.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>مثال 2 ب</title> -<para>يجب أن تÙسر الآية ÙÙŠ كورنثوس الأولى 14 : 34 "لتصمت نساؤكم ÙÙŠ الكنائس" مع -السياق الكتابي ÙÙŠ كورنثوس الأولى 11 : 5 "كل امرأة تصلّي او تتنبأ [...]"</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>مثال 2 ج</title> -<para>أعمال الرسل 2 : 38 "Ùقال لهم بطرس توبوا وليعتمد كل واØد منكم على اسم يسوع -Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù„ØºÙران الخطايا ‎[...]". هل هذا النص يعلم عن التجديد بالمعمودية؟ إذا -كانت هذه هي الآية الوØيدة التي لدينا ÙÙŠ الكتاب المقدس بهذا الخصوص Ùربما كنا -سنستنتج هذا. لكن ÙÙŠ ضوء التعليم Ø§Ù„ÙˆØ§Ø¶Ø ÙÙŠ مواضع أخرى بأن التجديد يتم عن طريق -الإيمان بيسوع المسيØØŒ إذاً ينبغي أن يختل٠تÙسيرنا لهذه الآية مع التجديد -بالمعمودية. إن بطرس هنا ÙŠØØ« سامعيه على المعمودية كإشارة إستجابة لبشارة -الإنجيل. لو كانت المعمودية هي الطريق للولادة الثانية، لما كان بولس يقول ÙÙŠ -كورنثوس الأولى 1 : 17 "لان Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù„Ù… يرسلني لاعمد بل لابشر."ØŸ -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>القاعدة 3 - Ùسر Øسب السياق التاريخي والثقاÙÙŠ</title> -<para> -السؤال الصØÙŠØ Ù‡Ù†Ø§ ÙÙŠ الأساس لا يكون "مامعنى النص بالنسبة لي؟" بل "ما الذي -كان يعنيه للقراء الأصليين؟" ثم بعدها نستطيع التساؤل "مامعنى النص بالنسبة -لي؟". علينا أن نأخذ الخلÙية التاريخية والثقاÙية للكاتب والمتلقي بعين -الإعتبار.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>مثال 3 Ø£</title><para> "ثلاثة ايام وثلاث ليال" ( متى 12 : 40 ) دÙعت البعض لتبني نظرية أن الصلب تم -يوم الأربعاء خاصة جماعة الأرمسترونجية. إذ كي٠يمكن أن يكون Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ Ù‚Ø¯ مات ÙÙŠ -بعد ظهر يوم الجمعة وقام ÙÙŠ ØµØ¨Ø§Ø Ø§Ù„Ø£Øد ØŒ ويتÙÙ‚ هذا مع قول متى ( 16 : 21 ) -"ÙˆÙÙŠ اليوم الثالث يقوم"ØŸ التÙسير الØرÙÙŠ لمعنى كلمة "ثلاثة" Ùˆ "أيام" لن يساعد -ÙÙŠ تÙسير التناقض الظاهري.</para> -<para>Ù†Øتاج إلى Øقيقة تاريخية: اعتاد اليهود على عد أي جزء من اليوم كيوم كامل، -مثلما نقوم Ù†ØÙ† بعد أكواب المياة (إذا كانوا 6 أكواب ممتلئة وكوب نص٠ممتلئ)ØŒ -ونقول أن هناك سبعة أكواب Øتى لو كان Ø£Øدهم نص٠ممتلئ. كذلك كان اليهود ينظرون -للأمر، أي جزء من اليوم يعد بيوم كامل، والأيام كانت تبدأ ÙÙŠ الساعة السادسة -مساءاً وتنتهي ÙÙŠ السادسة مساءاً. إذا الجمعة من الساعة الثالثة إلى السادسة -مساءاً = اليوم الأول. الجمعة من السادسة مساءاً إلى السبت السادسة مساءاً = -اليوم الثاني. السبت من الساعة السادسة مساءاً إلى الأØد الخامسة صباØاً أو Ù†ØÙˆ -ذلك = اليوم الثالث. لهذا ÙالتÙسير بØسب السياق الثقاÙÙŠ يجنبنا الأخطاء.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>مثال 3 ب</title><para>تكوين 15 : 7 - 21. يخبرنا السياق التاريخي أن شق الØيوانات إلى نصÙين والعبور -بين الأجزاء كانت هي الوسيلة المعتادة لإبرام المواثيق ÙÙŠ ايام ابرام. Ùكلا -الطرÙين كان يسير ÙÙŠ الوسط، أخذاً عهداً على Ù†Ùسه بأن تقطع أوصاله مالم يقم -بتنÙيذ الجانب الخاص به من الميثاق. لكن ÙÙŠ القصة المذكورة هنا كان الله Ùقط هو -من عبر ÙÙŠ الوسط، مما يجعله إتÙاقاً من طر٠واØد.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>القاعدة 4 - Ùسر Øسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات ÙÙŠ اللغة</title> -<para>تعامل مع اللغة الØرÙية بØرÙية Ùˆ اللغة المجازية بمجازية. واهتم بالإصطلاØات -التي يكون لها معاني خاصة.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>مثال 4 Ø£</title> -<para>"العين الشريرة" ÙÙŠ متى 6 : 23.</para> -<para>قاعدة 1ØŒ تعري٠كلمة "شريرة" Ùˆ "عين" - لن يساعدنا بشيء هنا. قاعدة 2ØŒ السياق -يزيد من Øيرتنا. Ùلا تبدو الÙكرة هنا أنها منسجمة مع ما قبلها وما بعدها! هذا -إذاً تØذير لنا بأننا لم نتمكن من Ùهمها بشكل صØÙŠØ.</para> -<para>ما لدينا هنا هو Ø¥ØµØ·Ù„Ø§Ø Ø¹Ø¨Ø±ÙŠØŒ "عين شريرة". دعنا نبØØ« عن الإستخدامات الأخرى -لهذا المصطلØ: متى 20 : 15 "او ما ÙŠØÙ„ لي ان اÙعل ما اريد بما لي. أم عينك -شريرة لاني انا صالØ." نجد هنا أن إمتلاك "عين شريرة" هو Ø¥ØµØ·Ù„Ø§Ø Ø¹Ø¨Ø±ÙŠ يعني كون -الشخص بخيل أو Øسود. الآن نعود إلى متى 6 ونلاØظ كي٠أن Ùهمنا للعبارة بهذه -الطريقة يتناسب تماماً مع سياق النص.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>مثال 4 ب</title> -<para>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</para> -<para>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تØت."</para> -<para> -ÙŠØاول قديسو الأيام الأخيرة (بدعة) إثبات أن الله كان ÙÙŠ يوم ما إنسان مثلنا -بإستغلال الآيات التي تشير إلى الله بأجزاء بشرية. بمجرد أن ينجØوا ÙÙŠ إقناع -الناس بهذا ينتقلون إلى التعليم بأن ÙÙŠ إستطاعتهم أن يصبØوا آلهة مثله! ÙÙŠ Ø£Øد -المØاضرات التي كان يلقيها الدكتوروالتر مارتن (مؤل٠كتاب "مملكة البدع")ØŒ -تØدته مجموعة من شيوخ المورمون بآيات مثل هذه. Ùطلب د. مارتن من المورمون قراءة -آية أخرى: مزمور 91 : 4 "بخواÙيه يظللك وتØت اجنØته تØتمي".عندها قال والتر -مارتن، "لو اÙترضنا جدلاً بصØØ© تÙسيركم للآيات التي ذكرتموها أن الله كان -إنساناً، Ùتطبيق Ù†Ùس القواعد على الآية الأخيرة يؤدي إلى الإستنتاج بأنه كان -طائراً". أما المورمون Ùلم يتمكنوا إلا من الضØÙƒ بعدما أدركوا تÙاهة موقÙهم. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>القاعدة 5 - اÙهم الغرض من الأمثال والÙرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title> -<para>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر Ùيها له مغزى."</para> -<para>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صØÙŠØØ© ام خاطئة؟</para> - -<para>بعض الأمثال هي قصص رمزية، على سبيل المثال، مثل الزارع هو قصة رمزية: Ùالبذرة -هي كلمة الله، والأشواك هي الهموم والطمع، وهكذا. لكن معظم الأمثال ليست قصص -تامة الرمزية ولكنها قصص بسيطة Ù„ØªÙˆØ¶ÙŠØ Ù†Ù‚Ø·Ø© واØدة. من الخطورة أن Ù†Øصل على -عقيدة من المثل، Ùالأمثال من الممكن أن يتم تشكيلها عمداً لإيصال عدة معاني -مختلÙØ©. Ù†ØÙ† Ù†Øتاج إلى الØصول على عقيدتنا من النصوص الواضØØ© الموجودة بالكتاب -المقدس، وعندها لا بأس إذا كان هناك مثلاً ÙŠÙˆØ¶Ø Ù‡Ø°Ø§.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>مثال 5 Ø£</title> -<para>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم ÙÙŠ لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واØداً: + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>مثال 1 Ø£</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالÙعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تك٠عن الإمساك به! +</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>مثال 1 ب</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>متى 6 : 17 واما انت Ùمتى صمت Ùادهن راسك</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة +Øنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين ÙØ´Ùوهم.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>لوقا 7 : 38 ووقÙت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت +تمسØهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>يوØنا 12 : 3 Ùاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع +ومسØت قدميه بشعرها.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>لوقا 4 : 18 "Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ø±Ø¨ عليّ لانه مسØني لابشر المساكين ..."</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) Ùتاك القدوس الذي مسØته</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كي٠مسØÙ‡ الله Ø¨Ø§Ù„Ø±ÙˆØ Ø§Ù„Ù‚Ø¯Ø³ والقوة</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم ÙÙŠ Ø§Ù„Ù…Ø³ÙŠØ ÙˆÙ‚Ø¯ مسØنا هو الله</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>القاعدة 2 - Ùسر Øسب السياق الكتابي</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>مثال 2 Ø£</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>مثال 2 ب</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>مثال 2 ج</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>القاعدة 3 - Ùسر Øسب السياق التاريخي والثقاÙÙŠ</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>مثال 3 Ø£</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>مثال 3 ب</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>القاعدة 4 - Ùسر Øسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات ÙÙŠ اللغة</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>مثال 4 Ø£</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>مثال 4 ب</title> + <para>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</para> + <para>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تØت."</para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>القاعدة 5 - اÙهم الغرض من الأمثال والÙرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title> + <para>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر Ùيها له مغزى."</para> + <para>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صØÙŠØØ© ام خاطئة؟</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>مثال 5 Ø£</title> + <para>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم ÙÙŠ لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واØداً: اللجاجة ÙÙŠ الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنØصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟</para> -<para>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: Ùالله ÙŠØµØ¨Ø ÙˆÙƒØ£Ù†Ù‡ لا يرغب ÙÙŠ Øماية Øقوق الأرملة، وكأن -الصلاة "تزعجه"ØŒ إلخ.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>مثال 5 ب</title> -<para>مثل وكيل الظلم ÙÙŠ لوقا 16 : 1 - 9. ما هو الهد٠من هذا المثل؟ هل هو قصة تامة -الرمزية؟ </para> -<para>Ø§Ù…ØªØ¯Ø ÙˆÙƒÙŠÙ„ الظلم على شيء واØد Ùقط، ذكاءه ÙÙŠ إستخدام ما معه إستعداداً ليوم -سيأتي وهو ليس معه. لكنه لم ÙŠÙ…ØªØ¯Ø Ø¹Ù„Ù‰ سلوكه الغير أخلاقي بغشه لسيده. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: Ùالله ÙŠØµØ¨Ø ÙˆÙƒØ£Ù†Ù‡ لا يرغب ÙÙŠ Øماية Øقوق الأرملة، وكأن +الصلاة "تزعجه"ØŒ إلخ.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>مثال 5 ب</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook index 91187b9..b854205 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ar/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>بيبل تايم</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "دليل استخدام بيبل تايم"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,66 +9,46 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>كيÙية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>بوب</firstname> - <surname>هارمان</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>Ùريق بيبل تايم</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>Ùريق بيبل تايم ; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - كتبت هذه الوثيقة بواسطة السيد/ بوب هارمان ومرخصة بموجب شروط الترخيص <link + <title>كيÙية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>بوب</firstname> + <surname>هارمان</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث Ùان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>تلخيص</title> - - <para> - <application>كيÙية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</application> .هو دليل لدراسة الكتاب -المقدس - </para> - <para> - يتمنى Ùريق بيبل تايم أن يكون "كيÙية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" سبباً ÙÙŠ تشجيع -القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعر٠إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل -بشكل خاص Ù„Øرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأÙكار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على -قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس Ù„Ùهم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع -الرب كلمته بقلبك Ùهو لن يدعك تخذل. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>الكتاب المقدس</keyword> - <keyword>ادرس</keyword> - <keyword>كيÙية دراسة</keyword> - </keywordset> - +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث Ùان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>تلخيص</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>الكتاب المقدس</keyword> + <keyword>ادرس</keyword> + <keyword>كيÙية دراسة</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index abcae29..3471023 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,15 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><p>الإستماع والقراءة يوفران النظرة الشمولية التلسكوبية للنص المقدس بينما -الدراسة والحفظ يوفران النظرة المجهرية الميكروسكوبية للنص المقدس. التأمل في -نصوص الكتاب المقدس يمزج كلاً من الإستماع، القراءة، الدراسة والحفظ لتتشكل -الكلمة في أذهاننا.</p><div class="sect2" title="استمع"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>استمع</h3></div></div></div><p>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="اقرأ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>اقرأ</h3></div></div></div><p>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</p><p>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم " -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="ادرس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>ادرس</h3></div></div></div><p>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة -بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎." -</p><p>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="استمع"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>استمع</h3></div></div></div><p>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="اقرأ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>اقرأ</h3></div></div></div><p>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</p><p>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "</p></div><div class="sect2" title="ادرس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>ادرس</h3></div></div></div><p>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة +بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎."</p><p>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="احفظ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>احفظ</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="تأمل"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>تأمل</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا وليلا‎. ‎فيكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها في -اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح. -</p><p>يفسر النافيجيتورز هذا بالقول أنه كما يستطيع الإبهام أن يلمس كل الاصابع، كذلك -نستطيع التأمل في نفس وقت قيامنا بالأربعة الأخرى. فالتأمل هو مفتاح الحصول على -إعلان. يكون المسيحي الجديد في إحتياج إلى سماع وقراءة الكتاب المقدس أكثر من -حاجته إلى الدراسة والحفظ، وهذا لكي يصبح أكثر إلماماً بالرسالة العامة للكتاب -المقدس.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح.</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html index bad0723..8d23d21 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</h2></div></div></div><p>تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابحث اولاً عن الآية -المفتاحية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للفقرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا -بإختيار أعداداً مختلفة في الفقرة واسأل نفسك إن كانت تتسق مع فكرة الآية -المفتاحية. بمجرد أن تجدها، أكتبها كرقم واحد في ورقة الملاحظات الخاصة بك.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</p></li></ol></div><p>ما الذي تعنيه عبارة "تصنعوا صدقتكم"؟ هل تعطينا هذه الفقرة أمثلة على هذا؟ أي -جانب من حياتنا تخاطب؟ دوافعنا! وما هي العناوين الفرعية التي تظهر هذه الفكرة؟ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصوم</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصلي</p></li></ol></div><p>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في -القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كيف يمكن لشخص ما أن "يصوت بالبوق" هذه الأيام؟)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اعطي في الخفاء</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>إلخ.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">قواعد التفسير الصحيح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصوم</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصلي</p></li></ol></div><p>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في +القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اعطي في الخفاء</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>إلخ.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">قواعد التفسير الصحيح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 8a1d0ec..8724e6f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="المحتوى"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>المحتوى</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا -تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="السياق"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>السياق</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن "السياق هو الأساس" -- يجب أن -تكون الفقرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللسفر.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>المراجع ذات الصلة</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="المحتوى"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>المحتوى</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا +تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="السياق"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>السياق</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>المراجع ذات الصلة</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته، لذا فتفسيرنا في حاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتحان في ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس: </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html index c07f39f..64d3313 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الموضوعات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>دراسة الموضوعات</h3></div></div></div><p>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الشخصيات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>دراسة الشخصيات</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="الدراسة التفسيرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>الدراسة التفسيرية</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> قواعد التفسير الصحيح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الموضوعات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>دراسة الموضوعات</h3></div></div></div><p>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الشخصيات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>دراسة الشخصيات</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="الدراسة التفسيرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>الدراسة التفسيرية</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> قواعد التفسير الصحيح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 7559fc4..cc86cb7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,13 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="كيف تجد آية محددة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>كيف تجد آية محددة</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</p></li></ol></div><p>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>"امينة هي جروح المحب"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>"اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قصة الغني ولعازر</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="للقيام بدراسة موضوعية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </h3></div></div></div><p>لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع "الفداء." أولاً ستحتاج أن تبحث عن الكلمة في الفهرس -الأبجدي وتبحث في المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البحث عن الكلمات ذات -الصلة والمراجع المذكورة لها أيضاً، مثال "يخلص، خلص، فدية" بل وحتى "يشتري" أو -"اشترى." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا إذا لاحظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ في ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 "لا -تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 "واما الروحي فيحكم في كل -شيء وهو لا يحكم فيه من احد" فالكلمة الإنجليزية المستخدمة هنا بمعنى يدين أو -يحكم هي "judge و judgeth" ربما كانت هناك كلمتين مختلفتين في اليونانية، -وكلاهما تم ترجمتهما في الإنجليزية إلى الكلمة "judge" ؟ (من الآن فصاعداً -سنستخدم أرقام سترونج) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث عن "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919 -والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>والآن قم بالبحث عن "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ في العهد الجديد لذا فاللغة هي -اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919 -ومعنى 350 وستجد الإجابة عن سؤالك! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="لإيجاد معاني الاسماء"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</h3></div></div></div><p>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</p><p>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>نابال</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابيجايل</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يشوع</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>برنابا</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="كيف تجد آية محددة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>كيف تجد آية محددة</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</p></li></ol></div><p>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + "امينة هي جروح المحب" + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + "اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح" + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قصة الغني ولعازر</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="للقيام بدراسة موضوعية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="لإيجاد معاني الاسماء"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</h3></div></div></div><p>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</p><p>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>نابال</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابيجايل</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يشوع</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>برنابا</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html index 1105ac7..e9d1541 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون -ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون +ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر "نحن نذهب إلى المهد فقط من أجل الطفل" وكذلك الحال في دراسة الكتاب، فنحن لا -نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الحصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي -الحصول على الحياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، " من إستطاع الحصول على كلمات التوراة -فقد إستطاع الحصول على الحياة الأبدية." لقد كانت الدراسة في حد ذاتها هي كل ما -يبتغون. لكنهم للأسف كانوا مخدوعين في هذا.</p><p>لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن +نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن ينجح النص في قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيح. كل ما نحتاج إليه حين نقرأ الكتاب المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص المسيح من خلاله.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر: InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 28a2113..914e3b5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,24 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب كلام الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب كلام الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>كتاب كلام الله</h2></div></div></div><p>العبرانيين 4 : 12 "لان كلمة الله حية وفعالة... " وقال يسوع (متى 4 : -4),"مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من فم الله." عندما -نقرأ الكتاب المقدس، فإن روح الله يتكلم إلى قلوبنا بطريقة متجددة بإستمرار. -</p><p>في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، "كل الكتاب هو موحى به من الله" هل تؤمن -بهذا؟قبل أن تجيب، تأمل في موقف يسوع تجاه الكتاب المقدس. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فقد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الحديث عن الوحي الإلهي كمصدر وحيد يحركهم -كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب -قال' بنفس المعنى. وكان بإمكانه أن يقتبس من تعليق الراوي في تكوين 2 : 24 -بإعتباره كلام الخالق ذاته ( متى 19 : 4 - 5 ). وبنفس الطريقة قال، 'حسنا تنبأ -اشعياء عنكم انتم المرائين كما هو مكتوب'، عندما كان يشير إلى حديث مباشرمن -الرب الإله ( مرقس 7 : 6 و اشعياء 29 : 13 ). لقد كان يسوع نفسه هو مصدر قناعة -كتاب العهد الجديد بفكرة الدور الثنائي في كتابة الكتاب المقدس. فبالنسبة لهم -كان قولهم 'الله بعد ما كلم الآباء بالانبياء' ( العبرانيين 1 : 1 ) تماماً -مثلما يقولون 'تكلم اناس الله القديسون مسوقين من الروح القدس' ( بطرس الثانية -1 : 21 ). لم يتكلم الله بطريقة تطمس شخصية الكاتب البشري، ولا الناس تكلمت -بطريقة تحرف أقوال الله. الله تكلم والناس تكلمت. وكلا الحقيقتين لا يمكن -تجاهلهما. ... -</p><p> -هذه، إذاً، كانت نظرة السيد المسيح للنص المقدس. فشهادة الكتاب المقدس هي شهادة -الله. والسبب الرئيسي الذي يجعل المسيحيين يؤمنون بالوحي الإلهي للكتاب المقدس -هو أن يسوع المسيح نفسه علم به. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>ويتابع في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16، "ونافع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب -الذي في البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالح." إذا قبلنا -فعلاً أن الكتاب المقدس هو كلام الله إلينا، عندئذ يكون الكتاب المقدس هو -مرجعنا في كل الأمور المتعلقة بالإيمان والتصرفات. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يعمل</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب كلام الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب كلام الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>كتاب كلام الله</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر: +InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يعمل</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 45469be..bc36587 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>النصائح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">النصائح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="النصائح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>النصائح</h2></div></div></div><p> -تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا -كلمة الحق بالاستقامة." -</p><p> -كولوسي 3 : 16 "لتسكن فيكم كلمة المسيح بغنى وانتم بكل حكمة معلّمون ومنذرون -بعضكم بعضا بمزامير وتسابيح واغاني روحية بنعمة مترنمين في قلوبكم للرب." -</p><p>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟ </p><p> -ليس بالقليل!</p><p> -الجامعة 12 : 11 - 12 "كلام الحكماء كالمناسيس وكاوتاد منغرزة ارباب الجماعات -قد أعطيت من راع واحد. وبقي فمن هذا يا ابني تحذر. لعمل كتب كثيرة لا نهاية -والدرس الكثير تعب للجسد." -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحارب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>النصائح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">النصائح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="النصائح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>النصائح</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟</p><p>ليس بالقليل!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحارب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index bce96a7..1dc18e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,8 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحرر</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحرر</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحرر"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>كتاب يحرر</h2></div></div></div><p> -يوحنا 8 : 32 "وتعرفون الحق والحق يحرركم." عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة -بمفردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعرفة؟ -الإجابة تجدها عند قراءة النصف الأول من الجملة في عدد 31. "ان ثبتم في كلامي -فبالحقيقة تكونون تلاميذي..."</p><p>كما نرى فإن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتحديد يتحدث عن الحق الذي في كلمة الله.</p><p>عندما نقرأ كلمة "ريح" المذكورة في أفسس 4 : 14 في اللغة اليونانية نجد إنها -تعني (ريح عنيفة). "كي لا نكون فيما بعد اطفالا مضطربين ومحمولين بكل ريح تعليم -..." واحد من الإمتيازات التي نحصل عليها من دراسة الكتاب المقدس هي أنها -تثبتنا في الحق، وبالتالي لا يصبح من السهل على الرياح أن "تقتلع جذورنا".</p><p>فاجاب يسوع وقال لهم "تضلون اذ لا تعرفون الكتب ولا قوة الله." متى 22 : 29</p><p>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>كلمة الله</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قوة الله </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يعمل </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحارب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحرر</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحرر</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحرر"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>كتاب يحرر</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>كلمة الله</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قوة الله</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يعمل </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحارب</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html index d0ce6ff..b725f66 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,16 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>الحقيقة فيما يتعلق بكفاية عمل الله في المسيح تتجلى في إستخدام كلمة واحدة في -العهد الجديد اليوناني وهي (hapax) و (ephapax). والتي تترجم عادة إلى عبارة -'مرة واحدة' لتعني مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع. فالكلمة تستخدم هنا للدلالة على -صلاحية أبدية لا تحتاج أبداً للتكرار، وتنطبق على كلاً من الإعلان والخلاص في -العهد الجديد. ولهذا، يشير يهوذا إلى الإيمان المعطى مرة واحدة إلى جميع -القديسين ( يهوذا 1 : 3 )، ويقول بولس في رومية، "لان الموت الذي ماته قد ماته -للخطية مرة واحدة" (رومية 6 : 10 أنظر أيضاً بطرس الأولى 3 : 18 ؛ العبرانيين 9 -: 26 - 28) </p><p> -ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واحدة للجميع وأن المسيح تألم مرة واحدة -من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيحي والخلاص المسيحي مكتملان -في المسيح. ومحاولة الإضافة إلى أي منهما تعد إساءة للمسيح... وهما الصخرتان -اللتان بنيت عليهما حركة الإصلاح -- فالله قد أعلن كلمته وهي لا تحتاج لإضافة -تقاليد البشر، والمسيح قد أتم العمل وهو لا يحتاج لإضافة إستحقاق البشر. وكان -الشعار الاساسي للمصلحين هو "وحده الكتاب المقدس" يكفي لتعليمنا و "وحدها -النعمة" تكفي لخلاصنا.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: "Christ the Controversialist," الناشر: -InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">النصائح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">النصائح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index d20cf8c..2401754 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p> إليك بعض البرامج السهلة التي بإمكانك إتباعها لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. كما إنك -تستطيع تنفيذ أكثر من برنامج في نفس الوقت إذا أحببت، على سبيل المثال #1 مع -#4، أو #2 مع #5. نوع البرنامج المختار من سنة لأخرى ليظل متجدداً. -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم المقابل له في الشهر.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>سفر المزامير في شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بفارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم في كل يوم، على سبيل في اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>المزامير والأمثال في 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب في سفر المزامير والأمثال بواقع اصحاح واحد كل يوم.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال في سنتين: إذا قرأت اصحاح واحد من العهد القديم كل يوم، وتخطيت المزامير والأمثال، ستتمكن من قراءة العهد القديم في -سنتين وأسبوعين. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +سنتين وأسبوعين.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 4bb3eb8..c575257 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحارب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحارب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحارب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>كتاب يحارب</h2></div></div></div><p> -في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="سلاح الحرب الروحية" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>سؤال</th><th>جواب</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟</td><td>واحد</td></tr><tr><td>وماهو؟ </td><td>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحرر </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> النصائح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحارب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحارب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحارب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>كتاب يحارب</h2></div></div></div><p>في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="سلاح الحرب الروحية" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>سؤال</th><th>جواب</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟</td><td>واحد</td></tr><tr><td>وماهو؟</td><td>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحرر </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> النصائح</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html index 9bff27c..d34e63f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,29 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يعمل</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يعمل</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يعمل"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>كتاب يعمل</h2></div></div></div><p> -ماذا الذي ستفعله دراسة الكتاب المقدس من أجلك؟ تسالونيكي الأولى 2 : 13 تقول -أن كلمة الله "تعمل ايضا فيكم انتم المؤمنين." بجانب كل جزء من الكتاب المقدس، -قم بكتابة العمل الذي تعمله الكلمة. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>الشاهد</th><th>العمل</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>أفسس 5 : 26 -</td><td>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة." -</td></tr><tr><td> -أعمال الرسل 20 : 32 -</td><td> -تبني -- "... ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع -المقدسين‎. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -رومية 15 : 4 -</td><td> -تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." -</td></tr><tr><td> -رومية 10 : 17 -</td><td> -تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." -</td></tr><tr><td> -كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11 -</td><td> -تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" -</td></tr><tr><td> -متى 4 : 4 -</td><td> -تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من -فم الله." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب كلام الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحرر</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يعمل</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يعمل</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يعمل"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>كتاب يعمل</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>الشاهد</th><th>العمل</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>أفسس 5 : 26</td><td>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."</td></tr><tr><td>أعمال الرسل 20 : 32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>رومية 15 : 4</td><td>تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." </td></tr><tr><td>رومية 10 : 17</td><td>تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." </td></tr><tr><td>كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11</td><td>تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" </td></tr><tr><td>متى 4 : 4</td><td>تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من +فم الله."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب كلام الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحرر</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html index 59d43d7..80f7ae7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,24 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>هناك أهمية عظيمة لفهم كلمة الله لجميع الذين دعي اسم الله عليهم. دراسة الكتاب -المقدس هي واحدة من الطرق الأساسية التي نتعلمها للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع -الله.</p><div class="sect1" title="كتاب فريد"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>كتاب فريد</h2></div></div></div><p>لا مثيل للكتاب المقدس. فالكتاب المقدس فريد يختلف عن غيره من الكتب بعدة طرق:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -الشعبية. مبيعات الكتاب المقدس في امريكا الشمالية: أكثر من 500 مليون دولار في -السنة. الكتاب المقدس هو أكثر الكتب مبيعاً في التاريخ وهو أيضاً كتاب العام -الأكثر مبيعاً كل عام. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -الكاتب. كتب الكتاب المقدس في فترة بلغت 1600 سنة بواسطة 40 كانت مختلف من -خلفيات مختلفة، ومع ذلك تشعر عند قراءته بأنه مكتوب بواسطة شخص واحد. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -الحفظ. يقارن ف. ف. بروس في "هل وثائق العهد الجديد جديرة بالثقة؟" مخطوطات -العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>العمل الأدبي</th><th>متى كتب</th><th>أقدم نسخة</th><th>الفاصل الزمني</th><th>عدد النسخ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>هيرودوت</td><td>448 - 428 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>1300 سنة</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>تاسيتس</td><td>100 م</td><td>1100 م</td><td>1000 سنة</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</td><td>50 - 58 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>950 سنة</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي</td><td>59 ق.م. - 17 م</td><td>900 م</td><td>900 سنة</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>العهد الجديد</td><td>40 م - 100 م</td><td>130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة</td><td>30 - 310 سنة</td><td>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>توجد عشرة نسخ من "الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر، أقدمهم تم نسخها بعد 900 سنة من -كتابة قيصر للأصل، إلخ. بالمقارنة بالعهد الجديد لدينا مخطوطات كاملة تعود -للعام 350 م ، برديات تحتوي معظم العهد الجديد من القرن الثاني الميلادي، وجزء -من إنجيل يوحنا من العام 130 م. ترى كم يبلغ عدد المخطوطات المتاحة لدينا -للمقارنة فيما بينهم؟ 5,000 باليونانية و 10,000 باللاتينية! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل -وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 ص561, Macmillan Co., quoted in "Questions of Life" ص. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب كلام الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="كتاب فريد"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>كتاب فريد</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>العمل الأدبي</th><th>متى كتب</th><th>أقدم نسخة</th><th>الفاصل الزمني</th><th>عدد النسخ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>هيرودوت</td><td>448 - 428 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>1300 سنة</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>تاسيتس</td><td>100 م</td><td>1100 م</td><td>1000 سنة</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</td><td>50 - 58 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>950 سنة</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي</td><td>59 ق.م. - 17 م</td><td>900 م</td><td>900 سنة</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>العهد الجديد</td><td>40 م - 100 م</td><td>130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة</td><td>30 - 310 سنة</td><td>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل +وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب كلام الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html index 6ddab53..c19fd7b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,18 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</h2></div></div></div><p>فسر النص الكتابي بالإنسجام مع النصوص الأخرى. ماذا تقول الأعداد في كلا -الجانبين؟ ماهو طابع الاصحاح؟ السفر؟ هل يتماشى تفسيرك مع هذا؟ إذا كانت -الإجابة بلا، إذاً فتفسيرك خاطيء. عادة، يوفر السياق ما نحتاج إليه لكي نفسر -النص بطريقة صحيحة. السياق هو المفتاح. وإذا كان لا يزال هناك إلتباس بالمعنى -بعد أن نكون قد فسرنا النص في ضوء السياق، إذاً علينا أن نبحث بشكل أعمق.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 2 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>مثال 2 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>تكلمنا في درس سابق عن يوحنا 3 : 5 "يولد من الماء والروح" في ضوء السياق، ماهو -الماء المقصود في المناقشة هنا؟</p><p>لم تكن المعمودية بالماء هي المقصودة في المناقشة هنا، لأن هذا كان سيكون -بمثابة تحول كبير في موضوع النقاش بين الرب يسوع ونيقوديموس. كن منتبهاً دائماً -إلى تغير مجرى الحديث، فربما يكون مؤشراً لإبتعاد تفسيرك عن الطريق الصحيح! -الماء هو السائل الذي يحيط بالجنين، " يولد من الماء" = الولادة الطبيعية.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 2 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>مثال 2 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>يجب أن تفسر الآية في كورنثوس الأولى 14 : 34 "لتصمت نساؤكم في الكنائس" مع -السياق الكتابي في كورنثوس الأولى 11 : 5 "كل امرأة تصلّي او تتنبأ [...]"</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 2 ج"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>مثال 2 ج</h3></div></div></div><p>أعمال الرسل 2 : 38 "فقال لهم بطرس توبوا وليعتمد كل واحد منكم على اسم يسوع -المسيح لغفران الخطايا ‎[...]". هل هذا النص يعلم عن التجديد بالمعمودية؟ إذا -كانت هذه هي الآية الوحيدة التي لدينا في الكتاب المقدس بهذا الخصوص فربما كنا -سنستنتج هذا. لكن في ضوء التعليم الواضح في مواضع أخرى بأن التجديد يتم عن طريق -الإيمان بيسوع المسيح، إذاً ينبغي أن يختلف تفسيرنا لهذه الآية مع التجديد -بالمعمودية. إن بطرس هنا يحث سامعيه على المعمودية كإشارة إستجابة لبشارة -الإنجيل. لو كانت المعمودية هي الطريق للولادة الثانية، لما كان بولس يقول في -كورنثوس الأولى 1 : 17 "لان المسيح لم يرسلني لاعمد بل لابشر."؟ -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 2 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>مثال 2 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 2 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>مثال 2 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 2 ج"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>مثال 2 ج</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 62f3197..7239685 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</h2></div></div></div><p> -السؤال الصحيح هنا في الأساس لا يكون "مامعنى النص بالنسبة لي؟" بل "ما الذي -كان يعنيه للقراء الأصليين؟" ثم بعدها نستطيع التساؤل "مامعنى النص بالنسبة -لي؟". علينا أن نأخذ الخلفية التاريخية والثقافية للكاتب والمتلقي بعين -الإعتبار.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 3 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>مثال 3 أ</h3></div></div></div><p> "ثلاثة ايام وثلاث ليال" ( متى 12 : 40 ) دفعت البعض لتبني نظرية أن الصلب تم -يوم الأربعاء خاصة جماعة الأرمسترونجية. إذ كيف يمكن أن يكون المسيح قد مات في -بعد ظهر يوم الجمعة وقام في صباح الأحد ، ويتفق هذا مع قول متى ( 16 : 21 ) -"وفي اليوم الثالث يقوم"؟ التفسير الحرفي لمعنى كلمة "ثلاثة" و "أيام" لن يساعد -في تفسير التناقض الظاهري.</p><p>نحتاج إلى حقيقة تاريخية: اعتاد اليهود على عد أي جزء من اليوم كيوم كامل، -مثلما نقوم نحن بعد أكواب المياة (إذا كانوا 6 أكواب ممتلئة وكوب نصف ممتلئ)، -ونقول أن هناك سبعة أكواب حتى لو كان أحدهم نصف ممتلئ. كذلك كان اليهود ينظرون -للأمر، أي جزء من اليوم يعد بيوم كامل، والأيام كانت تبدأ في الساعة السادسة -مساءاً وتنتهي في السادسة مساءاً. إذا الجمعة من الساعة الثالثة إلى السادسة -مساءاً = اليوم الأول. الجمعة من السادسة مساءاً إلى السبت السادسة مساءاً = -اليوم الثاني. السبت من الساعة السادسة مساءاً إلى الأحد الخامسة صباحاً أو نحو -ذلك = اليوم الثالث. لهذا فالتفسير بحسب السياق الثقافي يجنبنا الأخطاء.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 3 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>مثال 3 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>تكوين 15 : 7 - 21. يخبرنا السياق التاريخي أن شق الحيوانات إلى نصفين والعبور -بين الأجزاء كانت هي الوسيلة المعتادة لإبرام المواثيق في ايام ابرام. فكلا -الطرفين كان يسير في الوسط، أخذاً عهداً على نفسه بأن تقطع أوصاله مالم يقم -بتنفيذ الجانب الخاص به من الميثاق. لكن في القصة المذكورة هنا كان الله فقط هو -من عبر في الوسط، مما يجعله إتفاقاً من طرف واحد.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 3 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>مثال 3 أ</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 3 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>مثال 3 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 1153594..7e6dbef 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,18 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</h2></div></div></div><p>تعامل مع اللغة الحرفية بحرفية و اللغة المجازية بمجازية. واهتم بالإصطلاحات -التي يكون لها معاني خاصة.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 4 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>مثال 4 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>"العين الشريرة" في متى 6 : 23.</p><p>قاعدة 1، تعريف كلمة "شريرة" و "عين" - لن يساعدنا بشيء هنا. قاعدة 2، السياق -يزيد من حيرتنا. فلا تبدو الفكرة هنا أنها منسجمة مع ما قبلها وما بعدها! هذا -إذاً تحذير لنا بأننا لم نتمكن من فهمها بشكل صحيح.</p><p>ما لدينا هنا هو إصطلاح عبري، "عين شريرة". دعنا نبحث عن الإستخدامات الأخرى -لهذا المصطلح: متى 20 : 15 "او ما يحل لي ان افعل ما اريد بما لي. أم عينك -شريرة لاني انا صالح." نجد هنا أن إمتلاك "عين شريرة" هو إصطلاح عبري يعني كون -الشخص بخيل أو حسود. الآن نعود إلى متى 6 ونلاحظ كيف أن فهمنا للعبارة بهذه -الطريقة يتناسب تماماً مع سياق النص.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 4 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>مثال 4 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</p><p>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."</p><p> -يحاول قديسو الأيام الأخيرة (بدعة) إثبات أن الله كان في يوم ما إنسان مثلنا -بإستغلال الآيات التي تشير إلى الله بأجزاء بشرية. بمجرد أن ينجحوا في إقناع -الناس بهذا ينتقلون إلى التعليم بأن في إستطاعتهم أن يصبحوا آلهة مثله! في أحد -المحاضرات التي كان يلقيها الدكتوروالتر مارتن (مؤلف كتاب "مملكة البدع")، -تحدته مجموعة من شيوخ المورمون بآيات مثل هذه. فطلب د. مارتن من المورمون قراءة -آية أخرى: مزمور 91 : 4 "بخوافيه يظللك وتحت اجنحته تحتمي".عندها قال والتر -مارتن، "لو افترضنا جدلاً بصحة تفسيركم للآيات التي ذكرتموها أن الله كان -إنساناً، فتطبيق نفس القواعد على الآية الأخيرة يؤدي إلى الإستنتاج بأنه كان -طائراً". أما المورمون فلم يتمكنوا إلا من الضحك بعدما أدركوا تفاهة موقفهم. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 4 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>مثال 4 أ</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 4 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>مثال 4 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</p><p>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."</p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 4f4b741..fdb0d57 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</h2></div></div></div><p>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."</p><p>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟</p><p>بعض الأمثال هي قصص رمزية، على سبيل المثال، مثل الزارع هو قصة رمزية: فالبذرة -هي كلمة الله، والأشواك هي الهموم والطمع، وهكذا. لكن معظم الأمثال ليست قصص -تامة الرمزية ولكنها قصص بسيطة لتوضيح نقطة واحدة. من الخطورة أن نحصل على -عقيدة من المثل، فالأمثال من الممكن أن يتم تشكيلها عمداً لإيصال عدة معاني -مختلفة. نحن نحتاج إلى الحصول على عقيدتنا من النصوص الواضحة الموجودة بالكتاب -المقدس، وعندها لا بأس إذا كان هناك مثلاً يوضح هذا.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 5 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>مثال 5 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</h2></div></div></div><p>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."</p><p>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 5 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>مثال 5 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً: اللجاجة في الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنحصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟</p><p>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: فالله يصبح وكأنه لا يرغب في حماية حقوق الأرملة، وكأن -الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 5 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>مثال 5 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>مثل وكيل الظلم في لوقا 16 : 1 - 9. ما هو الهدف من هذا المثل؟ هل هو قصة تامة -الرمزية؟ </p><p>امتدح وكيل الظلم على شيء واحد فقط، ذكاءه في إستخدام ما معه إستعداداً ليوم -سيأتي وهو ليس معه. لكنه لم يمتدح على سلوكه الغير أخلاقي بغشه لسيده. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 5 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>مثال 5 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html index 9bdd35b..e0b6843 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,58 +1,67 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>بعد أن تحدثنا عن المحتوى والسياق والمراجع ذات الصلة. نود أن نتعمق أكثر -بالحديث عن قواعد التفسير الكتابي، والتي تهدف إلى إكتشاف المعنى الأصلي الذي -يقصده كاتب النص (والوحي بالطبع!). وبينما هناك العديد من التطبيقات العملية -الصحيحة للنص، هناك تفسير واحد صحيح له. الكتاب المقدس نفسه يقول أنه لا توجد -نصوص ذات تفسير خاص. ( بطرس الثانية 1 : 20 "عالمين هذا اولا ان كل نبوة الكتاب -ليست من تفسير خاص." ). هناك قواعد معينة تساعدنا على إكتشاف المعنى الحقيقي، -وإذا تجاهلنا هذه القواعد نخطئ خطئاً كبير في حق أنفسنا وحق سامعينا. ( بطرس -الثانية 3 : 16 "... التي فيها اشياء عسرة الفهم يحرّفها غير العلماء وغير -الثابتين كباقي الكتب ايضا لهلاك انفسهم." )</p><p>كيف نتمكن من إكتشاف المعني المقصود في أحد الفقرات؟ لنقل مثلاً أنك إنتبهت إلى -أحد الأعداد ولم يكن معناه واضحاً بالنسبة لك. كيف يمكنك دراسته؟ ضع هذه -القواعد في ذهنك وأنت تدرس:</p><div class="section" title="القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</h2></div></div></div><p>كلما كنا أكثر دقة تجاه المعنى الصحيح، الأصلي للكلمات كلما يكون تفسيرنا -أفضل. حاول إيجاد المعنى المضبوط للكلمات المفتاحية بإستخدام هذه الخطوات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="التعريف"><b>التعريف. </b>ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل -أيضاً يكون حاسماً.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><b>المراجع ذات الصلة. </b>قارن النص بالنص. النظر إلى كيفية إستخدام نفس الكلمة اليونانية أو العبرية -(وليست الكلمة العربية) في النص قد يوضح أو يلقي مزيداً من الضوء على -التعريف. كيف يستخدم نفس الكاتب هذه الكلمة في أماكن اخرى؟ وكيف يستخدمها كتاب -أخرين؟ قد توفر لك أدوات المراجع إستخدامات للكلمة في وثائق غير كتابية -أيضاً. ولماذا علينا الرجوع إلى اللغات الاصلية؛ ألا تكفي الكلمة العربية؟ لأن -هناك أكثر من كلمة يونانية يمكن ترجمتها إلى نفس الكلمة العربية، ولأن الكلمات -اليونانية قد تعطي أحيانا بعض الفوارق الدقيقة جداً في المعنى.</p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="مثال 1 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>مثال 1 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>يوحنا 20 : 17 "لا تلمسيني" قد تبدو هذه الكلمة صعبة بعض الشيء، أليس كذلك؟ -فهنا يبدو أن يسوع لايريد أن يُلمس بعد قيامته، كما لو أن السبب هو قدسية غامضة -أو شيء من هذا القبيل. ولكن هذا لا يبدو صحيحاً، لذا دعنا نبحث عن الكلمة -بإستخدام "The Complete Word Study New Testament" للمؤلف Spiros Zodhiates ( -الناشر: AMG Publishers، 1991).</p><p>بالرجوع إلى يوحنا 20 : 17، سنرى فوق كلمة "تلمسيني" الرمز "pim680." الحروف -تشير إلى الأزمنة والأرقام تشير إلى قاموس سترونج. دعنا نبحث عن التعريف -(ص879). "680. Haptomai; من hapto (681), يلمس. فعل يشير إلى التعامل مع جسم -ما بطريقة تؤثر عليه أو تغير فيه... وهي تختلف عن pselaphao (5584), والتي تعني -في الواقع مجرد لمس سطح أحد الأشياء. " والآن لنبحث عن "pim." الرموز النحوية -عند Zodhiates تأتي بعد الرؤيا؛ في ص849 نرى ان pim تأتي في زمن "present -imperative active (80)". في ص857، وهذا الزمن عندما يأتي هكذا بصيغة الأمر -يعبر عن الأمر بفعل شيء ما في المستقبل بطريقة مستمرة أو متكررة، وعندما يأتي -بصيغة النهي يعبر عن الأمر بإيقاف فعل شيء ما. " بما أن الفعل في الآية جاء في -صيغة النهي، إذاً فهي تعني الأمر بإيقاف فعل ما كان يحدث بالفعل. إذاً، ما الذي -توصلنا إليه من هذا؟ أن مريم بالفعل كانت تمسك بيسوع، وأنه يطلب منها أن تتوقف -عن هذا.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به! -</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 1 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>مثال 1 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>في يعقوب 5 : 14، (يطلب من شيوخ الكنيسة الصلاة على المريض ودهنه بزيت). فما هو -دهان الزيت المقصود؟</p><p>تعريف aleipho (218) هو - "يدهن" (سترونج)، ولكن لدينا أيضاً كلمة يونانية أخرى -تترجم بمعنى "يدهن" chrio (5548) وتعريفها هو - "المسح أو دهن بالزيت، مثل -المسح بالزيت لتقديس مكان أو خدمة دينية" (سترونج). وبما أن الكلمة فعل، إذاً -علينا أن ننظر لزمن الفعل أيضاً، "apta" أو aorist participle active. "وزمن -الaorist participle يعبر عن فعل بسيط وليس مستمراً... وعلاقته بالفعل الرئيسي -مؤقتة، وهو عادة ما يشير إلى فعل يسبق الفعل الرئيسي." (Zodhiates ص851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="التعريف"><b>التعريف. </b>ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل +أيضاً يكون حاسماً.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><b>المراجع ذات الصلة. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="مثال 1 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>مثال 1 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به! +</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 1 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>مثال 1 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة حنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت تمسحهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يوحنا 12 : 3 فاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع -ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>إذاً ما هو الفرق بين aleipho و chrio؟ أنظر مرة اخرى إلى المراجع ذات الصلة -والتعريفات، وقم بتلخيص الفارق: "aleipho" هو الإستخدام العملي للزيت و "chrio" -هو الإستخدام الروحي.</p><p>وكمثال على الإستخدام العملي للزيت في ذلك التوقيت (بالرغم من عدم إستخدام -الكلمة ذاتها)، عندما قام السامري الصالح بالإعتناء بالرجل الذي ضربه اللصوص عن -طريق سكب الزيت والخمر على الجروح. لذا فالزيت كانت له إستخدامات طبية في زمن -السيد المسيح. -</p><p>والآن دعنا نطبق ما تعلمناه من دراسة هذه الكلمة على يعقوب 5 : 14 "أمريض احد -بينكم فليدع شيوخ الكنيسة فيصلّوا عليه ويدهنوه بزيت باسم الرب." هل المعنى -المقصود من دهان الزيت هنا روحي أم عملي؟ الإجابة: عملي!</p><p> -وزمن الفعل في اليونانية هو، the aorist participle، والذي يعني "بعد أن يدهنوه -بزيت," أي أن دهن الزيت يأتي أولاً ثم الصلاة ("باسم الرب" تعود على الصلاة -وليس دهان الزيت). إن يعقوب 5 يخبرنا بأن على شيوخ الكنيسة إعطاء الدواء للشخص -المريض والصلاة من أجله في اسم الرب. ألا يعبر هذا عن التوازن الجميل الذي -يطلبه منا الله بين الجانب العملي والروحي. -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html index a5ef4d8..65f8b02 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ar/html/index.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content='تلخيص كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس .هو دليل لدراسة الكتاب المقدس يتمنى فريق بيبل تايم أن يكون "كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" سبباً في تشجيع القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعرف إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل بشكل خاص لحرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأفكار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس لفهم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك تخذل.'><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">بوب</span> <span class="surname">هارمان</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">فريق بيبل تايم</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 2001-2009 فريق بيبل تايم ; -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="id14943873"></a><p> - كتبت هذه الوثيقة بواسطة السيد/ بوب هارمان ومرخصة بموجب شروط الترخيص "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="تلخيص"><p class="title"><b>تلخيص</b></p><p> - <span class="application">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</span> .هو دليل لدراسة الكتاب -المقدس - </p><p> - يتمنى فريق بيبل تايم أن يكون "كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" سبباً في تشجيع -القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعرف إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل -بشكل خاص لحرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأفكار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على -قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس لفهم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع -الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك تخذل. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. أهمية كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>قائمة الجداول</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">سلاح الحرب الروحية</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="تلخيص The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the بيبل تايم team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">بوب</span> <span class="surname">هارمان</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="idp26706720"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="تلخيص"><p class="title"><b>تلخيص</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. أهمية كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>قائمة الجداول</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">سلاح الحرب الروحية</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 13e63a7..a96b9e2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,210 +1,244 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>ОÑнови на изучаването на БиблиÑта</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Целта на изучаването</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>ОÑнови на изучаването на БиблиÑта</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Целта на изучаването</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> + <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +God.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</para> -<para>Четенето на БиблиÑта не е заÑлуга и не ноÑи никаква изгода Ñамо по Ñебе Ñи, + <para>Четенето на БиблиÑта не е заÑлуга и не ноÑи никаква изгода Ñамо по Ñебе Ñи, оÑвен ако не ни приближава до ИÑÑƒÑ Ð¥Ñ€Ð¸ÑтоÑ. Това от което имаме нужда при четенето на БиблиÑта, е тръпнещото очакване чрез Ð½ÐµÑ Ð´Ð° Ñе Ñрещнем Ñ Ð¥Ñ€Ð¸ÑтоÑ.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title> -<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Слушане</title> -<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Слушане</title> + <para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Четене</title> -<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Четене</title> + <para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Study</title> -<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in + <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Study</title> + <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>ЗапаметÑване</title> -<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>ЗапаметÑване</title> + <para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>РазмиÑъл</title> -<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>РазмиÑъл</title> + <para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> -</para> - -<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Ðачини за изучаване на БиблиÑта</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Тематично изучаване</title> -<para>Изберете Ñи определена тема и Ñ Ñледвайте, като използвате препратките или +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Ðачини за изучаване на БиблиÑта</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Тематично изучаване</title> + <para>Изберете Ñи определена тема и Ñ Ñледвайте, като използвате препратките или конкорданÑ.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Изучаване на герои</title> -<para>Изучаване на живота на определен библейÑки герой. Ðапример: живота на ЙоÑиф + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Изучаване на герои</title> + <para>Изучаване на живота на определен библейÑки герой. Ðапример: живота на ЙоÑиф (Бит. 37-50)</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>ИзÑледване</title> -<para>Изучаване на определен паÑаж, параграф, глава или книга.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>ОÑнови на правилното интерпретиране</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Съдържание</title> -<para>Какво точно Ñе казва? Какво Ñе казва на Ð¾Ñ€Ð¸Ð³Ð¸Ð½Ð°Ð»Ð½Ð¸Ñ ÐµÐ·Ð¸Ðº? Внимавайте Ñ + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>ИзÑледване</title> + <para>Изучаване на определен паÑаж, параграф, глава или книга.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>ОÑнови на правилното интерпретиране</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Съдържание</title> + <para>Какво точно Ñе казва? Какво Ñе казва на Ð¾Ñ€Ð¸Ð³Ð¸Ð½Ð°Ð»Ð½Ð¸Ñ ÐµÐ·Ð¸Ðº? Внимавайте Ñ Ð´ÐµÑ„Ð¸Ð½Ð¸Ñ†Ð¸Ð¸Ñ‚Ðµ. Ðе четете това, което не е напиÑано!</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>КонтекÑÑ‚</title> -<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Препратки</title> -<para>Какво Ñе казва в други Ñтихове по тази тема? Бог никога не Ñи противоречи, + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>КонтекÑÑ‚</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Препратки</title> + <para>Какво Ñе казва в други Ñтихове по тази тема? Бог никога не Ñи противоречи, така че нашето тълкувание Ñ‚Ñ€Ñбва да може да издържи проверката на оÑтаналата чаÑÑ‚ от БиблиÑта.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Примерно изучаване на ÐœÐ°Ñ‚ÐµÑ 6:1-18</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Сега нека допълним Ð½Ð°ÑˆÐ¸Ñ Ñхематичен план Ñ ÐºÐ¾Ð½ÐºÑ€ÐµÑ‚Ð½Ð¸ инÑтрукции как да + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Примерно изучаване на ÐœÐ°Ñ‚ÐµÑ 6:1-18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you fast</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you pray</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Сега нека допълним Ð½Ð°ÑˆÐ¸Ñ Ñхематичен план Ñ ÐºÐ¾Ð½ÐºÑ€ÐµÑ‚Ð½Ð¸ инÑтрукции как да избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> -today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Как да използваме конкорданÑ?</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>За да намерим определен Ñтих</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Изберете Ñи ключова дума от Ñтиха или дума, коÑто не е чеÑто Ñрещана.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Ðамерете тази дума по азбучен ред</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Под думата има ÑпиÑък от Ñтихове, Ñред които е Ñ‚ÑŠÑ€ÑениÑÑ‚...</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>За да проÑледим тема </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>За да Ñи изÑÑним значениÑта на гръцките и еврейÑките думи</title> -<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge -not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Ðамерете 1 КоринтÑни 2:15 ............. 350</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>За да разберем значениÑта на имената</title> -<para>По ÑÑŠÑ‰Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð°Ñ‡Ð¸Ð½ можем да открием значениÑта на имената на гръцки или + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>do it secretly.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Как да използваме конкорданÑ?</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>За да намерим определен Ñтих</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Изберете Ñи ключова дума от Ñтиха или дума, коÑто не е чеÑто Ñрещана.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ðамерете тази дума по азбучен ред</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Под думата има ÑпиÑък от Ñтихове, Ñред които е Ñ‚ÑŠÑ€ÑениÑÑ‚...</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>За да проÑледим тема</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>За да Ñи изÑÑним значениÑта на гръцките и еврейÑките думи</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ðамерете 1 КоринтÑни 2:15 ............. 350</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>За да разберем значениÑта на имената</title> + <para>По ÑÑŠÑ‰Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð°Ñ‡Ð¸Ð½ можем да открием значениÑта на имената на гръцки или еврейÑки.</para> -<para>ПотърÑете тези имена и Ñравнете значениÑта им:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Ðавал</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>ÐвигеÑ</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>ИÑÑƒÑ Ðавиев</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Варава</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>ПотърÑете тези имена и Ñравнете значениÑта им:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ðавал</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ÐвигеÑ</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ИÑÑƒÑ Ðавиев</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Варава</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 1907431..6475702 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,304 +1,303 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>ВажноÑтта на Божието Слово</title> -<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>ВажноÑтта на Божието Слово</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Книга, коÑто е уникална</title> -<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>Книга, коÑто е уникална</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Сравнение на новозаветните ръкопиÑи Ñ Ð´Ñ€ÑƒÐ³Ð¸ текÑтове от древноÑтта.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Произведение</entry> -<entry>ÐапиÑано</entry> -<entry>Ðай-Ñтаро копие</entry> -<entry>Разлика във времето</entry><entry>Брой копиÑ</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Херодот</entry> -<entry>448-428 пр. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>900 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> -<entry>1300 години</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Тацит</entry> -<entry>100 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>1100 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> -<entry>1000 години</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry><emphasis>ГалÑката война</emphasis> на Цезар</entry> -<entry>50-58 пр. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>900 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> -<entry>950 години</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Ливиевата <emphasis>РимÑка ИÑториÑ</emphasis></entry> -<entry>59 пр. Ñ…Ñ€. - 17 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>900 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> -<entry>900 години</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Ðов Завет</entry> -<entry>40 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€. - 100 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry><entry>130 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.- чаÑтични ръкопиÑи; 350 ал. Ñ…Ñ€. - пълни ръкопиÑи</entry> <entry>30 - 310 години</entry><entry>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латинÑки -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Сравнение на новозаветните ръкопиÑи Ñ Ð´Ñ€ÑƒÐ³Ð¸ текÑтове от древноÑтта.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Произведение</entry> + <entry>ÐапиÑано</entry> + <entry>Ðай-Ñтаро копие</entry> + <entry>Разлика във времето</entry> + <entry>Брой копиÑ</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Херодот</entry> + <entry>448-428 пр. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> + <entry>900 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> + <entry>1300 години</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Тацит</entry> + <entry>100 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> + <entry>1100 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> + <entry>1000 години</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>ГалÑката война</emphasis> на Цезар</entry> + <entry>50-58 пр. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> + <entry>900 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> + <entry>950 години</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ливиевата <emphasis>РимÑка ИÑториÑ</emphasis></entry> + <entry>59 пр. Ñ…Ñ€. - 17 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> + <entry>900 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> + <entry>900 години</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ðов Завет</entry> + <entry>40 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€. - 100 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.</entry> + <entry>130 Ñл. Ñ…Ñ€.- чаÑтични ръкопиÑи; 350 ал. Ñ…Ñ€. - пълни ръкопиÑи</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 години</entry> + <entry>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латинÑки</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"С неоÑпорими и разнообразни доказателÑтва на които Ñе облÑгат, +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"С неоÑпорими и разнообразни доказателÑтва на които Ñе облÑгат, новозаветните текÑтове Ñа неоÑпоримо уникални Ñред оÑтаналите древни -творби." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Книга, коÑто е боговдъхновена</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +творби."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>Книга, коÑто е боговдъхновена</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</para> -<para>2 Тим. 3:16 заÑвÑва: "<emphasis>Ð’Ñичкото пиÑание е -боговдъхновено...</emphasis>" Ð’Ñрвате ли го? Преди да отговорите, помиÑлете -за ИÑуÑовото отношение към ПиÑанието. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</para> -<para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "<emphasis>...и полезно за поука, за -изобличение, за поправление, за наÑтавление в правдата; за да бъде БожиÑÑ‚ -човек уÑъвършенÑтвуван, Ñъвършено приготвен за вÑÑко добро дело.</emphasis>" -Ðко приемем, че БиблиÑта е Божието Слово, отправено към наÑ, то Ñледва, че -Ñ‚Ñ Ñ‰Ðµ бъде авторитет за Ð½Ð°Ñ Ð¿Ð¾ вÑички въпроÑи каÑаещи вÑрата и поведението. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Книга, коÑто е дейÑтвена</title> -<para> -С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на БиблиÑта? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че -БиблиÑта "<emphasis>дейÑтвува между ваÑ, вÑрващите</emphasis>". Ðека -разгледаме нÑкои Ñтихове и видим как Божието Слово дейÑтва. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Как изучаването на БиблиÑта помага на хриÑтиÑните</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Стих</entry> -<entry>ДейÑтвие</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Еф. 5:26 -</entry> -<entry>очиÑтване - "...Ñ Ðµ очиÑтил Ñ Ð²Ð¾Ð´Ð½Ð¾ умиване чрез Ñловото" -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -ДеÑÐ½Ð¸Ñ 20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Римл. 15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -утеха - "...чрез твърдоÑтта и утехата от пиÑаниÑта да имаме надежда" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Римл. 10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -вÑра - "И тъй, вÑрването е от Ñлушане, а Ñлушането - от ХриÑтовото Ñлово." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Кор. 10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -поука - "РвÑичко това им Ñе Ñлучи за примери, и Ñе напиÑа за поука нам" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Мат 4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -духовна храна - "РТой в отговор каза: 'ПиÑано е: Ðе Ñамо Ñ Ñ…Ð»Ñб ще живее -човек, но Ñ Ð²ÑÑко Ñлово, което излиза от Божиите уÑта." -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Книга, коÑто дарÑва Ñвобода</title> -<para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано Ñ ÑƒÑловие и говори конкретно за -иÑтината на Божието Слово.</para> - -<para>Гръцката дума за "вÑÑ‚ÑŠÑ€", използвана в Еф. 4:14 означава <emphasis>буреноÑен -вÑÑ‚ÑŠÑ€</emphasis>. "...за да не бъдем вече деца, блъÑкани и завличани от -вÑеки вÑÑ‚ÑŠÑ€ на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на БиблиÑта ни -помага, е че ни поÑÑ‚Ð°Ð²Ñ Ð½Ð° здравата оÑнова на ИÑтината, което означава, че -нÑма леÑно да бъдем "завличани".</para> - -<para>"<emphasis>РИÑÑƒÑ Ð² отговор им рече: Заблуждавате Ñе, като не знаете -пиÑаниÑта нито БожиÑта Ñила.</emphasis>" Мат. 22:29</para> -<para>Кои две неща Ñ‚Ñ€Ñбва да знаем, за да не Ñе заблудим?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>ПиÑаниÑта</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>БожиÑта Ñила </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title> -<para> -Еф. 6:10 дава предÑтава за духовното ни вÑеоръжие.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Духовната бронÑ</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>ВъпроÑ</entry> -<entry>Отговор</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Колко от изброените предмети Ñлужат за защита?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Колко - за нападение?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> -<row><entry>Кое? </entry><entry>Словото - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Съвети</title> -<para> -2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<emphasis>Старай Ñе да Ñе предÑтавиш одобрен пред Бога -работник, който нÑма от що да Ñе Ñрамува, като излагаш право Ñловото на -иÑтината.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -Кол. 3:16 казва: "<emphasis>ХриÑтовото Ñлово да Ñе вÑелÑва във Ð²Ð°Ñ Ð±Ð¾Ð³Ð°Ñ‚Ð¾; Ñ -пълна мъдроÑÑ‚ учете Ñе и увещавайте Ñе Ñ Ð¿Ñалми и химни и духовни пеÑни, -като пеете на Бога Ñ Ð±Ð»Ð°Ð³Ð¾Ð´Ð°Ñ‚ в Ñърцата Ñи.</emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>Ðко имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко вÑъщноÑÑ‚ имате? </para> -<para> -Ðемалко!</para> - -<para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>Книга, коÑто е дейÑтвена</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Как изучаването на БиблиÑта помага на хриÑтиÑните</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Стих</entry> + <entry>ДейÑтвие</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Еф. 5:26</entry> + <entry>очиÑтване - "...Ñ Ðµ очиÑтил Ñ Ð²Ð¾Ð´Ð½Ð¾ умиване чрез Ñловото"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>ДеÑÐ½Ð¸Ñ 20:32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Римл. 15:4</entry> + <entry>утеха - "...чрез твърдоÑтта и утехата от пиÑаниÑта да имаме надежда"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Римл. 10:17</entry> + <entry>вÑра - "И тъй, вÑрването е от Ñлушане, а Ñлушането - от ХриÑтовото Ñлово."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Кор. 10:11</entry> + <entry>поука - "РвÑичко това им Ñе Ñлучи за примери, и Ñе напиÑа за поука нам"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Мат 4:4</entry> + <entry>духовна храна - "РТой в отговор каза: 'ПиÑано е: Ðе Ñамо Ñ Ñ…Ð»Ñб ще живее +човек, но Ñ Ð²ÑÑко Ñлово, което излиза от Божиите уÑта."</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Книга, коÑто дарÑва Ñвобода</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>Кои две неща Ñ‚Ñ€Ñбва да знаем, за да не Ñе заблудим?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>ПиÑаниÑта</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>БожиÑта Ñила</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Книга за духовното воюване</title> + <para>Еф. 6:10 дава предÑтава за духовното ни вÑеоръжие.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Духовната бронÑ</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ВъпроÑ</entry> + <entry>Отговор</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Колко от изброените предмети Ñлужат за защита?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Колко - за нападение?</entry> + <entry>One</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Кое?</entry> + <entry>Словото - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Съвети</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Ðко имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко вÑъщноÑÑ‚ имате?</para> + <para>Ðемалко!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>ПоÑлеÑлов: Програми за четене на БиблиÑта</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>ПоÑлеÑлов: Програми за четене на БиблиÑта</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>ÐовиÑÑ‚ Завет за една година: четете по една глава вÑеки работен ден.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Притчи за меÑец: четете по една глава от Притчи вÑеки ден (например главата, -ÑъответÑтваща на датата)</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>ПÑалми за меÑец:четете по пет пÑалома вÑеки ден, като разликата между +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>ÐовиÑÑ‚ Завет за една година: четете по една глава вÑеки работен ден.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Притчи за меÑец: четете по една глава от Притчи вÑеки ден (например главата, +ÑъответÑтваща на датата)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ПÑалми за меÑец:четете по пет пÑалома вÑеки ден, като разликата между пÑалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете пÑалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и -140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>ПÑалми и Притчи за 6 меÑеца: четете по една глава дневно.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>СтариÑÑ‚ Завет без ПÑалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава +140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ПÑалми и Притчи за 6 меÑеца: четете по една глава дневно.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>СтариÑÑ‚ Завет без ПÑалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава дневно, като пропуÑнете ПÑалми и Притчи, ще уÑпеете да прочетете Ð¡Ñ‚Ð°Ñ€Ð¸Ñ -Завет за 2 години и 2 Ñедмици. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +Завет за 2 години и 2 Ñедмици.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index d422228..77b9f69 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,260 +1,273 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Правила за тълкувание на БиблиÑта (херменевтика)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Правила за тълкувание на БиблиÑта (херменевтика)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> - -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð° думите</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð½Ð° думите</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definition</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Препратки</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Препратки</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Пример 1.1</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Пример 1.1</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Example 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> - -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</para> -<para>Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: <emphasis>"Болен ли е -нÑкой от ваÑ? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека Ñе помолÑÑ‚ над него -и го помажат Ñ Ð¼Ð°Ñло в ГоÑподното име"</emphasis>. Ð’ какъв ÑмиÑъл Ñе -използва думата "помазвам" тук - практичеÑки или духовен? ПрактичеÑки!</para> -<para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейÑки контекÑÑ‚</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейÑки контекÑÑ‚</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Пример 2.1</title> -<para>Ð’ Ð¿Ñ€ÐµÐ´Ð¸ÑˆÐ½Ð¸Ñ ÑƒÑ€Ð¾Ðº обÑъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<emphasis>"да Ñе роди от вода и -Дух"</emphasis>. Какво общо има водата Ñ Ñ€Ð°Ð·Ð³Ð¾Ð²Ð¾Ñ€Ð°, ÑъглаÑно контекÑта?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Пример 2.1</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Пример 2.2</title> -<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Пример 2.2</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Пример 2.3</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на иÑторичеÑÐºÐ¸Ñ Ð¸ културен контекÑÑ‚</title> -<para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Пример 2.3</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на иÑторичеÑÐºÐ¸Ñ Ð¸ културен контекÑÑ‚</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Пример 3.1</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Пример 3.1</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Пример 3.2</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Пример 3.2</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте Ñъобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте Ñъобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Пример 4.1</title> -<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Пример 4.1</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Пример 4.2</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> -<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> -<para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Пример 4.2</title> + <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> + <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегориÑ</title> -<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a + <para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</emphasis></para> -<para>Ð’Ñрно ли е, че вÑÑка притча е алегориÑ?</para> - -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + <para>Ð’Ñрно ли е, че вÑÑка притча е алегориÑ?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Пример 5.1</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Пример 5.1</title> + <para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para> -<para>ИÑтинÑко наÑилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му Ñе ще да защитава -правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморÑват" и Ñ‚.н.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Пример 5.2</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>ИÑтинÑко наÑилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му Ñе ще да защитава +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморÑват" и Ñ‚.н.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Пример 5.2</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook index 9e8c12d..7d9b200 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/bg/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>РъководÑтво за изучаване на БиблиÑта</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license <link + <title>РъководÑтво за изучаване на БиблиÑта</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Резюме</title> - - <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </para> - <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Резюме</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Study</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index a023121..3874a0f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Слушане"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Четене"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>“</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +[...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span> -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Запаметяване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Размисъл"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span> -</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html index c48b045..1c84c10 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да -избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span> -today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да +избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 77a71dd..bcb33be 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Съдържание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с -дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Препратки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Съдържание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Препратки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html index b142457..e989541 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематично изучаване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематично изучаване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучаване на герои"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф (Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изследване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 6cb8031..6f991cd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да намерим определен стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да проследим тема"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>“</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>“</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да разберем значенията на имената"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да намерим определен стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да проследим тема"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>“</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>“</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да разберем значенията на имената"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html index f6c2666..7ae0038 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Целта на изучаването"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Целта на изучаването"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>Четенето на Библията не е заслуга и не носи никаква изгода само по себе си, освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 804e216..b7426b6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Всичкото писание е -боговдъхновено...</em></span>" Вярвате ли го? Преди да отговорите, помислете -за Исусовото отношение към Писанието. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "<span class="emphasis"><em>...и полезно за поука, за -изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият -човек усъвършенствуван, съвършено приготвен за всяко добро дело.</em></span>" -Ако приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към нас, то следва, че -тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index c35c92c..118ea2a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Съвети"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога -работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на -истината.</em></span>" -</p><p> -Кол. 3:16 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Христовото слово да се вселява във вас богато; с -пълна мъдрост учете се и увещавайте се с псалми и химни и духовни песни, -като пеете на Бога с благодат в сърцата си.</em></span>" -</p><p>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате? </p><p> -Немалко!</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Съвети"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате?</p><p>Немалко!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index b3709c0..a535e10 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано с условие и говори конкретно за -истината на Божието Слово.</p><p>Гръцката дума за "вятър", използвана в Еф. 4:14 означава <span class="emphasis"><em>буреносен -вятър</em></span>. "...за да не бъдем вече деца, блъскани и завличани от -всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни -помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че -няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".</p><p>"<span class="emphasis"><em>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете -писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Писанията</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Писанията</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божията сила</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html index 77e3c68..92d005d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 4463465..e09a3a7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, съответстваща на датата)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария -Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6f306c7..ca59a72 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p> -Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p>Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое?</td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html index 6243d4b..05df3e6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,29 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е действена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p> -С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че -Библията "<span class="emphasis"><em>действува между вас, вярващите</em></span>". Нека -разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26 -</td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Деяния 20:32 -</td><td> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -Римл. 15:4 -</td><td> -утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Римл. 10:17 -</td><td> -вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Кор. 10:11 -</td><td> -поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Мат 4:4 -</td><td> -духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее -човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е действена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26</td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото"</td></tr><tr><td>Деяния 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Римл. 15:4</td><td>утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда"</td></tr><tr><td>Римл. 10:17</td><td>вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Кор. 10:11</td><td>поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам"</td></tr><tr><td>Мат 4:4</td><td>духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее +човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html index 80fd892..d047638 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,27 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е уникална"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е уникална"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Нов Завет</td><td>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</td><td>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</td><td>30 - 310 години</td><td>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Нов Завет</td><td>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</td><td>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</td><td>30 - 310 години</td><td>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат, новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни -творби." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +творби."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html index e9caeb6..7fc88c6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и -Дух"</em></span>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span> has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 34b56c5..8088b35 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, -<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 837421f..69da49b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html index fd6b6bd..bc67074 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 5.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава -правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html index 9844f58..f9226d5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,68 +1,67 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Препратки"><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Препратки"><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Пример 1.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</p><p>Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Болен ли е -някой от вас? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека се помолят над него -и го помажат с масло в Господното име"</em></span>. В какъв смисъл се -използва думата "помазвам" тук - практически или духовен? Практически!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html index 0d0dafc..e9a8a19 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторски права"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторски права"><a name="idp26706720"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Списък на таблиците</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index c8709b5..3dad50c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,207 +1,241 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Základy studia Bible</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>ProÄ pÅ™istupujeme k Bibli</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Základy studia Bible</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>ProÄ pÅ™istupujeme k Bibli</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> + <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +God.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</para> -<para>V samotném Ätenà PÃsma nenà žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepÅ™ivede k + <para>V samotném Ätenà PÃsma nenà žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepÅ™ivede k JežÃÅ¡i Kristu. PÅ™i každém Ätenà Bible je potÅ™eba horlivÄ› oÄekávat, že se takto můžeme setkat s JežÃÅ¡em.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>PÅ™Ãstupy k BožÃmu Slovu</title> -<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>PÅ™Ãstupy k BožÃmu Slovu</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>SlyÅ¡enÃ</title> -<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>SlyÅ¡enÃ</title> + <para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>ÄŒtenÃ</title> -<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>ÄŒtenÃ</title> + <para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise + <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated</title> -<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in + <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>MemorovánÃ</title> -<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>MemorovánÃ</title> + <para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>MeditovánÃ</title> -<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>MeditovánÃ</title> + <para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> -</para> - -<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Typy studia Bible</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Tématické studium</title> -<para>Zvolà se urÄité téma a procházejà se mÃsta, která o tématu mluvÃ. VyužÃvajà +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Typy studia Bible</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Tématické studium</title> + <para>Zvolà se urÄité téma a procházejà se mÃsta, která o tématu mluvÃ. VyužÃvajà se pÅ™itom křÞové odkazy a konkordance.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Studium postavy</title> -<para>Studium života biblické postavy, napÅ™. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>VysvÄ›tlujÃcà studium</title> -<para>Studium urÄité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Obsah</title> -<para>Co text Å™Ãká? Co text Å™Ãká v originálnÃm jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Studium postavy</title> + <para>Studium života biblické postavy, napÅ™. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>VysvÄ›tlujÃcà studium</title> + <para>Studium urÄité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Základy správného výkladu</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Obsah</title> + <para>Co text Å™Ãká? Co text Å™Ãká v originálnÃm jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na definice. Nesnažte se "ÄÃst" nÄ›co, co text neÅ™Ãká.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Souvislosti</title> -<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Odkazy</title> -<para>Co Å™Ãkajà ostatnà verÅ¡e k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopÅ™e sám sebe, + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Souvislosti</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Odkazy</title> + <para>Co Å™Ãkajà ostatnà verÅ¡e k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopÅ™e sám sebe, proto naÅ¡e interpretace musà obstát vzhledem ke zbytku PÃsma.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>VysvÄ›tlujÃcà studium MatouÅ¡e 6,1-18</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>A teÄ doplňte osnovu o konkrétnà instrukce, jak se vyhnout Å¡patným způsobům + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>VysvÄ›tlujÃcà studium MatouÅ¡e 6,1-18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you fast</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you pray</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>A teÄ doplňte osnovu o konkrétnà instrukce, jak se vyhnout Å¡patným způsobům praktikovánà spravedlnosti:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> -today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Jak použÃvat konkordanci</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>K nalezenà konkrétnÃho verÅ¡e</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Vyberte z verÅ¡e klÃÄové slovo nebo slovo nejménÄ› běžné.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základnÃm tvaru).</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ProjdÄ›te seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verÅ¡.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>K tématickému studiu </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>K ujasnÄ›nà slovnÃho významu v Å™eÄtinÄ› a hebrejÅ¡tinÄ›</title> -<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge -not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je ÄÃslo 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>K nalezenà významu jmen</title> -<para>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v Å™eÄtinÄ› nebo hebrejÅ¡tinÄ›.</para> -<para>NaleznÄ›te tato jména a zjistÄ›te jejich význam:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nábal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Jozue</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabáš</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>do it secretly.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Jak použÃvat konkordanci</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>K nalezenà konkrétnÃho verÅ¡e</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Vyberte z verÅ¡e klÃÄové slovo nebo slovo nejménÄ› běžné.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základnÃm tvaru).</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ProjdÄ›te seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verÅ¡.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>K tématickému studiu</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>K ujasnÄ›nà slovnÃho významu v Å™eÄtinÄ› a hebrejÅ¡tinÄ›</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je ÄÃslo 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>K nalezenà významu jmen</title> + <para>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v Å™eÄtinÄ› nebo hebrejÅ¡tinÄ›.</para> + <para>NaleznÄ›te tato jména a zjistÄ›te jejich význam:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nábal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigail</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jozue</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabáš</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index b0cb7ec..e967591 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,303 +1,303 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Význam BožÃho Slova</title> -<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Význam BožÃho Slova</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>JedineÄná kniha</title> -<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>JedineÄná kniha</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Porovnánà spisů Nového Zákona s ostatnÃmi starovÄ›kými texty.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Text</entry> -<entry>Kdy napsáno</entry> -<entry>NejstarÅ¡Ã opis</entry> -<entry>ÄŒasový odstup</entry><entry>PoÄet opisů</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Herodotus</entry> -<entry>448-428 pÅ™.K.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry> -<entry>1300 let</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacitus</entry> -<entry>100 n.l.</entry><entry>1100 n.l.</entry> -<entry>1000 let</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Caesarova <emphasis>Válka Galská</emphasis></entry> -<entry>50-58 pÅ™.K.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry> -<entry>950 let</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Livyho <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> -<entry>59 pÅ™.K. - 17 n.l.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry> -<entry>900 let</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Nový Zákon</entry> -<entry>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</entry><entry>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</entry> <entry>30 - 310 let</entry><entry>5000 Å™eckých a 10 000 latinských -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Porovnánà spisů Nového Zákona s ostatnÃmi starovÄ›kými texty.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Text</entry> + <entry>Kdy napsáno</entry> + <entry>NejstarÅ¡Ã opis</entry> + <entry>ÄŒasový odstup</entry> + <entry>PoÄet opisů</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Herodotus</entry> + <entry>448-428 pÅ™.K.</entry> + <entry>900 n.l.</entry> + <entry>1300 let</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacitus</entry> + <entry>100 n.l.</entry> + <entry>1100 n.l.</entry> + <entry>1000 let</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Caesarova <emphasis>Válka Galská</emphasis></entry> + <entry>50-58 pÅ™.K.</entry> + <entry>900 n.l.</entry> + <entry>950 let</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Livyho <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> + <entry>59 pÅ™.K. - 17 n.l.</entry> + <entry>900 n.l.</entry> + <entry>900 let</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Nový Zákon</entry> + <entry>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</entry> + <entry>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 let</entry> + <entry>5000 Å™eckých a 10 000 latinských</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepÅ™en, je text Nového Zákona -absolutnÄ› a nedosažitelnÄ› osamocený mezi ostatnÃmi starovÄ›kými prózami." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepÅ™en, je text Nového Zákona +absolutnÄ› a nedosažitelnÄ› osamocený mezi ostatnÃmi starovÄ›kými prózami."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</para> -<para>2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že <emphasis>"VeÅ¡keré PÃsmo vdechnuté Bohem..."</emphasis> -VěřÃte tomu? Než odpovÃte, zvažte JežÃšův postoj k PÃsmu. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</para> -<para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2Tm 3,16 pokraÄuje: <emphasis>"a je užiteÄné k vyuÄovánÃ, k usvÄ›dÄovánÃ, k -napravovánà a k výchovÄ› ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Božà ÄlovÄ›k dokonalý a -vybavený ke každému dobrému dÃlu."</emphasis> Pokud pÅ™ijmeme, že Bible je -opravdu Bůh mluvÃcà k nám, budeme ji mÃt jako autoritu ve vÅ¡ech vÄ›cech vÃry -a chovánÃ. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title> -<para> -Co vám studium Bible pÅ™inese? 1Te 2,13 Å™Ãká, že Bible je <emphasis>"slovo -BožÃ, jež také působà ve vás věřÃcÃch."</emphasis> PopiÅ¡me si, co vÅ¡echno -Slovo vykonává. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Co studium Bible dÄ›lá s kÅ™esÅ¥anem?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Odkaz</entry> -<entry>Vliv</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Ef 5,26 -</entry> -<entry>oÄiÅ¡Å¥uje - "...když ji oÄistil koupelà vody skrze slovo." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Sk 20,32 -</entry> -<entry> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Ř 15,4 -</entry> -<entry> -povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpÄ›livost a skrze potěšenà PÃsem mÄ›li nadÄ›ji." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Ř 10,17 -</entry> -<entry> -dává vÃru - "VÃra je tedy ze slyÅ¡enà a slyÅ¡enà skrze slovo BožÃ." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1K 10,11 -</entry> -<entry> -napomÃná - "A toto vÅ¡echno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro -napomenutà nám" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Mt 4,4 -</entry> -<entry> -sytà - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude ÄlovÄ›k živ, ale každým slovem, které -vycházà z BožÃch úst.'" -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title> -<para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>VidÃme, že se jedná o podmÃnÄ›né zaslÃbenÃ, mluvÃcà speciálnÄ› o pravdÄ› BožÃho -slova.</para> - -<para>Řecké slovo pro "vÃtr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <emphasis>prudký -vÃtr</emphasis>. <emphasis>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmÃtaná a unášená -každým vÄ›trem uÄenÃ...</emphasis> Jedna z vÄ›cÃ, které nám studium Bible -pÅ™inášÃ, je zakoÅ™enÄ›nà v pravdÄ›, takže nemůžeme být jednoduÅ¡e "odfouknuti".</para> - -<para><emphasis>JežÃÅ¡ jim vÅ¡ak odpovÄ›dÄ›l: "BloudÃte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = -dÄ›láte chybu], protože neznáte PÃsma ani Božà moc."</emphasis>Mt 22,29</para> -<para>Jaké dvÄ› vÄ›ci musÃme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Božà slovo</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Božà moc </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title> -<para> -V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden pÅ™ehled naÅ¡Ã duchovnà zbroje.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Duchovnà zbroj</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Otázka</entry> -<entry>OdpovÄ›Ä</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Kolik popsaných Äástà zbroje sloužà k obranÄ›?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Kolik je jich útoÄných?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> -<row><entry>Která (-é)? </entry><entry>Slovo - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>NapomenutÃ</title> -<para> -<emphasis>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl pÅ™edstavit jako -osvÄ›dÄený pÅ™ed Bohem, dÄ›lnÃk, který se nemá za co stydÄ›t a který správnÄ› -vykládá slovo pravdy."</emphasis> (2Tm 2,15) -</para> -<para> -<emphasis>"AÅ¥ ve vás bohatÄ› pÅ™ebývá Kristovo slovo ve vÅ¡Ã -moudrosti. VyuÄujte a napomÃnejte jedni druhé žalmy, chvalozpÄ›vy a -duchovnÃmi pÃsnÄ›mi; s vdÄ›Änostà zpÃvejte svým srdcem Pánu."</emphasis> (Kol -3,16) -</para> - -<para>Pokud jste v nÄ›Äem bohatÃ, kolik toho nÄ›Äeho máte? </para> -<para> -Nemálo!</para> - -<para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>Kniha, která pracuje</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Co studium Bible dÄ›lá s kÅ™esÅ¥anem?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Odkaz</entry> + <entry>Vliv</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Ef 5,26</entry> + <entry>oÄiÅ¡Å¥uje - "...když ji oÄistil koupelà vody skrze slovo."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Sk 20,32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ř 15,4</entry> + <entry>povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpÄ›livost a skrze potěšenà PÃsem mÄ›li nadÄ›ji."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ř 10,17</entry> + <entry>dává vÃru - "VÃra je tedy ze slyÅ¡enà a slyÅ¡enà skrze slovo BožÃ."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1K 10,11</entry> + <entry>napomÃná - "A toto vÅ¡echno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro +napomenutà nám"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Mt 4,4</entry> + <entry>sytà - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude ÄlovÄ›k živ, ale každým slovem, které +vycházà z BožÃch úst.'"</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>Jaké dvÄ› vÄ›ci musÃme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Božà slovo</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Božà moc</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Kniha, která bojuje</title> + <para>V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden pÅ™ehled naÅ¡Ã duchovnà zbroje.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Duchovnà zbroj</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Otázka</entry> + <entry>OdpovÄ›Ä</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Kolik popsaných Äástà zbroje sloužà k obranÄ›?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Kolik je jich útoÄných?</entry> + <entry>One</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Která (-é)?</entry> + <entry>Slovo - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>NapomenutÃ</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Pokud jste v nÄ›Äem bohatÃ, kolik toho nÄ›Äeho máte?</para> + <para>Nemálo!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>PÅ™Ãloha: Plány Ätenà Bible</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>PÅ™Ãloha: Plány Ätenà Bible</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Nový Zákon za rok: ÄtÄ›te jednu kapitolu dennÄ›, pÄ›t dnà v týdnu.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>PÅ™Ãslovà za mÄ›sÃc: ÄtÄ›te jednu kapitolu PÅ™Ãslovà dennÄ›, podle ÄÃsla dne v -mÄ›sÃci.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Žalmy za mÄ›sÃc: ÄtÄ›te každý den pÄ›t Žalmů s odstupem tÅ™iceti ÄÃsel, -napÅ™Ãklad pro 20. den ÄtÄ›te Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Žalmy a PÅ™Ãslovà za Å¡est mÄ›sÃců: ÄtÄ›te od zaÄátku do konce jednu kapitolu -dennÄ›.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a PÅ™Ãslovà za dva roky: když budete ÄÃst jednu +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Nový Zákon za rok: ÄtÄ›te jednu kapitolu dennÄ›, pÄ›t dnà v týdnu.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>PÅ™Ãslovà za mÄ›sÃc: ÄtÄ›te jednu kapitolu PÅ™Ãslovà dennÄ›, podle ÄÃsla dne v +mÄ›sÃci.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Žalmy za mÄ›sÃc: ÄtÄ›te každý den pÄ›t Žalmů s odstupem tÅ™iceti ÄÃsel, +napÅ™Ãklad pro 20. den ÄtÄ›te Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Žalmy a PÅ™Ãslovà za Å¡est mÄ›sÃců: ÄtÄ›te od zaÄátku do konce jednu kapitolu +dennÄ›.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a PÅ™Ãslovà za dva roky: když budete ÄÃst jednu kapitolu dennÄ› a pÅ™eskoÄÃte Žalmy a PÅ™ÃslovÃ, pÅ™eÄtete celý SZ za dva roky a -dva týdny. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +dva týdny.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index ff44e07..7b5e18e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,258 +1,273 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> - -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle pÅ™esného významu slov.</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle pÅ™esného významu slov.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definition</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Odkazy</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Odkazy</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>PÅ™Ãklad 1A</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Example 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> - -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</para> -<para>A nynà se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazánÃ" -duchovnà nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!</para> -<para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 2A</title> -<para>PodÃvejme se na Jan 3,5: "<emphasis>Jestliže se nÄ›kdo nenarodà z vody a z -Ducha</emphasis>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>PÅ™Ãklad 2A</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 2B</title> -<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>PÅ™Ãklad 2B</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>PÅ™iklad 2C</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturnÃm kontextu</title> -<para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>PÅ™iklad 2C</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturnÃm kontextu</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>PÅ™Ãklad 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>PÅ™Ãklad 3B</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normálnà užÃvánà slov v jazyce</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normálnà užÃvánà slov v jazyce</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 4A</title> -<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>PÅ™Ãklad 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 4B</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> -<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> -<para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>PÅ™Ãklad 4B</title> + <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> + <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopenà smyslu podobenstvà a rozdÃlu mezi podobenstvÃm a +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopenà smyslu podobenstvà a rozdÃlu mezi podobenstvÃm a alegoriÃ</title> -<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a + <para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</emphasis></para> -<para>Je pravda, že každé podobenstvà je alegoriÃ?</para> - -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + <para>Je pravda, že každé podobenstvà je alegoriÃ?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 5A</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>PÅ™Ãklad 5A</title> + <para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para> -<para>Zcela znásilnÄ›ný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebnÃk jej -obtěžuje atd.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>PÅ™Ãklad 5B</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>Zcela znásilnÄ›ný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebnÃk jej +obtěžuje atd.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>PÅ™Ãklad 5B</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook index 76682e4..83c2015 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,70 +9,48 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>Jak studovat Bibli</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license <link + <title>Jak studovat Bibli</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Původnà anglické znÄ›nÃ:</title> - - <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </para> - <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Původnà anglické znÄ›nÃ:</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 3401668..ee9a4c5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,23 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Slyšení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Čtení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>“</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in -Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span> -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to -God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he -meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by -streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span> -</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Slyšení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Čtení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the +word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by +streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html index bf12445..cf498c2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům -praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span> -today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům +praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 7eeb60b..0cd12b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Základy správného výkladu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Obsah"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na -definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Souvislosti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Odkazy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Základy správného výkladu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Obsah"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Souvislosti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Odkazy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html index 91fd2c0..09123d4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tématické studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tématické studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium postavy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Vysvětlující studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 49c86af..6928f61 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení konkrétního verše"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="K tématickému studiu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>“</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>“</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení významu jmen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozue</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení konkrétního verše"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K tématickému studiu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>“</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>“</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení významu jmen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozue</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html index c08e176..1e36f04 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Proč přistupujeme k Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal -life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just -so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</p><p>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k -Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se -takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Proč přistupujeme k Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just +so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k +Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se +takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index e7070e7..1d81302 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že <span class="emphasis"><em>"Veškeré Písmo vdechnuté Bohem..."</em></span> -Věříte tomu? Než odpovíte, zvažte Ježíšův postoj k Písmu. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2Tm 3,16 pokračuje: <span class="emphasis"><em>"a je užitečné k vyučování, k usvědčování, k -napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a -vybavený ke každému dobrému dílu."</em></span> Pokud přijmeme, že Bible je -opravdu Bůh mluvící k nám, budeme ji mít jako autoritu ve všech věcech víry -a chování. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 26981e3..0f08758 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Napomenutí"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p> -<span class="emphasis"><em>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako -osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně -vykládá slovo pravdy."</em></span> (2Tm 2,15) -</p><p> -<span class="emphasis"><em>"Ať ve vás bohatě přebývá Kristovo slovo ve vší -moudrosti. Vyučujte a napomínejte jedni druhé žalmy, chvalozpěvy a -duchovními písněmi; s vděčností zpívejte svým srdcem Pánu."</em></span> (Kol -3,16) -</p><p>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte? </p><p> -Nemálo!</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Napomenutí"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte?</p><p>Nemálo!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 9c003ca..8dcdd02 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,12 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Vidíme, že se jedná o podmíněné zaslíbení, mluvící speciálně o pravdě Božího -slova.</p><p>Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <span class="emphasis"><em>prudký -vítr</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená -každým větrem učení...</em></span> Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible -přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = -děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Boží moc</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html index 34d8cb9..b3d7c2f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 80f7171..5731e31 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v -měsíci.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, -například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu -denně.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu -kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a -dva týdny. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v +měsíci.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, +například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +denně.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu +kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a +dva týdny.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html index c19983d..321fa6f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p> -V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p>V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)?</td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html index 67ad323..89c8e46 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,30 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p> -Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <span class="emphasis"><em>"slovo -Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících."</em></span> Popišme si, co všechno -Slovo vykonává. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 -</td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Sk 20,32 -</td><td> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -Ř 15,4 -</td><td> -povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Ř 10,17 -</td><td> -dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1K 10,11 -</td><td> -napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro -napomenutí nám" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Mt 4,4 -</td><td> -sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které -vychází z Božích úst.'" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26</td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo."</td></tr><tr><td>Sk 20,32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Ř 15,4</td><td>povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději."</td></tr><tr><td>Ř 10,17</td><td>dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží."</td></tr><tr><td>1K 10,11</td><td>napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro +napomenutí nám"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4,4</td><td>sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které +vychází z Božích úst.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html index 11462ae..fb517bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,26 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Jedinečná kniha"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Nový Zákon</td><td>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</td><td>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</td><td>30 - 310 let</td><td>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona -absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Jedinečná kniha"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nový Zákon</td><td>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</td><td>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</td><td>30 - 310 let</td><td>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona +absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html index 832dd63..78c3052 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z -Ducha</em></span>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span> has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Přiklad 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Přiklad 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3ccaff4..01845b3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but -<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, -<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 0f9adb7..b60e4e3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 15705d4..4eca693 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a -meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej -obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, +what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej +obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html index 7aa57ff..9e3b772 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,67 +1,68 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Odkazy"><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the -cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</p><p>A nyní se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazání" -duchovní nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Odkazy"><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html index 6769619..1524892 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Původní anglické znění:"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Původní anglické znění:"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 31019b4..98af8b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,207 +1,242 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bible Study Basics</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Vores formÃ¥l nÃ¥r vi nærmer os Bibelen</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen pÃ¥ hverdagsdansk)</attribution> <para>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Bible Study Basics</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Vores formÃ¥l nÃ¥r vi nærmer os Bibelen</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen pÃ¥ hverdagsdansk)</attribution> + <para>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt liv. Men skrifterne peger pÃ¥ mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at fÃ¥ liv.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>HovedformÃ¥let for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>HovedformÃ¥let for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde <quote>vi gÃ¥r kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</quote>; sÃ¥dan er det ogsÃ¥ med bibelstudie, vi gør det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at -have fællesskab med Gud. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +have fællesskab med Gud.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den -hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige, -"han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det -kommende liv." Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet -bitterligt bedraget. [...]</para> -<para>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> + <para>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver gang Bibelen bliver læst, sÃ¥ er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi mÃ¥ møde Kristus.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title> -<para>At lytte og læse giver et teleskopisk syn pÃ¥ skriften, mens studie og -udenadslære giver et mikroskopisk syn pÃ¥ skriften. Meditation bringer -lytning, læsning, studie og udenadslære sammen og støber ordet fast i vore -sind.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hør</title> -<para>Luk.11:28 <quote>Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Læs</title> -<para>Ã…b.1:3 <quote> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Hør</title> + <para>Luk.11:28 <quote>Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Læs</title> + <para>Ã…b.1:3 <quote> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord [...]</quote></para> -<para>1. Tim.4:13 <quote> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare pÃ¥ skriftlæsningen -[...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studér</title> -<para>ApG. 17:11 <quote>Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i + <para>1. Tim.4:13 <quote> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare pÃ¥ skriftlæsningen +[...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Studér</title> + <para>ApG. 17:11 <quote>Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt -Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sÃ¥dan.</quote> -</para> -<para>2. Tim.2:15 <quote>Stræb efter at stÃ¥ din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der +Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sÃ¥dan.</quote></para> + <para>2. Tim.2:15 <quote>Stræb efter at stÃ¥ din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som gÃ¥r lige pÃ¥ med sandhedens ord.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Lær uden ad</title> -<para>Sl.119:11 <quote>Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Lær uden ad</title> + <para>Sl.119:11 <quote>Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod dig.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditér</title> -<para>Sl.1:2-3 <quote>men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder pÃ¥ hans lov dag + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Meditér</title> + <para>Sl.1:2-3 <quote>men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder pÃ¥ hans lov dag og nat. Han er som et træ,der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, lykkes for -ham.</quote> -</para> - -<para>The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan røre -alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere pÃ¥ Ordet imens vi gør enhver af de -første fire. Meditation er en nøgle til Ã¥benbaring. En ny kristen har brug -for at høre og læse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at -de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Emne Studie</title> -<para>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en +ham.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Typer af bibelstudie</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Emne Studie</title> + <para>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en bibelordbog.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Person Studie</title> -<para>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Forklarende studie</title> -<para>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Indhold</title> -<para>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger pÃ¥ det oprindelige sprog? Vær + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Person Studie</title> + <para>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>Forklarende studie</title> + <para>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Indhold</title> + <para>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger pÃ¥ det oprindelige sprog? Vær forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Sammenhæng</title> -<para>Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhæng er konge" er reglen -- -passagen mÃ¥ give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Krydsreference</title> -<para>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Sammenhæng</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Krydsreference</title> + <para>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke sig selv, sÃ¥ vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre skriftsteder. ææ</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para> Pas pÃ¥, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at -blive set af dem</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>NÃ¥r du giver</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>NÃ¥r du faster</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>NÃ¥r du beder</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para> Pas pÃ¥, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at +blive set af dem</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>NÃ¥r du giver</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>NÃ¥r du faster</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>NÃ¥r du beder</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> -today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>gør det i det skjulte.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>osv.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>At finde et bestemt vers</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>SlÃ¥ ordet op alfabetisk.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>At lave et emnestudie </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger pÃ¥ Græsk og Hebraisk</title> -<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge -not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</title> -<para>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn pÃ¥ græsk eller + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>gør det i det skjulte.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>osv.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>At finde et bestemt vers</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>SlÃ¥ ordet op alfabetisk.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>At lave et emnestudie</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger pÃ¥ Græsk og Hebraisk</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</title> + <para>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn pÃ¥ græsk eller hebraisk.</para> -<para>SlÃ¥ de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigajil</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Josva</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>SlÃ¥ de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nabal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigajil</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Josva</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabas</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index d3c191d..65a80c4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,312 +1,309 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title> -<para>At forstÃ¥ Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som pÃ¥kalder Guds navn. Studie -af Bibelen er en af de primære mÃ¥der hvorpÃ¥ vi lærer at kommunikere med Gud.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>En Bog der er Unik</title> -<para>Bibelen er overlegen pÃ¥ mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om -Ã¥ret. Bibelen er bÃ¥de den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra Ã¥r til Ã¥r! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode pÃ¥ 1600 Ã¥r af 40 -forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel læses den som -den var skrevet af en. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -velbevarethed. I <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> -sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>En Bog der er Unik</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske tekster.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Værk</entry> -<entry>Blev skrevet</entry> -<entry>Første Kopi</entry> -<entry>Tidsforløb</entry><entry>Antal Kopier</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Herodotus</entry> -<entry>448-428 f.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry> -<entry>1300 Ã¥r</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacitus</entry> -<entry>100 e.kr.</entry><entry>110 e.kr.</entry> -<entry>1000 Ã¥r</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Galliske Krig</emphasis></entry> -<entry>80-58 f.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry> -<entry>950 Ã¥r</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Livy's <emphasis>Roms historie</emphasis></entry> -<entry>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry> -<entry>900 Ã¥r</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Det nye testamente</entry> -<entry>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</entry><entry>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</entry> <entry>30 - 310 Ã¥r</entry><entry>5000 Græske & 10,000 pÃ¥ Latin -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Værk</entry> + <entry>Blev skrevet</entry> + <entry>Første Kopi</entry> + <entry>Tidsforløb</entry> + <entry>Antal Kopier</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Herodotus</entry> + <entry>448-428 f.kr.</entry> + <entry>900 e.kr.</entry> + <entry>1300 Ã¥r</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacitus</entry> + <entry>100 e.kr.</entry> + <entry>110 e.kr.</entry> + <entry>1000 Ã¥r</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Galliske Krig</emphasis></entry> + <entry>80-58 f.kr.</entry> + <entry>900 e.kr.</entry> + <entry>950 Ã¥r</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Livy's <emphasis>Roms historie</emphasis></entry> + <entry>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</entry> + <entry>900 e.kr.</entry> + <entry>900 Ã¥r</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Det nye testamente</entry> + <entry>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</entry> + <entry>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 Ã¥r</entry> + <entry>5000 Græske & 10,000 pÃ¥ Latin</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpÃ¥ det hviler, sÃ¥ er teksterne i det +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpÃ¥ det hviler, sÃ¥ er teksterne i det Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre -oldhistoriske prosa." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>En bog Gud Ã¥ndede</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +oldhistoriske prosa."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>En bog Gud Ã¥ndede</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</para> -<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</para> -<para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, "<emphasis>og nyttigt til undervisning, til -bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, sÃ¥ at det menneske, -som hører Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god -gerning.</emphasis>" Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der -snakker til os, sÃ¥ følger det at den vil være vores autoritet i alle -anliggender af tro og handling. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>En Bog der Virker</title> -<para> -What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible -"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Reference</entry> -<entry>Handling</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Ef. 5:26 -</entry> -<entry>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved -ordet," -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -ApG 20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -opbygger -- " ...hans nÃ¥des ord, som formÃ¥r at opbygge og at give arven til -alle dem, der er helliget. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Rom. 15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -trøster -- "sÃ¥ vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, -kan fastholde hÃ¥bet. -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Rom. 10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -giver tro -- "Troen kommer altsÃ¥ af det, der høres, og det, der høres, -kommer i kraft af Kristi ord." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1. Kor. 10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende -eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Matt. 4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -næring -- "Men han svarede: Der stÃ¥r skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af -brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgÃ¥r af Guds mund.‹" -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>En bog som befrier</title> -<para> -Joh.8.32"<emphasis>og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gøre -jer frie.</emphasis>" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et -betinget eller et ubetinget løfte? Gælder det for alle typer af kundskab? -Find svarene ved at undersøge første halvdel af sætningen i v.31. -"<emphasis>Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine -disciple... </emphasis>" </para> -<para>Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angÃ¥ende sandheden af Guds -ord.</para> - -<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent -wind.</emphasis> "<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>En Bog der Virker</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Reference</entry> + <entry>Handling</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Ef. 5:26</entry> + <entry>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved +ordet,"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>ApG 20:32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rom. 15:4</entry> + <entry>trøster -- "sÃ¥ vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, +kan fastholde hÃ¥bet.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rom. 10:17</entry> + <entry>giver tro -- "Troen kommer altsÃ¥ af det, der høres, og det, der høres, +kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1. Kor. 10:11</entry> + <entry>vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende +eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Matt. 4:4</entry> + <entry>næring -- "Men han svarede: Der stÃ¥r skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af +brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgÃ¥r af Guds mund.‹"</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>En bog som befrier</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> - -<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para> -<para>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Guds ord</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Guds kraft </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title> -<para> -Ef.6:10-18 er et billede pÃ¥ vores Ã¥ndelige udrustning.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Ã…ndelig Rustning</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>SpørgsmÃ¥l</entry> -<entry>Svar</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Hvor mange af de vÃ¥ben der er opremset her er defensive vÃ¥ben?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Hvor mange er offensive?</entry><entry>Et</entry></row> -<row><entry>Hvile(t)? </entry><entry>ordet - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Formaninger</title> -<para> -2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "<emphasis>Gør dit bedste, sÃ¥ du kan stÃ¥ frem for -Gud som en prøvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig -over sin livsgerning, og som ærligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt -sandheden.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "<emphasis>Lad Kristi budskab fÃ¥ lov til rigtigt at -udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv -med sand visdom, sÃ¥ I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres -hjerte til Guds ære - salmer, hymner og Ã¥ndelige sange. </emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>Hvis du er rig pÃ¥ noget, hvor meget har du sÃ¥ af det? </para> -<para> -Ikke kun en smule!</para> - -<para> -Præd.12:11-12 "<emphasis> De vises ord er som pigge, og som søm er de sat i -tætte rækker, de er formet af én hyrde. Men ud over det: Min søn, lad dig -advare! Der er ingen ende pÃ¥ de mange bøger, der skrives, og den megen -læsning bliver man træt af.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Guds ord</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Guds kraft</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>En Bog som Bekriger</title> + <para>Ef.6:10-18 er et billede pÃ¥ vores Ã¥ndelige udrustning.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Ã…ndelig Rustning</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>SpørgsmÃ¥l</entry> + <entry>Svar</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Hvor mange af de vÃ¥ben der er opremset her er defensive vÃ¥ben?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Hvor mange er offensive?</entry> + <entry>Et</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Hvile(t)?</entry> + <entry>ordet - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Formaninger</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Hvis du er rig pÃ¥ noget, hvor meget har du sÃ¥ af det?</para> + <para>Ikke kun en smule!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title> <para> Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan -bruge mere end en pÃ¥ samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4, -eller #2 men #5. Variér programmer fra Ã¥r til Ã¥r for at holde det friskt! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Det Nye Testamente pÃ¥ et Ã…r: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Ordsprogene pÃ¥ en MÃ¥ned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende -til dagen pÃ¥ mÃ¥neden.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Salmerne pÃ¥ en MÃ¥ned: læs 5 salmer med et interval pÃ¥ 30, hver dag, for -eksempel pÃ¥ den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Salmerne & Ordsprogene pÃ¥ 6 mÃ¥neder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene -et kapitel om dagen.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene pÃ¥ 2 Ã¥r: hvis du læser +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Det Nye Testamente pÃ¥ et Ã…r: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ordsprogene pÃ¥ en MÃ¥ned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende +til dagen pÃ¥ mÃ¥neden.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Salmerne pÃ¥ en MÃ¥ned: læs 5 salmer med et interval pÃ¥ 30, hver dag, for +eksempel pÃ¥ den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Salmerne & Ordsprogene pÃ¥ 6 mÃ¥neder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene +et kapitel om dagen.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene pÃ¥ 2 Ã¥r: hvis du læser et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne & Ordsprogene over, sÃ¥ kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente pÃ¥ 2 Ã¥r og 2 -uger. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +uger.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 12b2b26..ff3fd15 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,259 +1,272 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> - -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</title> -<para>Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af -ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning være. Prøv at finde den nøjagtige -betydning af nøgleordene ved at følge disse trin:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definition</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Krydsreference</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Krydsreference</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Eksempel 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Eksempel 1A</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Eksempel 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Eksempel 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Matt.6:17 Men nÃ¥r du faster, sÃ¥ salv dit hoved</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gÃ¥ ud og salve ham.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hÃ¥r</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <quote>Herrens Ã…nd er over mig. Han har salvet mig -til at prædike [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med HelligÃ¥nd og kraft</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Matt.6:17 Men nÃ¥r du faster, sÃ¥ salv dit hoved</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gÃ¥ ud og salve ham.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hÃ¥r</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <quote>Herrens Ã…nd er over mig. Han har salvet mig +til at prædike [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med HelligÃ¥nd og kraft</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> - -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</para> -<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> -<para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Eksempel 2A</title> -<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the -Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Eksempel 2A</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Eksempel 2B</title> -<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Eksempel 2B</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Eksempel 2C</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title> -<para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Eksempel 2C</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Eksempel 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Eksempel 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Eksempel 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Eksempel 3B</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Eksempel 4A</title> -<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Eksempel 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Eksempel 4B</title> -<para>Es.59:1 <quote>Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</quote></para> -<para>5. Mos.33:27 <quote>han bærer dig pÃ¥ stærke arme...</quote></para> -<para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Eksempel 4B</title> + <para>Es.59:1 <quote>Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</quote></para> + <para>5. Mos.33:27 <quote>han bærer dig pÃ¥ stærke arme...</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title> -<para>En allegori er: <emphasis>En historie hvor hvert element har en + <para>En allegori er: <emphasis>En historie hvor hvert element har en betydning.</emphasis></para> -<para>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</para> - -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + <para>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Eksempel 5A</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Eksempel 5A</title> + <para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para> -<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Eksempel 5B</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Eksempel 5B</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook index 9634f95..0c41cc5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret -under vilkÃ¥rene af denne licens <link + <title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre -andet er indikeret. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Abstrakt</title> - - <para> - <application>Biblestudie vejledningen</application> er en guide til at -studere Bibelen. - </para> - <para> - Det er &bibletime; holdets hÃ¥b, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne -til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er -blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings -doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstÃ¥ hvad den -siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at sÃ¥ -hans ord i dit hjerte, sÃ¥ vil han ikke skuffe dig. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Studér</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre +andet er indikeret.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Abstrakt</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Studér</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 95d905c..b01cb07 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tilgange til Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Tilgange til Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><p>At lytte og læse giver et teleskopisk syn på skriften, mens studie og -udenadslære giver et mikroskopisk syn på skriften. Meditation bringer -lytning, læsning, studie og udenadslære sammen og støber ordet fast i vore -sind.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hør"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hør</h3></div></div></div><p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Læs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Læs</h3></div></div></div><p>Åb.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tilgange til Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Tilgange til Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hør"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hør</h3></div></div></div><p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Læs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Læs</h3></div></div></div><p>Åb.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1. Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen -[...]</span>”</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studér"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studér</h3></div></div></div><p>ApG. 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i +[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studér"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studér</h3></div></div></div><p>ApG. 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt -Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</span>”</span> -</p><p>2. Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der +Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</span>”</span></p><p>2. Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som går lige på med sandhedens ord.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lær uden ad"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Lær uden ad</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod dig.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditér"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditér</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag og nat. Han er som et træ,der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, lykkes for -ham.</span>”</span> -</p><p>The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan røre -alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere på Ordet imens vi gør enhver af de -første fire. Meditation er en nøgle til åbenbaring. En ny kristen har brug -for at høre og læse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at -de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typer af bibelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ham.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typer af bibelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html index b8f7fd5..70ae448 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at -blive set af dem</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Når du giver</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du faster</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du beder</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong -ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> -today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>gør det i det skjulte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>osv.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at +blive set af dem</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Når du giver</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du faster</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du beder</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong +ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>gør det i det skjulte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>osv.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index e41e1fc..f43030e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Indhold"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Indhold</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær -forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Sammenhæng</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhæng er konge" er reglen -- -passagen må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Krydsreference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Krydsreference</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Indhold"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Indhold</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær +forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Sammenhæng</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Krydsreference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Krydsreference</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke sig selv, så vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre skriftsteder. ææ</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typer af bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html index 7fa16b2..317fa81 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typer af bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typer af bibelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Emne Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Emne Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typer af bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typer af bibelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Emne Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Emne Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en bibelordbog.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Person Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Person Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Forklarende studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Forklarende studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tilgange til Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 549b12c..87cb324 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At finde et bestemt vers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>At finde et bestemt vers</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="At lave et emnestudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>At lave et emnestudie </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At Finde Betydningen af Navne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</h3></div></div></div><p>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At finde et bestemt vers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>At finde et bestemt vers</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At lave et emnestudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>At lave et emnestudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At Finde Betydningen af Navne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</h3></div></div></div><p>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller hebraisk.</p><p>Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigajil</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josva</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html index f80bf1d..fdc9819 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt liv. Men skrifterne peger på mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at -få liv.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde +få liv.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">vi går kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</span>”</span>; sådan er det også med bibelstudie, vi gør det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at -have fællesskab med Gud. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den -hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige, -"han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det -kommende liv." Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet -bitterligt bedraget. [...]</p><p>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen +have fællesskab med Gud.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver gang Bibelen bliver læst, så er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi må møde Kristus.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 29772bb..d8d5fd8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,33 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog Gud åndede</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog Gud åndede</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog Gud åndede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En bog Gud åndede</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog Gud åndede</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog Gud åndede</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog Gud åndede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En bog Gud åndede</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider -Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, "<span class="emphasis"><em>og nyttigt til undervisning, til -bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske, -som hører Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god -gerning.</em></span>" Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der -snakker til os, så følger det at den vil være vores autoritet i alle -anliggender af tro og handling. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog der Virker</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog der Virker</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 92ca3d3..ded4443 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Formaninger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Formaninger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Formaninger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Formaninger</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Gør dit bedste, så du kan stå frem for -Gud som en prøvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig -over sin livsgerning, og som ærligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt -sandheden.</em></span>" -</p><p> -Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Lad Kristi budskab få lov til rigtigt at -udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv -med sand visdom, så I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres -hjerte til Guds ære - salmer, hymner og åndelige sange. </em></span>" -</p><p>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det? </p><p> -Ikke kun en smule!</p><p> -Præd.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em> De vises ord er som pigge, og som søm er de sat i -tætte rækker, de er formet af én hyrde. Men ud over det: Min søn, lad dig -advare! Der er ingen ende på de mange bøger, der skrives, og den megen -læsning bliver man træt af.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Formaninger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Formaninger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Formaninger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Formaninger</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?</p><p>Ikke kun en smule!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 6596bb6..b2b4c29 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,14 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog som befrier</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog som befrier</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog som befrier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>En bog som befrier</h2></div></div></div><p> -Joh.8.32"<span class="emphasis"><em>og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gøre -jer frie.</em></span>" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et -betinget eller et ubetinget løfte? Gælder det for alle typer af kundskab? -Find svarene ved at undersøge første halvdel af sætningen i v.31. -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine -disciple... </em></span>" </p><p>Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds -ord.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent -wind.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog som befrier</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog som befrier</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog som befrier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>En bog som befrier</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground -us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of -God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Guds ord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guds kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog der Virker </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog som Bekriger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Guds ord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guds kraft</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog der Virker </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog som Bekriger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html index 97c5b8f..98f83e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Formaninger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Formaninger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 2e94c8a..aac5bc6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</h2></div></div></div><p> Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan -bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4, -eller #2 men #5. Variér programmer fra år til år for at holde det friskt! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende til dagen på måneden.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene et kapitel om dagen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne & Ordsprogene over, så kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente på 2 år og 2 -uger. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tillæg: "En gang for alle" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +uger.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tillæg: "En gang for alle" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6cdc2d6..5c6cc8c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog som Bekriger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>En Bog som Bekriger</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Åndelig Rustning</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Åndelig Rustning" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Spørgsmål</th><th>Svar</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Hvor mange er offensive?</td><td>Et</td></tr><tr><td>Hvile(t)? </td><td>ordet - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog som befrier </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Formaninger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog som Bekriger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>En Bog som Bekriger</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Åndelig Rustning</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Åndelig Rustning" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Spørgsmål</th><th>Svar</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Hvor mange er offensive?</td><td>Et</td></tr><tr><td>Hvile(t)?</td><td>ordet - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog som befrier </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Formaninger</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html index 6339407..0b45413 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog der Virker</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog der Virker</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der Virker"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>En Bog der Virker</h2></div></div></div><p> -What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible -"<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Handling</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 -</td><td>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved -ordet," -</td></tr><tr><td> -ApG 20:32 -</td><td> -opbygger -- " ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til -alle dem, der er helliget. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rom. 15:4 -</td><td> -trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, -kan fastholde håbet. -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rom. 10:17 -</td><td> -giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres, -kommer i kraft af Kristi ord." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1. Kor. 10:11 -</td><td> -vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende -eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Matt. 4:4 -</td><td> -næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af -brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog Gud åndede </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog som befrier</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog der Virker</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog der Virker</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der Virker"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>En Bog der Virker</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Handling</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved +ordet,"</td></tr><tr><td>ApG 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 15:4</td><td>trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, +kan fastholde håbet.</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 10:17</td><td>giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres, +kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."</td></tr><tr><td>1. Kor. 10:11</td><td>vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende +eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"</td></tr><tr><td>Matt. 4:4</td><td>næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af +brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog Gud åndede </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog som befrier</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html index c088757..a8d919b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,28 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie -af Bibelen er en af de primære måder hvorpå vi lærer at kommunikere med Gud.</p><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der er Unik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>En Bog der er Unik</h2></div></div></div><p>Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om -året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40 -forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel læses den som -den var skrevet af en. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -velbevarethed. I <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> -sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der er Unik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>En Bog der er Unik</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske tekster.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske -tekster." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Værk</th><th>Blev skrevet</th><th>Første Kopi</th><th>Tidsforløb</th><th>Antal Kopier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>1300 år</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 e.kr.</td><td>110 e.kr.</td><td>1000 år</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Galliske Krig</em></span></td><td>80-58 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>950 år</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roms historie</em></span></td><td>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>900 år</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Det nye testamente</td><td>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</td><td>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</td><td>30 - 310 år</td><td>5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +tekster." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Værk</th><th>Blev skrevet</th><th>Første Kopi</th><th>Tidsforløb</th><th>Antal Kopier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>1300 år</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 e.kr.</td><td>110 e.kr.</td><td>1000 år</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Galliske Krig</em></span></td><td>80-58 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>950 år</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roms historie</em></span></td><td>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>900 år</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Det nye testamente</td><td>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</td><td>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</td><td>30 - 310 år</td><td>5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre -oldhistoriske prosa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Guiden til Bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog Gud åndede</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +oldhistoriske prosa."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Guiden til Bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog Gud åndede</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html index d8e732c..4aee94c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Eksempel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Eksempel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Eksempel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Eksempel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Eksempel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 09cf8e4..2a1d927 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, -<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Eksempel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Eksempel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Eksempel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Eksempel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html index a32a3f0..4bca2c9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Eksempel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Eksempel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Eksempel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Es.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</span>”</span></p><p>5. Mos.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">han bærer dig på stærke arme...</span>”</span></p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Eksempel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Es.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</span>”</span></p><p>5. Mos.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">han bærer dig på stærke arme...</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html index feda52e..6efef56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>En allegori er: <span class="emphasis"><em>En historie hvor hvert element har en betydning.</em></span></p><p>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Eksempel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Eksempel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Eksempel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html index c8f94d9..0b0b6f5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,67 +1,66 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</h2></div></div></div><p>Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af -ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning være. Prøv at finde den nøjagtige -betydning af nøgleordene ved at følge disse trin:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Krydsreference"><b>Krydsreference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Krydsreference"><b>Krydsreference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Eksempel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Eksempel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Eksempel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig til at prædike [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/index.html b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html index 1d03fb0..082e0bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/da/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakt Biblestudie vejledningen er en guide til at studere Bibelen. Det er BibleTime holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstå hvad den siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at så hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guiden til Bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Guiden til Bibelstudie</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Ophavsret © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Retslig note"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret -under vilkårene af denne licens "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre -andet er indikeret. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p> - <span class="application">Biblestudie vejledningen</span> er en guide til at -studere Bibelen. - </p><p> - Det er <span class="application">BibleTime</span> holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne -til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er -blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings -doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstå hvad den -siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at så -hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakt The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guiden til Bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Guiden til Bibelstudie</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Ophavsret © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Retslig note"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre +andet er indikeret.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabelliste</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske tekster.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Åndelig Rustning</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 2b0dfc0..19bddfd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,224 +1,259 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Joh. 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin; +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Joh. 5:39-40</attribution> + <para>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin; und sie ist's die von mir zeugt; aber ihr wollt nicht zu mir kommen, dass ihr das Leben hättet.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther sagte <quote>Wir gehen nur zur Wiege um des Kindes willen</quote>; genauso ist es mit dem Bibelstudium, wir tun es nicht um unser selbst willen, -sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</attribution> -<para>Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift -gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He -who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of -the world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier -wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht. [...]</para> -<para>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, + <para>Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift +gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He who +has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the +world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier wurden sie +schmerzlich getäuscht. [...]</para> + <para>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie Christus zu finden.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title> -<para>Hören und Lesen geben eine Ãœbersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title> + <para>Hören und Lesen geben eine Ãœbersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren und Auswendiglernen eine Detailansicht der Schrift gibt. Das Nachdenken über die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Auswendiglernen und -verfestigt die Worte in unseren Köpfen.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hören</title> -<para>Lukas 11,28 <quote>Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +verfestigt das Wort in unseren Köpfen.</para> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Hören</title> + <para>Lukas 11,28 <quote>Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort Gottes hören und es befolgen.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lesen</title> -<para>Offenbarung 1,3 <quote>Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Lesen</title> + <para>Offenbarung 1,3 <quote>Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist nahe.</quote></para> -<para>1. Timotheus 4,13 <quote>Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne -und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studium</title> -<para>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <quote>Diese waren freundlicher als die in + <para>1. Timotheus 4,13 <quote>Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Studium</title> + <para>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <quote>Diese waren freundlicher als die in Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so -verhielte.</quote> -</para> -<para>2. Timotheus 2,15 <quote>Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +verhielte.</quote></para> + <para>2. Timotheus 2,15 <quote>Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Auswendiglernen</title> -<para>Psalm 119,11 <quote>Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Auswendiglernen</title> + <para>Psalm 119,11 <quote>Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich nicht sündige.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Nachdenken</title> -<para>Psalm 1,1-3 <quote>Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Nachdenken</title> + <para>Psalm 1,1-3 <quote>Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, -was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</quote> -</para> - -<para>Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</quote></para> + <para>Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle Finger berühren kann. Wir können über Gottes Wort nachdenken während wir irgendeines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein Schlüssel zur Offenbarung. Ein junger Christ muss die Bibel mehr hören und -lesen als sie zu studieren und Dinge zu lernen. Durch diese Vorgehensweise -wird er mit der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Thematische Studie</title> -<para>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +lesen als sie zu studieren und auswendig zu lernen, damit er mit der +Gesamtbotschaft der Bibel vetraut wird.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Thematische Studie</title> + <para>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Charakterstudie</title> -<para>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Charakterstudie</title> + <para>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in 1. Mose 37-50</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Textauszugsstudie</title> -<para>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Inhalt</title> -<para>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>Textauszugsstudie</title> + <para>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Inhalt</title> + <para>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt wird.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Kontext</title> -<para>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst -die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten -Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Querverweise</title> -<para>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Kontext</title> + <para>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heißt die Devise - +der Abschnitt muss in der Struktur der gesamten Passage und des gesamten +Buches Sinn ergeben.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Querverweise</title> + <para>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere Stellen bestehen.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title> -<para>Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text -durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, d.h. nach -dem Vers, der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass sie -fertig sind? Ãœberprüfen Sie das Ergebnis, indem sie verschiedene Stellen -heraussuchen und dann überlegen ob diese zum Gedanken des Schlüsselverses -passen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die -Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Ãœbersicht:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Was bedeutet <quote>Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</quote>? Gibt der Text + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title> + <para>Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text für sich +durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, dem Vers, +der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass Sie ihn ausfindig +gemacht haben? Ãœberprüfen Sie ihn, indem sie verschiedene Stellen des +Abschnittes heraussuchen und dann überlegen, ob diese dem Gedanken des +Schlüsselverses entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie +ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Ãœbersicht:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Was bedeutet <quote>Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</quote>? Gibt der Text irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? <emphasis>Unsere Absichten!</emphasis> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln diesen Gedanken?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Wenn Sie spenden</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Wenn Sie fasten</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Wenn Sie beten</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Füllen Sie jetzt die Ãœbersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Wenn Sie spenden</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Wenn Sie fasten</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Wenn Sie beten</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Füllen Sie jetzt die Ãœbersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Wenn Sie geben <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>lass es nicht vor dir herposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das <quote>vor -sich herposaunen lassen</quote>?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>usw.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses -heraus.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Finden Sie diese Verse: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </title> -<para>Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie das Wort -"Erlösung" studieren möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der -Konkordanz nachschlagen und die aufgelisteten Stellen nachschlagen. Dann -könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen Stellen nachschlagen -, z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld ", sogar "kaufen" oder -"erkauft." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</title> -<para>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <quote>Richtet -nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Korinther 2,15 -(Lutherbibel von 1545) <quote>Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von -niemand gerichtet.</quote> entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei -verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" -im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Matthäus 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine -Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das verwendete griechische -Wort. Schreiben Sie es auf.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Wenn Sie geben <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>lass es nicht vor dir herausposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das +<quote>vor sich herausposaunen</quote> lassen?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>usw.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Finden Sie diese Verse: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>Eine thematische Studie durchführen</title> + <para>Angenommen, Sie wollten das Wort "Erlösung" studieren. Zuerst würden Sie das +Wort in der Konkordanz nachschlagen und die dazu aufgelisteten Stellen +nachschlagen. Dann könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen +Stellen nachschlagen, z. B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld", sogar "kaufen" oder +"erkauft".</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</title> + <para>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Mt 7,1 <quote>Richtet nicht, +damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Kor 2,15 <quote>Der +Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von niemand gerichtet.</quote> +entdecken würden? Vielleicht stehen hier zwei verschiedene griechische +Wörter, die beide mit "richten"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen +ab jetzt Strongnummern).</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Mt 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine +Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das zugrunde liegende griechische +Wort. Schreiben Sie sie auf.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, also ist die Sprache Griechisch, während das AT in Hebräisch ist). Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2919 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und -Sie haben ihre Antwort! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</title> -<para>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Sie haben Ihre Antwort!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</title> + <para>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder Hebräischen Namen finden.</para> -<para>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Josua</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nabal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigail</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Josua</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabas</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 428949e..1b5dc5e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,333 +1,330 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title> -<para>Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes -Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine primäre Möglichkeit, mit Gott -kommunizieren zu lernen.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</title> -<para>Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title> + <para>Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes +Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine der primären Möglichkeiten, +mit Gott kommunizieren zu lernen.</para> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</title> + <para>Die Bibel ist in vielerlei Hinsicht unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig bezüglich:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen -Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl insgesamt als auch jährlich der -Bestseller. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 -verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben. Sie liest -sich jedoch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <emphasis>Are New Testament -Documents Reliable?</emphasis> die Manuskripte des neuen Testamentes mit -anderen altertümlichen Texten: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Werk</entry> -<entry>Erstellungszeit</entry> -<entry>Erstausgabe</entry> -<entry>Zeitspanne</entry><entry>Anzahl von Kopien</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Herodot</entry> -<entry>448-428 v.Chr..</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> -<entry>1300 Jahre</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacitus</entry> -<entry>100 n.Chr.</entry><entry>1100 n.Chr.</entry> -<entry>1000 Jahre</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischer Krieg</emphasis></entry> -<entry>50-58 v.Chr.</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> -<entry>950 Jahre</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Livius' <emphasis>Römische Geschichte</emphasis></entry> -<entry>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> -<entry>900 Jahre</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Neues Testament</entry> -<entry>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</entry><entry>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</entry> <entry>30 - 310 Jahre</entry><entry>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Es existieren zehn Kopien von Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischem Krieg</emphasis>, -die erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsars das Original schrieb, kopiert -usw. Für das neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 -n.Chr. datiert werden; Schriftstücke aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten -Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des -Johannesevangeliums von 130 n.Chr. Wie viele Ausgaben haben wir, um sie -miteinander zu vergleichen? 5000 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen +Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl der Gesamt- als auch der jährliche +Bestseller.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 +verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben und liest +sich doch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <emphasis>Are New Testament +Documents Reliable?</emphasis> die Manuskripte des Neuen Testamentes mit +anderen altertümlichen Texten:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Werk</entry> + <entry>Erstellungszeit</entry> + <entry>Erstausgabe</entry> + <entry>Zeitspanne</entry> + <entry>Anzahl von Kopien</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Herodot</entry> + <entry>448-428 v.Chr..</entry> + <entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> + <entry>1300 Jahre</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacitus</entry> + <entry>100 n.Chr.</entry> + <entry>1100 n.Chr.</entry> + <entry>1000 Jahre</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischer Krieg</emphasis></entry> + <entry>50-58 v.Chr.</entry> + <entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> + <entry>950 Jahre</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Livius' <emphasis>Römische Geschichte</emphasis></entry> + <entry>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</entry> + <entry>900 n.Chr.</entry> + <entry>900 Jahre</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Neues Testament</entry> + <entry>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</entry> + <entry>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 Jahre</entry> + <entry>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Zehn Kopien von Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischem Krieg</emphasis> existieren, die +erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsar das Original schrieb kopiert, usw. Für +das Neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 +n.Chr. datiert werden; Papyri aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten Teil des +Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des Johannesevangeliums von +130 n.Chr. Wie viele Manuskripte haben wir, um sie miteinander zu +vergleichen? 5000 in griechisch und 10000 in lateinisch!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", Bd. 1, S. 561, Macmillan Co., zitiert in <emphasis>Questions of -Life</emphasis> S. 25-26</attribution><para>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text +Life</emphasis> S. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen -alten Prosaschriften." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4,12 <quote> Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig und -kräftig...</quote></emphasis>, Jesus sagte <emphasis>(Mt. 4,4), <quote>Er -aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom -Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus den Mund Gottes geht." -</quote></emphasis> Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in -unsere Herzen hinein zu legen in einer immerwieder frischen Art. -</para> -<para>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <emphasis><quote>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott -eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</quote></emphasis> Glauben Sie das? -Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in -Betracht. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </attribution><para>Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber aktzeptierte es als -Tatsache, dass hinter ihnen allen ein göttlicher Autor stand. Er konnte -sowohl 'Mose sagt' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er konnte -einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des -Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Ähnlich sagt Er 'Wie fein hat -von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und das, was -er weiter zitierte, war die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 & -Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des neuen Testamentes -ihre Ãœberzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift. Für sie wahr es -genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten vielfach und auf vielerlei -Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie -'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' -(2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder in dieser Art und Weise -gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch -haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen um das Wort des göttlichen -Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden -Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ... -</para> -<para> -Dies war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. Das -Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum Christen -an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus Christus -selbst ihn gelehrt hat. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <emphasis><quote>ist nütze zur Lehre, -zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass -der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk -geschickt. </quote></emphasis> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel -wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie -unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title> -<para> -Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, -dass die Bibel <emphasis><quote> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr -glaubet.</quote> </emphasis> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit -nieder, die das Wort durchführt. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Referenz</entry> -<entry>Zweck</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Epheser 5,26 -</entry> -<entry>es reinigt -- <quote>[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im -Wort...</quote> -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Apostelgeschichte 20,32 -</entry> -<entry> -es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der +alten Prosaschriften."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb 4,12</emphasis> "<emphasis>Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig +und kräftig...</emphasis>" Jesus sagte <emphasis>(Mt 4,4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>Es steht geschrieben: 'Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, +sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem Mund Gottes geht.'</emphasis>" +Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in unsere Herzen hinein +zu legen in einer immer wieder frischen Art.</para> + <para>2. Tim 3:16 erklärt "<emphasis>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott eingegeben +[wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</emphasis>" Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, +ziehen Sie Jesu Haltung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95</attribution> + <para>Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber setzte es als Tatsache +voraus, dass hinter ihnen allen ein einziger göttlicher Autor stand. Er +konnte sowohl 'Mose sagte' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er +konnte einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des +Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Gleichermaßen sagte Er, 'Wie +fein hat von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und +zitierte weiter fortfahrend die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 +& Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des Neuen +Testamentes ihre Ãœberzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift +erlangt. Für sie wahr es genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten +vielfach und auf vielerlei Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die +Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie 'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben +Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder +in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen +Autoren zu tilgen, noch haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um +das Wort des göttlichen Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer +sprachen. Keiner der beiden Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen +abzulenken. ...</para> + <para>Dies also war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes +Zeuge. Das Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, +warum Christen an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus +Christus selbst ihn gelehrt hat.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: " <emphasis>ist nütze zur Lehre, zur +Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der +Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. </emphasis>" +Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird +die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des +Glaubens und Wandels ist.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title> + <para>Was wird das Studium der Bibel für Sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,13 sagt, +dass die Bibel "<emphasis>auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet.</emphasis>" +Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift das Werk nieder, das das Wort verrichtet.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Referenz</entry> + <entry>Zweck</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Epheser 5,26</entry> + <entry>es reinigt -- <quote>[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...</quote></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Apostelgeschichte 20,32</entry> + <entry>es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und euch das Erbe zu geben mit allen, die -geheiligt sind. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Römer 15,4 -</entry> -<entry> -es ermutigt -- <quote>Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +geheiligt sind. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Römer 15,4</entry> + <entry>es ermutigt -- <quote>Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung -haben. </quote> -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Römer 10,17 -</entry> -<entry> -es gibt Glauben -- <quote>So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen -aber durch das Wort Christi.</quote> -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1. Korinther 10,11 -</entry> -<entry> -es warnt -- <quote> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber -geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</quote> -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Matthäus 4,4 -</entry> -<entry> -Nahrung -- <quote>Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +haben. </quote></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Römer 10,17</entry> + <entry>es gibt Glauben -- <quote>So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.</quote></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1. Korinther 10,11</entry> + <entry>es warnt -- <quote> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</quote></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Matthäus 4,4</entry> + <entry>Nahrung -- <quote>Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem -Wort Gottes geht."</quote> -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title> -<para> -Joh. 8,32 "<emphasis>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit wird -euch frei machen.</emphasis>" Dies wird normalerweise durch sich selbst +Wort Gottes geht."</quote></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title> + <para>Joh. 8,32 " <emphasis>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit +wird euch frei machen.</emphasis>" Dies wird normalerweise für sich selbst zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? Findet es Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort heraus, -indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes in Vers 31 untersuchen "<emphasis>Wenn -ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig meine -Jünger...</emphasis>"</para> -<para>Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der +indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes untersuchen, in Vers 31, " +<emphasis>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig +meine Jünger...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Wir sehen, dass dies ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, das speziell von der Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</para> - -<para>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint -einen <emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>. <emphasis>Als Folge sind wir + <para>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4,14 benutzt wird, meint +einen "<emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>". "<emphasis>Als Folge sind wir nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von -jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der +jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>". Eine Sache, die das Studieren der Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der -Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <quote>weggeblasen werden</quote>.</para> - -<para><emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <quote>Ihr irrt, weil -ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</quote></emphasis> -Matthäus 22,29</para> -<para>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Gottes Wort</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Gottes Kraft </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title> -<para> -Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Geistliche Rüstung</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Frage</entry> -<entry>Antwort</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</entry><entry>Eins</entry></row> -<row><entry>Welche? </entry><entry>das Wort - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Ermahnungen</title> -<para> -2. Thimotheus 2,15<emphasis><quote>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu -erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort -der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</quote></emphasis> -</para> -<para> -Kollosser 3,16<emphasis><quote> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht "weggeblasen werden".</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen,</emphasis> +"<emphasis>Ihr irrt, weil ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft +Gottes.</emphasis>" Matthäus 22,29</para> + <para>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Gottes Wort</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Gottes Kraft</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title> + <para>Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Geistliche Rüstung</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Frage</entry> + <entry>Antwort</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</entry> + <entry>Eins</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Welche?</entry> + <entry>das Wort - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Ermahnungen</title> + <para>2. Timotheus 2,15 "<emphasis>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen +als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort der +Wahrheit recht austeilt.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Kolosser 3,16 " <emphasis>Lasst das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren -Herzen. </quote></emphasis> -</para> - -<para>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </para> -<para> -Nicht wenig!</para> - -<para> -Prediger 12,11-12 "<emphasis>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und wie -eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem Hirten -gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des vielen -Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib -müde. </emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Anhang: <quote>Einer für Alle</quote></title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus +Herzen.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?</para> + <para>Nicht wenig!</para> + <para>Prediger 12,11-12 " <emphasis>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und +wie eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem +Hirten gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des +vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib +müde.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Anhang: <quote>Einer für Alle</quote></title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus wird durch ein Wort des Griechischen Testamentes ausgedrückt, nämlich durch das Adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> und <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. Es wird normalerweise mit "einmal" oder "ein für allemal" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von "einmal für immer" -[<emphasis>Anm. d. Ãœbers.: (in der "Authorized Version" eng. "once", "once +[<emphasis>Anm. d. Ãœbers.: (in der "Authorized Version") engl. "once", "once for all" kann auch als "endgültig" übersetzt werden</emphasis>]. Es wird für das benutzt, was ewige Gültigkeit hat und niemals Wiederholung benötigt und es wird im Neuen Testament auf Offenbarung und Erlösung angewandt. Folglich -bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen +bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der ein für allemal den Heiligen überliefert wurde (Judas 3), und Römer sagt "<emphasis>Denn was er gestorben ist, das ist er der Sünde gestorben ein für allemal [...]</emphasis>" (Römer -6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28). </para> <para> -Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und das -Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die christliche -Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in Christus erfüllt -sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne abträglich für Christus -zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten +6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28).</para> + <para>Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und +dass Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die +christliche Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in +Christus erfüllt sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne +abträglich für Christus zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten [<emphasis>Anm. d. Ãœbers. eigentlich rock = Felsen</emphasis>] wurde die -protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den -Ergänzungen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne den -Ergänzungen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren -waren <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> für die Autorität und +protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne das +Hinzufügen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne das +Hinzufügen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren +waren <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> für unsere Autorität und <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> für unsere Erlösung.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title> <para> Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title> + <para>Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchlaufen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit #4 oder #2 mit #5. Verändern Sie den Leseplan von Jahr zu Jahr um ihn frisch -zu halten. -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage -die Woche.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, -dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +zu halten.</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +die Woche.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 -lesen.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und -Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +lesen.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie -das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index f2c5f28..c133992 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,296 +1,310 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title> -<para>Wir haben bereits von den "3 C" gehört: Inhalt (="content"), Kontext +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title> + <para>Wir haben bereits von den "3 C" gehört: Inhalt (="content"), Kontext (="context") und Querverweise (="cross-reference"). Wir möchten dies nun -durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel der +durch kurzes Befassen mit der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel es ist, die Absicht der ursprünglichen Autoren (und des Autors!) herauszufinden. Während viele Anwendungen eines Abschnittes möglich sind, -ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt, dass -keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 <quote>Und das -sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der Schrift eine Sache -eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Regeln können dabei helfen, die -korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung dieser Regeln haben -Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große Schwierigkeiten -gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <quote>[...] in denen einige Dinge schwer zu -verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen verdrehen, wie auch -die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis.</quote></para> - -<para>Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines -Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass ihre +ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt dies +dadurch, dass keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 +<quote>Und das sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der +Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Regeln +können dabei helfen, die korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung +dieser Regeln haben Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große +Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <quote>[...] in denen einige Dinge +schwer zu verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen +verdrehen, wie auch die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen +Verdammnis.</quote></para> + <para>Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines +Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass Ihre Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Vers gezogen wurde, dessen Bedeutung -ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</title> -<para>Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein +Ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</title> + <para>Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein können, desto besser ist unsere Auslegung. Versuchen Sie die exakte Bedeutung der Schlüsselwörter zu finden, indem sie die folgenden Schritte befolgen:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Bestimmung</title> - <para>Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch- + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Bestimmung</title> + <para>Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch- Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Querverweise</title> - <para>Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie das selbe griechische -oder hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, -kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe Autor -das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten ihnen -auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. Warum -müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das deutsche -Wort nicht gut genug? <emphasis>Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort in das -selbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter -verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Querverweise</title> + <para>Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie dasselbe griechische oder +hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, kann +die Begriffsbestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe +Autor das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten +Ihnen auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten +geben. Warum müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist +das deutsche Wort nicht gut genug? <emphasis>Weil mehr als ein griechisches +Wort in dasselbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen +Wörter verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben können.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Beispiel 1A</title> -<para>Joh. 20,17 <emphasis>"Rühre mich nicht an"</emphasis> klingt hart, oder? Es -klingt, dass Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo er auferstanden -ist, dass er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches ist. Aber das scheint nicht + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Beispiel 1A</title> + <para>Joh. 20,17 <emphasis>"Rühre mich nicht an"</emphasis> klingt hart, oder? Es +klingt, als ob Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo Er auferstanden +ist, als ob Er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches sei. Aber das scheint nicht richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991) nachschlagen.</para> - -<para>Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem + <para>Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem Wort "Rühre" "pim680". Die Buchstaben geben uns einen Code für den Teil der Sprache, und die Nummer bezieht sich auf das Stronglexikon. Lasst uns die Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). "680. Haptomai; von hapto (681), -berühren. Bezieht sich auf solche Behandlung auf ein Objekt, die darauf -einen verändernden Einfluß ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao (5584), -was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen wir nun -"pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der +berühren. Bezieht sich auf eine solche Behandlung eines Objektes, die auf +dieses einen verändernden Einfluss ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao +(5584), was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen +wir nun "pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der Offenbarung; auf Seite 849 sehen wir, dass pim für "Präsens Imperativ Aktiv (80)" steht. Auf Seite 857 steht "Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen Rede kann es ein Gebot bezeichnen, etwas in der Zukunft zu tun, was eine andauernde oder wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist, ein Gebot, eine Handlung zu beenden." Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl, -so dass es dafür da ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir -nun herausgefunden?</para> -<para><emphasis>Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn -nicht weiter festhalten solle!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Beispiel 1B</title> -<para>In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <emphasis>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, +so dass er dazu erteilt ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben +wir nun herausgefunden?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn +nicht weiter festhalten solle!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Beispiel 1B</title> + <para>In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <emphasis>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, der krank ist, beten und ihn mit Öl salben</emphasis>. Was meint dieses salben?</para> -<para>Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Stroong); wir haben jedoch auch ein + <para>Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Strong); wir haben jedoch auch ein anderes griechisches Wort, das mit "salben" übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) - -"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d.h. weihen für einen amtlichen oder +"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, u. a. weihen für einen amtlichen oder religiösen Dienst" (Strong). Da es ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie auch das Tempus in Betracht, "apta" Aorist Partizip Aktiv. "Das Aorist Partizip drückt einfache Handlung aus, im Gegensatz zur andauernden Handlung... Wenn die Beziehung zum Hauptverb temporal ist, kennzeichnet es normalerweise eine -Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. " (Zodhiates +Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet." (Zodhiates S. 851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Querverweise für aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen -und Jesus zu salben.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie -mit dem Öl.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Querverweise für chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk 4,18 <quote>Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Querverweise für aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Öl.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Querverweise für chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lk 4,18 <quote>Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht -bringe...</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist -und mit Kraft</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut +bringe...</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: -<emphasis>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE -GEISTLICHE</emphasis>.</para> - -<para>Zur Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl +<emphasis>"aleipho" ist eine praktische Benutzung von Öl und "chrio" eine +geistliche</emphasis>.</para> + <para>Eine Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den von Räubern geschlagenen Mann sorgte und mit Öl und Wein die Wunden -säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu. -</para> -<para>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 -anwenden <emphasis><quote>Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu.</para> + <para>Jetzt lasst uns das durch dieses Wortstudium gerade Gelernte auf Jakobus +5,14 anwenden <emphasis>"Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im -Namen des Herrn.</quote></emphasis> Ist hier <quote>salben</quote> geistlich -oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</para> -<para> -Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit +Namen des Herrn."</emphasis> Ist hier "salben" geistlich oder praktisch +gemeint? Praktisch!</para> + <para>Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit "gesalbt haben" übersetzt, gemäß der Reihenfolge zuerst des Salbens und dann des Gebets ("Im Namen des Herrn" bezieht sich auf das Gebet, nicht auf das Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die Ältesten der kranken Person Medizin geben -und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt dass nicht das -wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem in unserem -Gott aus? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title> -<para>Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu +und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt das nicht das wunderbare +Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem bei unseremGott aus?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title> + <para>Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu erfolgen. Was sagen die Verse jeder Seite aus? Was ist das Thema des Kapitels? Des Buches? Stimmt Ihre Auslegung mit diesen überein? Wenn nicht, so ist sie fehlerhaft. Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem, was wir zur richtigen Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist der -Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung nach der Auslegung -des Textes Ãn seinem Zusammenhang bestehen bleibt, müssen wir weiter -nachforschen.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Beispiel 2A</title> -<para>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 -<emphasis><quote>geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</quote></emphasis> Im -Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</para> -<para>Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von +Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung bestehen bleibt, +nach dem wir den Text innerhalb seines Zusammenhanges ausgelegt haben, +müssen wir weiter nachforschen.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Beispiel 2A</title> + <para>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +<emphasis>"geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist"</emphasis> betrachtet. Im Bezug +auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</para> + <para>Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von Jesus und Nikodemus diskutierten Themas wäre. Halten Sie Ausschau nach einem -plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis sein, dass ihre +plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis darauf sein, dass ihre Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist das Fruchtwasser, "geboren aus Wasser" = natürliche Geburt.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Beispiel 2B</title> -<para>1 Korinther 14,34 <quote>[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der -Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von -1. Korinther 11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet -[...]</quote> genommen werden.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Beispiel 2C</title> -<para>Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <quote>Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und -jeder lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer -Sünden [...]"</quote> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der -einzige Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies -folgern. Aber in dem Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stelle, dass -Wiedergeburt durch den Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders -auslegen. Petrus erklärt seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das -Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu -werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <emphasis>"Denn -Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu -verkünden"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title> -<para> -Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <quote>Was bedeutet dies für mich?</quote> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Beispiel 2B</title> + <para>1 Korinther 14,34 <quote>[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss im biblischen Zusammenhang von 1. Korinther +11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...]</quote> +gesehen werden.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Beispiel 2C</title> + <para>Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <quote>Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und jeder +lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer Sünden +[...]"</quote> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der einzige Vers +der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. Aber in dem +Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stellen, dass Wiedergeburt durch den +Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. Petrus erklärt +seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn +die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in +1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <emphasis>"Denn Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu +taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title> + <para>Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <quote>Was bedeutet dies für mich?</quote>, sondern <quote>Was hat es für die ursprünglichen Leser bedeutet?</quote>; später können wir fragen <quote>Was bedeutet es für mich?</quote>. Wir müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autors und der Empfänger in Betracht ziehen.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Beispiel 3A</title><para> "3 Tage & 3 Nächte" (Mt.12,40) haben zu einer "Mittwochs -Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie -konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen auferstehen und -trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? Genaue Bedeutungen -von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren Widerspruch zu -erklären.</para> -<para>Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Beispiel 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 Tage & 3 Nächte</quote> (Mt. 12,40) haben zu einer +"Mittwochs-Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders zum Kult des +Armstrongismus. Wie konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen +auferstehen und trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? +Genaue Bedeutungen von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren +Widerspruch zu erklären.</para> + <para>Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil eines Tages als vollen Tag, so wie wir Eimer Wasser zählen würden (wenn wir sechs und einen halben Eimer Wasser hätten, würden wir sagen dass es sieben -Eimer Wasser sind, sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es +Eimer Wasser sind, auch wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es jüdische Art, dass jeder Teil eines Tages als voller Tag gezählt wurde, Tage -begannen um 18h und endeten um 18h. Freitag von 15h bis 18h = -1. Tag. Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18h bis Sonntag -vielleicht 5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung innerhalbi des kulturellen Kontexts -hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Beispiel 3B</title><para>1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von +begannen um 18 Uhr und endeten um 18 Uhr. Freitag von 15 Uhr bis 18 Uhr = +Tag 1. Freitag von 18 Uhr bis Samstag 18 Uhr = Tag 2. Samstag 18 Uhr bis +Sonntag vielleicht 5 Uhr = Tag 3. Die Auslegung innerhalb des kulturellen +Kontexts hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Beispiel 3B</title> + <para>1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von Tieren in zwei Teile und das nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen die normale -Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner +Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vertrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner gingen dazwischen hindurch, das Gelöbnis leistend, dass Zerstückelung auf sie kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages einhielten. Aber -in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen Vetrag -macht.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen +Vertrag macht.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title> -<para>Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich + <para>Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Beispiel 4A</title> -<para><quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt.6,23.</para> -<para>Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Beispiel 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt. 6,23.</para> + <para>Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht weiter. Regel 2, Zusammenhang: Dies scheint uns nur noch mehr zu verwirren. Es scheint nicht mit dem zu passen, was davor und danach steht! Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen.</para> -<para>Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, "böses Auge". Lasst uns -andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 "<emphasis>Oder -habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was mein ist? Siehst -du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so gütig [wörtl. "gut"] -bin?</emphasis>". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu haben, ein Idiom für -geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen, -wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Beispiel 4B</title> -<para>Jes. 59:1 <quote>Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</quote></para> -<para>Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote></para> -<para> -Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um -nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Wenn sie Menschen -davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden -können wie Er es war. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) forderte eine Gruppe von -Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Versaufzählung wie dieser heraus. Dr. Martin -forderte die Mormonen dann auf eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 + <para>Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, <quote>böses +Auge</quote>. Lasst uns andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: +Mt. 20,15 " <emphasis>Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, +mit dem was mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so +gütig [wörtl. "gut"] bin?</emphasis>". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu +haben, ein Idiom für geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück +zu Mt. 6 und sehen, wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang +passt.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Beispiel 4B</title> + <para>Jes. 59:1 <quote>Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</quote></para> + <para>Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote></para> + <para>Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um +nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Haben sie Menschen +davon überzeugt, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden können +just wie Er es ist! Bei einem Vortrag, den Walter Martin (Autor von +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) hielt, forderte eine Gruppe von +Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Aufzählung solcher Verse heraus. Dr. Martin +forderte die Mormonen dann auf, eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 <quote>Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht wirst du haben -unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W.M. folgerte "Mit den selben Regeln der -Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mann ist, -haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist." Die Mormonen -mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W. M. folgerte <quote>Mit denselben Regeln +der Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mensch +ist, haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist</quote>. Die +Mormonen mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position +begriffen.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title> -<para>Eine Allegorie ist <emphasis>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine + <para>Eine Allegorie ist <emphasis>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine Bedeutung hat.</emphasis></para> -<para>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</para> - -<para>Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des + <para>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</para> + <para>Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des Sähmanns ein Sinnbild. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind Sorgen und Gier, usw. Aber die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern einfache Geschichten, um einen bestimmten Punkt zu verdeutlichen. Es ist -gefährlich unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so gedreht -werden, um alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre aus klaren -Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis zusätzlich -verdeutlicht ist es hilfreich.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Beispiel 5A</title> -<para>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese +gefährlich, unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so +gedreht werden, um alle möglichen Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre +aus klaren Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis diese +zusätzlich verdeutlicht, ist es hilfreich.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Beispiel 5A</title> + <para>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese Geschichte verdeutlicht eine Lektion: Mut im Gebet. [Anm. d. Ãœb.: im Engl. "boldness in prayer"]. Wenn wir das Ganze in eine Allegorie verwandeln, was haben wir dann?</para> -<para>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die -Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Beispiel 5B</title> -<para>Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der -springendePunkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie? </para> -<para>Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der + <para>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Beispiel 5B</title> + <para>Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der +springende Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?</para> + <para>Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der vorbereitenden Benutzung von Dingen, für eine Zeit, in der er sie nicht -haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, -nämlich seinen Herren zu hintergehen. </para> -</section> - -</section> +haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, mit +dem er seinen Herrn hintergeht.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook index 578c6be..7192595 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,71 +9,49 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>Das BibleTime-Team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>Das Team von &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist -unter die Bestimmungen der <link + <title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>Das BibleTime-Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist +unter die Bestimmungen der Lizenz <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link> Lizenz gestellt. - </para> - <para> - <emphasis>Anm. des Ãœbersetzers:</emphasis> Der deutsche Text der +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink> gestellt.</para> + <para><emphasis>Anm. des Ãœbersetzers:</emphasis> Der deutsche Text der Bibelstellen ist meistens der deutschen revidierten Lutherbibel von 1984 -entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Zusammenfassung</title> - - <para> - Die <application>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy -HowTo)</application> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. - </para> - <para> - Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime; Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser +entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Zusammenfassung</title> + <para>Die <application>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy +HowTo)</application> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel.</para> + <para>Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine -bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die -Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung -herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht -enttäuschen. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bibel</keyword> - <keyword>Studium</keyword> - <keyword>Anleitung</keyword> - </keywordset> - +bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen, +dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie +mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr +Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bibel</keyword> + <keyword>Studium</keyword> + <keyword>Anleitung</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 4ca0c2b..bb5f2db 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,16 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren und Auswendiglernen eine Detailansicht der Schrift gibt. Das Nachdenken über die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Auswendiglernen und -verfestigt die Worte in unseren Köpfen.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hören"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +verfestigt das Wort in unseren Köpfen.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hören"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lesen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist nahe.</span>“</span></p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne -und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so -verhielte.</span>“</span> -</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +verhielte.</span>“</span></p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Auswendiglernen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich nicht sündige.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Nachdenken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / @@ -18,10 +16,9 @@ nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, -was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“</span> -</p><p>Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“</span></p><p>Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle Finger berühren kann. Wir können über Gottes Wort nachdenken während wir irgendeines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein Schlüssel zur Offenbarung. Ein junger Christ muss die Bibel mehr hören und -lesen als sie zu studieren und Dinge zu lernen. Durch diese Vorgehensweise -wird er mit der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +lesen als sie zu studieren und auswendig zu lernen, damit er mit der +Gesamtbotschaft der Bibel vetraut wird.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 750954c..96caa73 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text -durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, d.h. nach -dem Vers, der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass sie -fertig sind? Überprüfen Sie das Ergebnis, indem sie verschiedene Stellen -heraussuchen und dann überlegen ob diese zum Gedanken des Schlüsselverses -passen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die -Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“</span>? Gibt der Text +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text für sich +durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, dem Vers, +der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass Sie ihn ausfindig +gemacht haben? Überprüfen Sie ihn, indem sie verschiedene Stellen des +Abschnittes heraussuchen und dann überlegen, ob diese dem Gedanken des +Schlüsselverses entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie +ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“</span>? Gibt der Text irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? <span class="emphasis"><em>Unsere Absichten!</em></span> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es -vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie geben </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>lass es nicht vor dir herposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">vor -sich herposaunen lassen</span>“</span>?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie geben </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>lass es nicht vor dir herausposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">vor sich herausposaunen</span>“</span> lassen?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index b5f09d0..9485694 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhalt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhalt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt -wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kontext"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst -die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten -Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Querverweise"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kontext"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heißt die Devise - +der Abschnitt muss in der Struktur der gesamten Passage und des gesamten +Buches Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Querverweise"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html index d821c16..e8d93fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Thematische Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Thematische Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Charakterstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in 1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Textauszugsstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 0d766c6..16478c4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,19 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses -heraus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Eine thematische Studie durchführen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie das Wort -"Erlösung" studieren möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der -Konkordanz nachschlagen und die aufgelisteten Stellen nachschlagen. Dann -könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen Stellen nachschlagen -, z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld ", sogar "kaufen" oder -"erkauft." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Richtet -nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“</span> und 1. Korinther 2,15 -(Lutherbibel von 1545) <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von -niemand gerichtet.</span>“</span> entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei -verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" -im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Matthäus 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine -Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das verwendete griechische -Wort. Schreiben Sie es auf.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</span>“</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</span>“</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Eine thematische Studie durchführen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen</h3></div></div></div><p>Angenommen, Sie wollten das Wort "Erlösung" studieren. Zuerst würden Sie das +Wort in der Konkordanz nachschlagen und die dazu aufgelisteten Stellen +nachschlagen. Dann könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen +Stellen nachschlagen, z. B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld", sogar "kaufen" oder +"erkauft".</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Mt 7,1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Richtet nicht, +damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“</span> und 1. Kor 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der +Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von niemand gerichtet.</span>“</span> +entdecken würden? Vielleicht stehen hier zwei verschiedene griechische +Wörter, die beide mit "richten"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen +ab jetzt Strongnummern).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Mt 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine +Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das zugrunde liegende griechische +Wort. Schreiben Sie sie auf.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, also ist die Sprache Griechisch, während das AT in Hebräisch ist). Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2919 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und -Sie haben ihre Antwort! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Die Bedeutung von Namen finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Sie haben Ihre Antwort!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Die Bedeutung von Namen finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html index 7d461a4..a299ce3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin; +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin; und sie ist's die von mir zeugt; aber ihr wollt nicht zu mir kommen, dass -ihr das Leben hättet.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh. 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther +ihr das Leben hättet.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh. 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther sagte <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Wir gehen nur zur Wiege um des Kindes willen</span>“</span>; genauso ist es mit dem Bibelstudium, wir tun es nicht um unser selbst willen, -sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift -gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He -who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of -the world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier -wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht. [...]</p><p>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, +sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift +gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He who +has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the +world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier wurden sie +schmerzlich getäuscht. [...]</p><p>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck, nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie Christus zu finden.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index cd5dd4c..dfc29ae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,37 +1,35 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4,12 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig und -kräftig...</span>“</span></em></span>, Jesus sagte <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt. 4,4), <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er -aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom -Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus den Mund Gottes geht." -</span>“</span></em></span> Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in -unsere Herzen hinein zu legen in einer immerwieder frischen Art. -</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott -eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>“</span></em></span> Glauben Sie das? -Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in -Betracht. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber aktzeptierte es als -Tatsache, dass hinter ihnen allen ein göttlicher Autor stand. Er konnte -sowohl 'Mose sagt' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er konnte -einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des -Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Ähnlich sagt Er 'Wie fein hat -von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und das, was -er weiter zitierte, war die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 & -Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des neuen Testamentes -ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift. Für sie wahr es -genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten vielfach und auf vielerlei -Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie -'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' -(2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder in dieser Art und Weise -gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch -haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen um das Wort des göttlichen -Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden -Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ... -</p><p> -Dies war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. Das -Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum Christen -an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus Christus -selbst ihn gelehrt hat. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre, -zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass -der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk -geschickt. </span>“</span></em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel -wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie -unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb 4,12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig +und kräftig...</em></span>" Jesus sagte <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt 4,4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>Es steht geschrieben: 'Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, +sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem Mund Gottes geht.'</em></span>" +Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in unsere Herzen hinein +zu legen in einer immer wieder frischen Art.</p><p>2. Tim 3:16 erklärt "<span class="emphasis"><em>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott eingegeben +[wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</em></span>" Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, +ziehen Sie Jesu Haltung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber setzte es als Tatsache +voraus, dass hinter ihnen allen ein einziger göttlicher Autor stand. Er +konnte sowohl 'Mose sagte' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er +konnte einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des +Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Gleichermaßen sagte Er, 'Wie +fein hat von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und +zitierte weiter fortfahrend die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 +& Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des Neuen +Testamentes ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift +erlangt. Für sie wahr es genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten +vielfach und auf vielerlei Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die +Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie 'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben +Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder +in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen +Autoren zu tilgen, noch haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um +das Wort des göttlichen Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer +sprachen. Keiner der beiden Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen +abzulenken. ...</p><p>Dies also war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes +Zeuge. Das Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, +warum Christen an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus +Christus selbst ihn gelehrt hat.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: " <span class="emphasis"><em>ist nütze zur Lehre, zur +Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der +Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. </em></span>" +Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird +die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des +Glaubens und Wandels ist.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 3eccd45..519e132 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ermahnungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p> -2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu -erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort -der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>“</span></em></span> -</p><p> -Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ermahnungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen +als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort der +Wahrheit recht austeilt.</em></span>"</p><p>Kolosser 3,16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Lasst das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren -Herzen. </span>“</span></em></span> -</p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </p><p> -Nicht wenig!</p><p> -Prediger 12,11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und wie -eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem Hirten -gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des vielen -Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib -müde. </em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Herzen.</em></span>"</p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?</p><p>Nicht wenig!</p><p>Prediger 12,11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und +wie eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem +Hirten gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des +vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib +müde.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 8f18556..595eff9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p> -Joh. 8,32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit wird -euch frei machen.</em></span>" Dies wird normalerweise durch sich selbst +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p>Joh. 8,32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit +wird euch frei machen.</em></span>" Dies wird normalerweise für sich selbst zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? Findet es Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort heraus, -indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes in Vers 31 untersuchen "<span class="emphasis"><em>Wenn -ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig meine -Jünger...</em></span>"</p><p>Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der -Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</p><p>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint -einen <span class="emphasis"><em>gewaltsamen Wind</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>Als Folge sind wir +indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes untersuchen, in Vers 31, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig +meine Jünger...</em></span>"</p><p>Wir sehen, dass dies ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, das speziell von der +Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</p><p>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4,14 benutzt wird, meint +einen "<span class="emphasis"><em>gewaltsamen Wind</em></span>". "<span class="emphasis"><em>Als Folge sind wir nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von -jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der +jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>". Eine Sache, die das Studieren der Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der -Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>“</span>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil -ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>“</span></em></span> -Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht "weggeblasen werden".</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen,</em></span> +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ihr irrt, weil ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft +Gottes.</em></span>" Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Kraft</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html index 52bfb82..8728f38 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,25 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: „Einer für Alle“</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: „Einer für Alle“</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus wird durch ein Wort des Griechischen Testamentes ausgedrückt, nämlich durch das Adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> und <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. Es wird normalerweise mit "einmal" oder "ein für allemal" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von "einmal für immer" -[<span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version" eng. "once", "once +[<span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version") engl. "once", "once for all" kann auch als "endgültig" übersetzt werden</em></span>]. Es wird für das benutzt, was ewige Gültigkeit hat und niemals Wiederholung benötigt und es wird im Neuen Testament auf Offenbarung und Erlösung angewandt. Folglich -bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen +bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der ein für allemal den Heiligen überliefert wurde (Judas 3), und Römer sagt "<span class="emphasis"><em>Denn was er gestorben ist, das ist er der Sünde gestorben ein für allemal [...]</em></span>" (Römer -6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28). </p><p> -Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und das -Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die christliche -Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in Christus erfüllt -sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne abträglich für Christus -zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten +6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28).</p><p>Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und +dass Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die +christliche Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in +Christus erfüllt sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne +abträglich für Christus zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten [<span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. d. Übers. eigentlich rock = Felsen</em></span>] wurde die -protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den -Ergänzungen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne den -Ergänzungen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren -waren <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> für die Autorität und +protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne das +Hinzufügen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne das +Hinzufügen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren +waren <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> für unsere Autorität und <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> für unsere Erlösung.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index d3a9e07..f31f706 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,13 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p>Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchlaufen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit #4 oder #2 mit #5. Verändern Sie den Leseplan von Jahr zu Jahr um ihn frisch -zu halten. -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +zu halten.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage die Woche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 lesen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie -das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 5257261..2172a21 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p> -Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>Eins</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p>Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>Eins</td></tr><tr><td>Welche?</td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html index c989c1d..6a1df6a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,37 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p> -Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, -dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr -glaubet.</span>“</span> </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit -nieder, die das Wort durchführt. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26 -</td><td>es reinigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im -Wort...</span>“</span> -</td></tr><tr><td> -Apostelgeschichte 20,32 -</td><td> -es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p>Was wird das Studium der Bibel für Sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,13 sagt, +dass die Bibel "<span class="emphasis"><em>auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet.</em></span>" +Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift das Werk nieder, das das Wort verrichtet.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26</td><td>es reinigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...</span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>Apostelgeschichte 20,32</td><td>es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und euch das Erbe zu geben mit allen, die -geheiligt sind. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -Römer 15,4 -</td><td> -es ermutigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +geheiligt sind. "</td></tr><tr><td>Römer 15,4</td><td>es ermutigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung -haben. </span>“</span> -</td></tr><tr><td> -Römer 10,17 -</td><td> -es gibt Glauben -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen -aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“</span> -</td></tr><tr><td> -1. Korinther 10,11 -</td><td> -es warnt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber -geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“</span> -</td></tr><tr><td> -Matthäus 4,4 -</td><td> -Nahrung -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +haben. </span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>Römer 10,17</td><td>es gibt Glauben -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>1. Korinther 10,11</td><td>es warnt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>Matthäus 4,4</td><td>Nahrung -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem -Wort Gottes geht."</span>“</span> -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Wort Gottes geht."</span>“</span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html index b05d82f..7f64d8a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,31 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes -Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine primäre Möglichkeit, mit Gott -kommunizieren zu lernen.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig -bezüglich:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen -Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl insgesamt als auch jährlich der -Bestseller. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 -verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben. Sie liest -sich jedoch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament -Documents Reliable?</em></span> die Manuskripte des neuen Testamentes mit -anderen altertümlichen Texten: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Neues Testament</td><td>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</td><td>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</td><td>30 - 310 Jahre</td><td>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Es existieren zehn Kopien von Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischem Krieg</em></span>, -die erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsars das Original schrieb, kopiert -usw. Für das neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 -n.Chr. datiert werden; Schriftstücke aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten -Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des -Johannesevangeliums von 130 n.Chr. Wie viele Ausgaben haben wir, um sie -miteinander zu vergleichen? 5000 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes +Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine der primären Möglichkeiten, +mit Gott kommunizieren zu lernen.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>Die Bibel ist in vielerlei Hinsicht unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig +bezüglich:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen +Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl der Gesamt- als auch der jährliche +Bestseller.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 +verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben und liest +sich doch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament +Documents Reliable?</em></span> die Manuskripte des Neuen Testamentes mit +anderen altertümlichen Texten:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Neues Testament</td><td>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</td><td>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</td><td>30 - 310 Jahre</td><td>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Zehn Kopien von Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischem Krieg</em></span> existieren, die +erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsar das Original schrieb kopiert, usw. Für +das Neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 +n.Chr. datiert werden; Papyri aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten Teil des +Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des Johannesevangeliums von +130 n.Chr. Wie viele Manuskripte haben wir, um sie miteinander zu +vergleichen? 5000 in griechisch und 10000 in lateinisch!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen -alten Prosaschriften." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +alten Prosaschriften."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", Bd. 1, S. 561, Macmillan Co., zitiert in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> S. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html index adf58be..26533ac 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,28 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu erfolgen. Was sagen die Verse jeder Seite aus? Was ist das Thema des Kapitels? Des Buches? Stimmt Ihre Auslegung mit diesen überein? Wenn nicht, so ist sie fehlerhaft. Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem, was wir zur richtigen Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist der -Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung nach der Auslegung -des Textes ín seinem Zusammenhang bestehen bleibt, müssen wir weiter -nachforschen.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 -<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>“</span></em></span> Im -Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von +Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung bestehen bleibt, +nach dem wir den Text innerhalb seines Zusammenhanges ausgelegt haben, +müssen wir weiter nachforschen.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist"</em></span> betrachtet. Im Bezug +auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von Jesus und Nikodemus diskutierten Themas wäre. Halten Sie Ausschau nach einem -plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis sein, dass ihre +plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis darauf sein, dass ihre Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist das Fruchtwasser, "geboren aus Wasser" = natürliche Geburt.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der -Gemeindeversammlung</span>“</span> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von -1. Korinther 11,5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet -[...]</span>“</span> genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und -jeder lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer -Sünden [...]"</span>“</span> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der -einzige Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies -folgern. Aber in dem Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stelle, dass -Wiedergeburt durch den Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders -auslegen. Petrus erklärt seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das -Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu -werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <span class="emphasis"><em>"Denn -Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu -verkünden"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Gemeindeversammlung</span>“</span> muss im biblischen Zusammenhang von 1. Korinther +11,5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...]</span>“</span> +gesehen werden.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und jeder +lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer Sünden +[...]"</span>“</span> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der einzige Vers +der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. Aber in dem +Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stellen, dass Wiedergeburt durch den +Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. Petrus erklärt +seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn +die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in +1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <span class="emphasis"><em>"Denn Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu +taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index c087261..6c597c6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p> -Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Was bedeutet dies für mich?</span>“</span> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Was bedeutet dies für mich?</span>“</span>, sondern <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Was hat es für die ursprünglichen Leser bedeutet?</span>“</span>; später können wir fragen <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Was bedeutet es für mich?</span>“</span>. Wir müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autors und der -Empfänger in Betracht ziehen.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> "3 Tage & 3 Nächte" (Mt.12,40) haben zu einer "Mittwochs -Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie -konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen auferstehen und -trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? Genaue Bedeutungen -von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren Widerspruch zu -erklären.</p><p>Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil +Empfänger in Betracht ziehen.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 Tage & 3 Nächte</span>“</span> (Mt. 12,40) haben zu einer +"Mittwochs-Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders zum Kult des +Armstrongismus. Wie konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen +auferstehen und trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? +Genaue Bedeutungen von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren +Widerspruch zu erklären.</p><p>Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil eines Tages als vollen Tag, so wie wir Eimer Wasser zählen würden (wenn wir sechs und einen halben Eimer Wasser hätten, würden wir sagen dass es sieben -Eimer Wasser sind, sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es +Eimer Wasser sind, auch wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es jüdische Art, dass jeder Teil eines Tages als voller Tag gezählt wurde, Tage -begannen um 18h und endeten um 18h. Freitag von 15h bis 18h = -1. Tag. Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18h bis Sonntag -vielleicht 5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung innerhalbi des kulturellen Kontexts -hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von +begannen um 18 Uhr und endeten um 18 Uhr. Freitag von 15 Uhr bis 18 Uhr = +Tag 1. Freitag von 18 Uhr bis Samstag 18 Uhr = Tag 2. Samstag 18 Uhr bis +Sonntag vielleicht 5 Uhr = Tag 3. Die Auslegung innerhalb des kulturellen +Kontexts hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von Tieren in zwei Teile und das nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen die normale -Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner +Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vertrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner gingen dazwischen hindurch, das Gelöbnis leistend, dass Zerstückelung auf sie kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages einhielten. Aber -in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen Vetrag -macht.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen +Vertrag macht.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html index fb332a0..6c0944d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,27 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</h2></div></div></div><p>Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich -sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“</span> in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht +sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“</span> in Mt. 6,23.</p><p>Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht weiter. Regel 2, Zusammenhang: Dies scheint uns nur noch mehr zu verwirren. Es scheint nicht mit dem zu passen, was davor und danach steht! -Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen.</p><p>Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, "böses Auge". Lasst uns -andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Oder -habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was mein ist? Siehst -du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so gütig [wörtl. "gut"] -bin?</em></span>". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu haben, ein Idiom für -geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen, -wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</span></p><p> -Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um -nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Wenn sie Menschen -davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden -können wie Er es war. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) forderte eine Gruppe von -Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Versaufzählung wie dieser heraus. Dr. Martin -forderte die Mormonen dann auf eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 +Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen.</p><p>Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">böses +Auge</span>“</span>. Lasst uns andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: +Mt. 20,15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, +mit dem was mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so +gütig [wörtl. "gut"] bin?</em></span>". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu +haben, ein Idiom für geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück +zu Mt. 6 und sehen, wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang +passt.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</span></p><p>Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um +nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Haben sie Menschen +davon überzeugt, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden können +just wie Er es ist! Bei einem Vortrag, den Walter Martin (Autor von +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) hielt, forderte eine Gruppe von +Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Aufzählung solcher Verse heraus. Dr. Martin +forderte die Mormonen dann auf, eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht wirst du haben -unter seinen Flügeln...</span>“</span>. W.M. folgerte "Mit den selben Regeln der -Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mann ist, -haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist." Die Mormonen -mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +unter seinen Flügeln...</span>“</span>. W. M. folgerte <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit denselben Regeln +der Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mensch +ist, haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist</span>“</span>. Die +Mormonen mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position +begriffen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 9587a08..3cd15ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p><p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p><p>Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des Sähmanns ein Sinnbild. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind Sorgen und Gier, usw. Aber die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern einfache Geschichten, um einen bestimmten Punkt zu verdeutlichen. Es ist -gefährlich unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so gedreht -werden, um alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre aus klaren -Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis zusätzlich -verdeutlicht ist es hilfreich.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese +gefährlich, unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so +gedreht werden, um alle möglichen Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre +aus klaren Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis diese +zusätzlich verdeutlicht, ist es hilfreich.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese Geschichte verdeutlicht eine Lektion: Mut im Gebet. [Anm. d. Üb.: im Engl. "boldness in prayer"]. Wenn wir das Ganze in eine Allegorie verwandeln, was haben wir dann?</p><p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der -springendePunkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie? </p><p>Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der +springende Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?</p><p>Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der vorbereitenden Benutzung von Dingen, für eine Zeit, in der er sie nicht -haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, -nämlich seinen Herren zu hintergehen. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, mit +dem er seinen Herrn hintergeht.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html index e38b9f6..631a11c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,64 +1,67 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Wir haben bereits von den "3 C" gehört: Inhalt (="content"), Kontext (="context") und Querverweise (="cross-reference"). Wir möchten dies nun -durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel der +durch kurzes Befassen mit der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel es ist, die Absicht der ursprünglichen Autoren (und des Autors!) herauszufinden. Während viele Anwendungen eines Abschnittes möglich sind, -ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt, dass -keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Und das -sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der Schrift eine Sache -eigener Auslegung ist</span>“</span>). Verschiedene Regeln können dabei helfen, die -korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung dieser Regeln haben -Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große Schwierigkeiten -gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] in denen einige Dinge schwer zu -verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen verdrehen, wie auch -die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis.</span>“</span></p><p>Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines -Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass ihre +ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt dies +dadurch, dass keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Und das sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der +Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist</span>“</span>). Verschiedene Regeln +können dabei helfen, die korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung +dieser Regeln haben Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große +Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] in denen einige Dinge +schwer zu verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen +verdrehen, wie auch die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen +Verdammnis.</span>“</span></p><p>Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines +Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass Ihre Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Vers gezogen wurde, dessen Bedeutung -ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein +Ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein können, desto besser ist unsere Auslegung. Versuchen Sie die exakte Bedeutung der Schlüsselwörter zu finden, indem sie die folgenden Schritte befolgen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Bestimmung"><b>Bestimmung. </b>Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch- -Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Querverweise"><b>Querverweise. </b>Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie das selbe griechische -oder hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, -kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe Autor -das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten ihnen -auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. Warum -müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das deutsche -Wort nicht gut genug? <span class="emphasis"><em>Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort in das -selbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter -verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben +Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Querverweise"><b>Querverweise. </b>Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie dasselbe griechische oder +hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, kann +die Begriffsbestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe +Autor das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten +Ihnen auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten +geben. Warum müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist +das deutsche Wort nicht gut genug? <span class="emphasis"><em>Weil mehr als ein griechisches +Wort in dasselbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen +Wörter verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben können.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh. 20,17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Rühre mich nicht an"</em></span> klingt hart, oder? Es -klingt, dass Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo er auferstanden -ist, dass er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches ist. Aber das scheint nicht +klingt, als ob Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo Er auferstanden +ist, als ob Er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches sei. Aber das scheint nicht richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991) nachschlagen.</p><p>Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem Wort "Rühre" "pim680". Die Buchstaben geben uns einen Code für den Teil der Sprache, und die Nummer bezieht sich auf das Stronglexikon. Lasst uns die Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). "680. Haptomai; von hapto (681), -berühren. Bezieht sich auf solche Behandlung auf ein Objekt, die darauf -einen verändernden Einfluß ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao (5584), -was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen wir nun -"pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der +berühren. Bezieht sich auf eine solche Behandlung eines Objektes, die auf +dieses einen verändernden Einfluss ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao +(5584), was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen +wir nun "pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der Offenbarung; auf Seite 849 sehen wir, dass pim für "Präsens Imperativ Aktiv (80)" steht. Auf Seite 857 steht "Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen Rede kann es ein Gebot bezeichnen, etwas in der Zukunft zu tun, was eine andauernde oder wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist, ein Gebot, eine Handlung zu beenden." Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl, -so dass es dafür da ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir -nun herausgefunden?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn -nicht weiter festhalten solle!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <span class="emphasis"><em>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, +so dass er dazu erteilt ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben +wir nun herausgefunden?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn +nicht weiter festhalten solle!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <span class="emphasis"><em>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, der krank ist, beten und ihn mit Öl salben</em></span>. Was meint dieses -salben?</p><p>Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Stroong); wir haben jedoch auch ein +salben?</p><p>Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Strong); wir haben jedoch auch ein anderes griechisches Wort, das mit "salben" übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) - -"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d.h. weihen für einen amtlichen oder +"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, u. a. weihen für einen amtlichen oder religiösen Dienst" (Strong). Da es ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie auch das Tempus in Betracht, "apta" Aorist Partizip Aktiv. "Das Aorist Partizip drückt einfache Handlung aus, im Gegensatz zur andauernden Handlung... Wenn die Beziehung zum Hauptverb temporal ist, kennzeichnet es normalerweise eine -Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. " (Zodhiates +Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet." (Zodhiates S. 851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie mit dem Öl.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 4,18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich @@ -66,21 +69,17 @@ gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht bringe...</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist und mit Kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: -<span class="emphasis"><em>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE -GEISTLICHE</em></span>.</p><p>Zur Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" ist eine praktische Benutzung von Öl und "chrio" eine +geistliche</em></span>.</p><p>Eine Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den von Räubern geschlagenen Mann sorgte und mit Öl und Wein die Wunden -säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu. -</p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 -anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu.</p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch dieses Wortstudium gerade Gelernte auf Jakobus +5,14 anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im -Namen des Herrn.</span>“</span></em></span> Ist hier <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">salben</span>“</span> geistlich -oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p> -Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit +Namen des Herrn."</em></span> Ist hier "salben" geistlich oder praktisch +gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p>Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit "gesalbt haben" übersetzt, gemäß der Reihenfolge zuerst des Salbens und dann des Gebets ("Im Namen des Herrn" bezieht sich auf das Gebet, nicht auf das Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die Ältesten der kranken Person Medizin geben -und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt dass nicht das -wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem in unserem -Gott aus? -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt das nicht das wunderbare +Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem bei unseremGott aus?</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html index e5e889f..c027b4f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html @@ -1,23 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. Es ist die Hoffnung des BibleTime Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">Das BibleTime-Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 Das Team von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist -unter die Bestimmungen der "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike" Lizenz gestellt. - </p><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. des Übersetzers:</em></span> Der deutsche Text der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. Es ist die Hoffnung des BibleTime-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen, dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">Das BibleTime-Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist +unter die Bestimmungen der Lizenz <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a> gestellt.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. des Übersetzers:</em></span> Der deutsche Text der Bibelstellen ist meistens der deutschen revidierten Lutherbibel von 1984 -entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p> - Die <span class="application">Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy -HowTo)</span> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. - </p><p> - Es ist die Hoffnung des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser +entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p>Die <span class="application">Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy +HowTo)</span> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel.</p><p>Es ist die Hoffnung des <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine -bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die -Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung -herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht -enttäuschen. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen, +dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie +mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr +Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index f70bf81..34d2611 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,198 +1,274 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bible Study Basics</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that -in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you -are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just so -in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the -Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to -himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</para> -<para>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of -Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus -Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that -through it we may meet Christ.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title> -<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hear</title> -<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and -observe it.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Read</title> -<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Study</title> -<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in -Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself -approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling -accurately the word of truth.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorize</title> -<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not -sin against Thee.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditate</title> -<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And -in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted -by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not -wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> -</para> - -<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all -the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the -Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they become -familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Topical Study</title> -<para>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a -concordance.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Character Study</title> -<para>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in -Gen.37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Expository Study</title> -<para>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Content</title> -<para>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful -with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Context</title> -<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make -sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Cross-reference</title> -<para>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God -doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums -up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself -if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area -of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our -righteousness:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give - <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>To Find a Particular Verse</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn to this word alphabetically.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>To Do a Topical Study </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the -concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. -"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</title> -<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 -<quote>He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in -English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. - Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the - OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>To Find Meanings of Names</title> -<para>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</para> -<para>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Joshua</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabus</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Bible Study Basics</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> + <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them + you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; + and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have + life.</para> + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. + Martin Luther said + <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; + just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for + fellowship with God.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, + <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess + Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, + "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to + himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in + itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</para> + <para>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of + Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces + us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is + an eager expectation that through it we may meet Christ.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Approaches to God's Word</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the + scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view + of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, + studying and memorization together and cements the word in our + minds.</para> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Hear</title> + <para>Lk.11:28 + <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + it.</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Read</title> + <para>Rev.1:3 + <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of + this prophecy [...]</quote></para> + <para>1 Tim.4:13 + <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture + [...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Study</title> + <para>Acts 17:11 + <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in + Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, + examining the Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were + so.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 + <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to + God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling + accurately the word of truth.</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Memorize</title> + <para>Ps.119:11 + <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin + against Thee.</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Meditate</title> + <para>Ps.1:2-3 + <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law + he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly + planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its + season, And its leaf does not wither; And in whatever he does, he + prospers.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb + can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do + any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new + Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to + study and memorize it. This is so that they become familiar with + the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Types of Bible Studies</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Topical Study</title> + <para>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using + cross-references or a concordance.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Character Study</title> + <para>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life + in Gen.37-50.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>Expository Study</title> + <para>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or + book.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Content</title> + <para>What does it say? What does it say in the original + language? Be careful with definitions. Don't read into it what it + doesn't say.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Context</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the + rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the + entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Cross-reference</title> + <para>What do other verses about this subject say through the + rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our + interpretation needs to stand the test of other + scriptures.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first + looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole + passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in + the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of + the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of + your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be + noticed</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does + <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage + give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? + <emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this + thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you fast</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you pray</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to + avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone + <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>do it secretly.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>To Find a Particular Verse</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the + verse.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn to this word alphabetically.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of listings until you find your + verse.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>To Do a Topical Study</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word + "redemption." First you would look up that word in the + concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could + look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. + "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between + Mt.7:1 + <quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 + <quote>He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe + there are two different Greek words here, both being translated + "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right + is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write + it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, + you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is + Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 + and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>To Find Meanings of Names</title> + <para>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in + the Greek or Hebrew.</para> + <para>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nabal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigail</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Joshua</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabus</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 4e837bc..ef04265 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,311 +1,351 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importance of God's Word</title> -<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on -God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>A Book that is Unique</title> -<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> -compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Work</entry> -<entry>When Written</entry> -<entry>Earliest Copy</entry> -<entry>Time Lapse</entry><entry>Number of Copies</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Herodotus</entry> -<entry>448-428 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> -<entry>1300 years</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacitus</entry> -<entry>100 A.D.</entry><entry>1100 A.D.</entry> -<entry>1000 years</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> -<entry>50-58 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> -<entry>950 years</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> -<entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> -<entry>900 years</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>New Testament</entry> -<entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry><entry>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 -A.D. Full manuscripts</entry> <entry>30 - 310 years</entry><entry>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest of which was copied -900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have -full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New -Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How -many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 -in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the -Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> p. -25-26</attribution><para>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which -it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably -alone among other ancient prose writings." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and active... -</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that -proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. -</para> -<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., -God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider Jesus' attitude -toward the Scriptures. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for -granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say -'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in -Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He -said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He -went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It -is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true to -say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to -say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not -speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor -did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God -spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. ... -</para> -<para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for -correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, -equipped for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God -speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of faith -and conduct. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>A Book that Works</title> -<para> -What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible -"<emphasis>performs its work in you -who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word -performs. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>What does Bible study do for Christians?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Reference</entry> -<entry>Action</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Eph. 5:26 -</entry> -<entry>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Acts 20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -builds up -- -" -...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the -inheritance among all those who are sanctified. -" -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Rom. 15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -encourages -- "that through perseverance and the -encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Rom. 10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -gives faith -- -"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of -Christ." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Cor. 10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -instructs -- -"Now these things happened to them for an example, -and they were written for our instruction" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Mt. 4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -nourishment -- -"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, -but on every word that proceeds out of the -mouth of God.'" -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>A Book that Liberates</title> -<para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you -free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by -itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to -all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the -sentence, in v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the truth of God's word.</para> - -<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind.</emphasis> -"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by -waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</emphasis>"One -thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the -result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> - -<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not -understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para> -<para>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>God's word</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>God's power </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A Book that Wars</title> -<para> -Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Spiritual Armor</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Question</entry> -<entry>Answer</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>How many are offensive?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> -<row><entry>Which one(s)? </entry><entry>the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortations</title> -<para> -2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly -dividing the word of truth.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another -with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you -have? </para> -<para> -Not a little!</para> - -<para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these -collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But -beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and -excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendix: "Once for -All"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the -finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek -Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and -<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as -to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT -to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was -once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" -(Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once -for all and Christ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian -revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ complete. -Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory to Christ... These are -the two rocks on which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed -word without the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without -the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your -Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, -or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a -week.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, -corresponding to the day of the month.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, -for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs -one chapter per day.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if -you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Importance of God's Word</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call + on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we + learn to communicate with God.</para> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>A Book that is Unique</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 + million per year. The Bible is both the all-time and + year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by + 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as + if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in + <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents + Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with + other ancient texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient + texts.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Work</entry> + <entry>When Written</entry> + <entry>Earliest Copy</entry> + <entry>Time Lapse</entry> + <entry>Number of Copies</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Herodotus</entry> + <entry>448-428 B.C.</entry> + <entry>900 A.D.</entry> + <entry>1300 years</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacitus</entry> + <entry>100 A.D.</entry> + <entry>1100 A.D.</entry> + <entry>1000 years</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Caesar's + <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> + <entry>50-58 B.C.</entry> + <entry>900 A.D.</entry> + <entry>950 years</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Livy's + <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> + <entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry> + <entry>900 A.D.</entry> + <entry>900 years</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>New Testament</entry> + <entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry> + <entry>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full + manuscripts</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 years</entry> + <entry>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's + <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest of which was + copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New + Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri + containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment + of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to + compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in + the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in + <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it + rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and + unapproachably alone among other ancient prose writings."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>A Book that God Breathed</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> + "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and active...</emphasis>" + Jesus said + <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" + <emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on + every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of + God.</emphasis>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to + speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " + <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., + God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, + consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, + <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted + that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally + say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a + comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the + Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah + prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went + on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & + Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament + authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of + Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of + old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say + that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). + God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality + of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to + corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. + Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. + ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their + witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the + testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes + in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself + taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " + <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training + in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for + every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is + God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all + matters of faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>A Book that Works</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says + that the Bible " + <emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside + each scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>What does Bible study do for Christians?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Reference</entry> + <entry>Action</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Eph. 5:26</entry> + <entry>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing + of water with the word."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Acts 20:32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is + able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among + all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rom. 15:4</entry> + <entry>encourages -- "that through perseverance and the + encouragement of the Scriptures we might have + hope."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rom. 10:17</entry> + <entry>gives faith -- "So faith comes from hearing, and + hearing by the word of Christ."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Cor. 10:11</entry> + <entry>instructs -- "Now these things happened to them for + an example, and they were written for our + instruction"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Mt. 4:4</entry> + <entry>nourishment -- "But He answered and said, 'It is + written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every + word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.'"</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>A Book that Liberates</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " + <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make + you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a + conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds + of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the + sentence, in v.31. " + <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of + Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically + speaking of the truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a + <emphasis>violent wind.</emphasis>" + <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here + and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of + doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is + to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily + "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" + <emphasis>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the + Scriptures, or the power of God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from + error?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>God's word</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>God's power</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>A Book that Wars</title> + <para>Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Spiritual Armor</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Question</entry> + <entry>Answer</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive + weapons?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>How many are offensive?</entry> + <entry>One</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Which one(s)?</entry> + <entry>the word - + <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Exhortations</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " + <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that + needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of + truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " + <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all + wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns + and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to + God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you + have?</para> + <para>Not a little!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " + <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of + these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one + Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many + books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to + the body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, + <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in + Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the + adverb + <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and + <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated + in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used + of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need + repetition, and is applied in the NT to both revelation and + redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once for all + delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " + <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" + (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ + has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian + revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ + complete. Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory + to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the Protestant + Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition + of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the + addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were + <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority + and + <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase>for our + salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your + Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance + #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to + keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 + days a week.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each + day, corresponding to the day of the month.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each + day, for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, + & 140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms + and Proverbs one chapter per day.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: + if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping + over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in + 2 years and 2 weeks.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index aadc189..803e639 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,212 +1,329 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by -delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says -this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no -prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; -by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are -some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to -their own destruction.</quote></para> - -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been -drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. -Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definition</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Cross-reference</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word - (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author - use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical - documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? - <emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek - words may have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Example 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want -to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look -it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters -give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up -the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying -influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look -up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for -"present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do -something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This -is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated -"anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). - Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, -as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main -verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: - <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: - <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the -definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> - -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good -Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal -use in Jesus' day. -</para> -<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let -him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> -<para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would -be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the -Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person -medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and -spiritual in our God! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the -verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, -it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If -confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Example 2A</title> -<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is -the water under discussion here?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being -discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your -interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Example 2B</title> -<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to be taken within the biblical -context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Example 2C</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, -and let each of you be baptized in the name of -Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the -only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching -elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging -baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, -how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title> -<para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. -We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have -led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," -esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning -yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the -apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets -of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish -mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 -p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = -day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Example 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context -is that cutting animals in two and then walking between -the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking -the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But -in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and -figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Example 4A</title> -<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even -more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't -understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 -"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I -am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. -Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Example 4B</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> -<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> -<para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we -are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a -lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) -with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same -rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons -had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title> -<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</emphasis></para> -<para>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</para> - -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of -God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one -point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get -our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Example 5A</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one -lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para> -<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer -"bothers" Him, etc.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Example 5B</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it -an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a -time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> -</section> - -</section> +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, + cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into + biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended + by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a + passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture + itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private + interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV + <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any + private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward + discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have + brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 + <quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the + untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the + Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a + passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular + verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? + Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + words.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning + of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the + exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. + For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Cross-reference</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same + Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in + scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. + How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other + authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word + in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to + the original languages; why isn't the English word good + enough? + <emphasis>Because more than one Greek word may be translated + into the same English word, and the Greek words may have + different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Example 1A</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 + <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't + it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is + risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem + right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' + <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG + Publishers, 1991).</para> + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" + we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of + speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. + Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto + (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a + modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao + (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of + something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates + come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for + "present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. + In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in + the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when + it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a + negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is + already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying + to stop holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Example 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, + <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is + sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we + also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - + "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or + religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the + tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist + participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous + action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it + usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." + (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your + head</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might + come and anoint Him.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many + sick people and healing them.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them + with the perfume</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and + wiped them with her hair</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.4:18 + <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has + anointed me to preach [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost + and power</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look + back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up + the difference: + <emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a + spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the + practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared + for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the + wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to + James 5:14 + <emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of + the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in + the name of the Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or + practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be + better translated "having anointed," so the order is the + anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers + to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the + elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in + the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of + practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do + the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The + book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is + flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly + interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to + the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, + we have to look further.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Example 2A</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 + <emphasis>"born of water and the Spirit."</emphasis>In context, + what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be + a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and + Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a + clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the + amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Example 2B</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 + <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to be + taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 + <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying + [...]</quote></para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Example 2C</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 + <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be + baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your + sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If + this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to + conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere + that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to + interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his + hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to + being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 + <emphasis>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach + the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context</title> + <para>At first we are not asking + <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but + <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we + can ask, + <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into + account the historical and cultural background of the author and + the recipients.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Example 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to + come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of + Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise + Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact + meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent + contradiction.</para> + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a + day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there + were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 + buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the + Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days + started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 + p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday + 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the + cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Example 3B</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals + in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of + entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked + between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to + them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in + this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral + covenant.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be + figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special + meanings.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Example 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule + 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit + with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we + aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, + <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: + Mt.20:15 " + <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is + my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous + [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a + Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and + notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the + context.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Example 4B</title> + <para>Is.59:1 + <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> + <para>Deut.33:27 + <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day + Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they + convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become + God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of + Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of + <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of + verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one + more scripture: Ps.91:4 + <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings + shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, + <quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved + God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The + Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their + position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory</title> + <para>An allegory is: + <emphasis>A story where each element has a + meaning.</emphasis></para> + <para>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of + the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns + are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories + but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get + our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of + things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay + it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Example 5A</title> + <para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in + Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. + If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para> + <para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is + reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, + etc.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Example 5B</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What + is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness + in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have + it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in + cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook index cc59daf..37734ac 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,69 +9,50 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> - - <copyright> - <year>2001-2009</year> - <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> - </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and - is licensed under the terms of the license - <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> - "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Abstract</title> - - <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the Bible. - </para> - <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the - readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This - particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to - advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read - and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start - with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your - heart He will not disappoint you. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Study</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - + <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> + <copyright> + <year>1999-2013</year> + <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is + licensed under the terms of the license + <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> + "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible + unless otherwise indicated.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Abstract</title> + <para>The + <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying + the Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo + will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they + say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care + not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We + recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what + they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the + Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Study</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 4e1109e..21fa262 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approaches to God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hear"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and -observe it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Read"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>”</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in -Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span> -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself -approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling -accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorize"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not -sin against Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And -in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted -by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not -wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span> -</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all -the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the -Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they become -familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types of Bible Studies</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approaches to God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the + scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view + of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, + studying and memorization together and cements the word in our + minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hear"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Read"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of + this prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture + [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in + Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, + examining the Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were + so.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to + God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling + accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorize"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin + against Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law + he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly + planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its + season, And its leaf does not wither; And in whatever he does, he + prospers.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb + can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do + any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new + Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to + study and memorize it. This is so that they become familiar with + the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types of Bible Studies</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 33b5520..c10a2cb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,6 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums -up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself -if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area -of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our -righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first + looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole + passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in + the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of + the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of + your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be + noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage + give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? + <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this + thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to + avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 786f2ad..4ff9184 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Content"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful -with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make -sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Cross-reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God -doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Content"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original + language? Be careful with definitions. Don't read into it what it + doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the + rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the + entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Cross-reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the + rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our + interpretation needs to stand the test of other + scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html index 083acca..1b94937 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types of Bible Studies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a -concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Character Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in -Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Expository Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types of Bible Studies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using + cross-references or a concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Character Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life + in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Expository Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or + book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 0c1c200..6633a62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,9 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find a Particular Verse"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Do a Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the -concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. -"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 -<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in -English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. - Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the - OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find Meanings of Names"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find a Particular Verse"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the + verse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your + verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Do a Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word + "redemption." First you would look up that word in the + concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could + look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. + "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between + Mt.7:1 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe + there are two different Greek words here, both being translated + "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right + is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write + it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, + you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is + Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 + and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find Meanings of Names"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in + the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html index 84d239a..5a52b05 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,17 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that -in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you -are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so -in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to -himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</p><p>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of -Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus -Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that -through it we may meet Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the -Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them + you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; + and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have + life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. + Martin Luther said + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; + just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for + fellowship with God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess + Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, + "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to + himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in + itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of + Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces + us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is + an eager expectation that through it we may meet Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, + <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 699fa5e..602413d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,30 +1,39 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that God Breathed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... -</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that -proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., -God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider Jesus' attitude -toward the Scriptures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for -granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say -'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in -Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He -said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He -went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It -is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true to -say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to -say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not -speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor -did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God -spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. ... -</p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "<span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for -correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, -equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God -speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of faith -and conduct. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that God Breathed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> + "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>" + Jesus said + <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" + <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on + every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of + God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to + speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " + <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., + God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, + consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted + that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally + say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a + comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the + Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah + prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went + on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & + Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament + authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of + Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of + old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say + that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). + God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality + of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to + corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. + Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. + ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their + witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the + testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes + in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself + taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, + <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " + <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training + in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for + every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is + God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all + matters of faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index f4e38d1..bcc10ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly -dividing the word of truth.</em></span>" -</p><p> -Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another -with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</em></span>" -</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you -have? </p><p> -Not a little!</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these -collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But -beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and -excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for -All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " + <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that + needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of + truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " + <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all + wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns + and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to + God.</em></span>"</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you + have?</p><p>Not a little!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " + <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of + these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one + Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many + books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to + the body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 8df7b44..3080514 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,12 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Liberates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you -free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by -itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to -all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the -sentence, in v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by -waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One -thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the -result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not -understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>God's word</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Liberates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " + <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make + you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a + conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds + of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the + sentence, in v.31. " + <span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of + Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically + speaking of the truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a + <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>" + <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here + and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of + doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is + to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily + "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" + <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the + Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from + error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>God's word</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>God's power</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html index 9e5d65c..d463c89 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,22 +1,25 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for -All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for -All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the -finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek -Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as -to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT -to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was -once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" -(Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once -for all and Christ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian -revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ complete. -Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory to Christ... These are -the two rocks on which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed -word without the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without -the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in + Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the + adverb + <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and + <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated + in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used + of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need + repetition, and is applied in the NT to both revelation and + redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once for all + delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " + <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" + (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ + has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian + revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ + complete. Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory + to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the Protestant + Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition + of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the + addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were + <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority + and + <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our + salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, + <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity + Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 00f64ce..cef604a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your -Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, -or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a -week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, -corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, -for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs -one chapter per day.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if -you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for -All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your + Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance + #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to + keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 + days a week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each + day, corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each + day, for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, + & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms + and Proverbs one chapter per day.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: + if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping + over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in + 2 years and 2 weeks.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 099f258..fdb35b1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Wars"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> -Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Wars"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p>Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive + weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)?</td><td>the word - + <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html index e476778..c290d2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,40 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p> -What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible -"<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you -who believe.</em></span>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word -performs. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="What does Bible study do for Christians?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26 -</td><td>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Acts 20:32 -</td><td> -builds up -- -" -...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the -inheritance among all those who are sanctified. -" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rom. 15:4 -</td><td> -encourages -- "that through perseverance and the -encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rom. 10:17 -</td><td> -gives faith -- -"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of -Christ." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Cor. 10:11 -</td><td> -instructs -- -"Now these things happened to them for an example, -and they were written for our instruction" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Mt. 4:4 -</td><td> -nourishment -- -"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, -but on every word that proceeds out of the -mouth of God.'" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that God Breathed </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Liberates</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says + that the Bible " + <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside + each scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="What does Bible study do for Christians?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26</td><td>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing + of water with the word."</td></tr><tr><td>Acts 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is + able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among + all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 15:4</td><td>encourages -- "that through perseverance and the + encouragement of the Scriptures we might have + hope."</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 10:17</td><td>gives faith -- "So faith comes from hearing, and + hearing by the word of Christ."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Cor. 10:11</td><td>instructs -- "Now these things happened to them for + an example, and they were written for our + instruction"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt. 4:4</td><td>nourishment -- "But He answered and said, 'It is + written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every + word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that God Breathed </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Liberates</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html index 8e435dd..f1a14f2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,29 +1,25 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for -All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on -God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Book that is Unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> -compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Work</th><th>When Written</th><th>Earliest Copy</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Number of Copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000 years</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950 years</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900 years</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>New Testament</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 -A.D. Full manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 years</td><td>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied -900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have -full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New -Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How -many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 -in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which -it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably -alone among other ancient prose writings." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the -Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> p. -25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that God Breathed</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call + on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we + learn to communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Book that is Unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 + million per year. The Bible is both the all-time and + year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by + 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as + if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in + <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents + Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with + other ancient texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient + texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient + texts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Work</th><th>When Written</th><th>Earliest Copy</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Number of Copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's + <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950 years</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's + <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>New Testament</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full + manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 years</td><td>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's + <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was + copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New + Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri + containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment + of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to + compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it + rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and + unapproachably alone among other ancient prose writings."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in + the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in + <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that God Breathed</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html index 071fe78..b2adfdb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,29 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the -verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, -it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If -confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Example 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is -the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being -discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your -interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to be taken within the biblical -context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, -and let each of you be baptized in the name of -Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the -only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching -elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging -baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, -how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do + the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The + book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is + flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly + interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to + the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, + we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Example 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 + <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span>In context, + what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be + a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and + Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a + clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the + amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be + taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying + [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be + baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your + sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If + this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to + conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere + that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to + interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his + hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to + being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 + <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach + the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 148bc2f..fe58c47 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,16 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. -We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have -led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," -esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning -yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the -apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets -of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish -mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 -p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = -day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context -is that cutting animals in two and then walking between -the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking -the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But -in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we + can ask, + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into + account the historical and cultural background of the author and + the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to + come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of + Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise + Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact + meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent + contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a + day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there + were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 + buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the + Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days + started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 + p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday + 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the + cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals + in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of + entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked + between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to + them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in + this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral + covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 2442836..adfe177 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,15 +1,34 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and -figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Example 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even -more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't -understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I -am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. -Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we -are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a -lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) -with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same -rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons -had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be + figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special + meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Example 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule + 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit + with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we + aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: + Mt.20:15 " + <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is + my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous + [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a + Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and + notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the + context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day + Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they + convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become + God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of + Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of + <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of + verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one + more scripture: Ps.91:4 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings + shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved + God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The + Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their + position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 9e99207..f3a3cc6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,8 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of -God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one -point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get -our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Example 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one -lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer -"bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it -an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a -time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: + <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a + meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of + the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns + are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories + but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get + our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of + things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay + it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Example 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in + Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. + If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is + reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, + etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What + is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness + in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have + it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in + cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html index 78918d8..58584bd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,44 +1,96 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by -delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says -this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no -prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; -by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are -some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to -their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been -drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. -Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Cross-reference"><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word - (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author - use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical - documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? - <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek - words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Example 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want -to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look -it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters -give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up -the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying -influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look -up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for -"present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do -something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This -is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated -"anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). - Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, -as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main -verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the -definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good -Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal -use in Jesus' day. -</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let -him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would -be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the -Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person -medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and -spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, + cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into + biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended + by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a + passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture + itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private + interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any + private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward + discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have + brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the + untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the + Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a + passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular + verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? + Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning + of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the + exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. + For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Cross-reference"><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same + Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in + scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. + How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other + authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word + in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to + the original languages; why isn't the English word good + enough? + <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated + into the same English word, and the Greek words may have + different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Example 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 + <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't + it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is + risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem + right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' + <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG + Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" + we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of + speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. + Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto + (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a + modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao + (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of + something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates + come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for + "present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. + In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in + the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when + it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a + negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is + already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying + to stop holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, + <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is + sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we + also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - + "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or + religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the + tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist + participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous + action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it + usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." + (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your + head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might + come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many + sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them + with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and + wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has + anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost + and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look + back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up + the difference: + <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a + spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the + practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared + for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the + wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to + James 5:14 + <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of + the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in + the name of the Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or + practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be + better translated "having anointed," so the order is the + anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers + to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the + elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in + the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of + practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html index a125bb9..d39db3e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and - is licensed under the terms of the license - - "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. - </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the - readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This - particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to - advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read - and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start - with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your - heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance of God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for -All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">What does Bible study do for Christians?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is + licensed under the terms of the license + <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> + "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible + unless otherwise indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p>The + <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying + the Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo + will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they + say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care + not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We + recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what + they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the + Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance of God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the + words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural + context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in + language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the + difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient + texts.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">What does Bible study do for Christians?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 658a2db..58238e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,213 +1,245 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Estudio BÃblico básico</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Juan 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Estudio BÃblico básico</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Juan 5:39-40</attribution> + <para>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mÃ. Y no queréis venir a mÃ, para que tengáis vida.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin Luther dijo <quote>vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé</quote>; sólo que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino para -tener comunión con Él. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +tener comunión con Él.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>Los Judios a quien Jesús habló [...] imaginado que poseer las Escrituras -equivaldrÃa a poseer la vida. Hillel solÃa decir: "El que se ha hecho a -sà mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para sà la vida del mundo -venidero." Su estudio es un fin en sà mismo. En esto fueron gravemente -engañados. [...]</para> -<para>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> + <para>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo Jesús. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa ansiosa de que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title> -<para>Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visión telescópica de la Escritura -mientras que el estudio y la memorización de la Escritura proporcionar una -visión microscópica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento, -leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en -nuestras mentes.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>OÃr</title> -<para>Lucas 11:28 <quote>bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>OÃr</title> + <para>Lucas 11:28 <quote>bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la guardan.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Leer</title> -<para>Apocalipsis 1:3 <quote>Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Leer</title> + <para>Apocalipsis 1:3 <quote>Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las palabras de esta profecÃa [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Timoteo 4:13 <quote>presta atención a la lectura pública de la -Escritura[...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Estudio</title> -<para>Hechos 17:11 <quote>Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que + <para>1 Timoteo 4:13 <quote>presta atención a la lectura pública de la +Escritura[...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Estudio</title> + <para>Hechos 17:11 <quote>Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que estaban en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo, examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran -asÃ.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Timoteo 2:15 <quote>Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado +asÃ.</quote></para> + <para>2 Timoteo 2:15 <quote>Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con precisión la palabra de verdad.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizar</title> -<para>Salmos 119:11 <quote>En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Memorizar</title> + <para>Salmos 119:11 <quote>En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra ti.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditar</title> -<para>Salmos 1:2-3 <quote>pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Meditar</title> + <para>Salmos 1:2-3 <quote>pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley medita de dÃa y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en -todo lo que hace, prospera.</quote> -</para> - -<para>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, asà como el dedo pulgar puede -tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los -primeros cuatro.La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo -cristiano necesita oÃr y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesita para estudiar -y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la -Biblia.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipos de Estudios BÃblicos</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Estudio Temático</title> -<para>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias +todo lo que hace, prospera.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Tipos de Estudios BÃblicos</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Estudio Temático</title> + <para>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias cruzadas o una concordancia.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Estudio de Personajes</title> -<para>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Estudio de Personajes</title> + <para>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de José en Gen.37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Estudio Expositivo</title> -<para>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capÃtulo o libro.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenido</title> -<para>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>Estudio Expositivo</title> + <para>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capÃtulo o libro.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Contenido</title> + <para>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexto</title> -<para>¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es -la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el -pasaje y del libro.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referencias Cruzadas</title> -<para>¿Qué dicen otros versÃculos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Contexto</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Referencias Cruzadas</title> + <para>¿Qué dicen otros versÃculos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? Dios no se contradice a sà mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title> -<para>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el -versÃculo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene? -Pruébelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregúntese si se -refieren a la idea del versÃculo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un -número romano Uno en su esquema: </para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>¿Qué quiere decir <quote>practicar piedad</quote>? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos -ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? <emphasis>Nuestros -motivos!</emphasis> ¿Qué sub-tÃtulos desarrolla este pensamiento?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. da</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. ayuna</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. ora</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones especÃficas de cómo evitar + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Cuando Ud. da</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cuando Ud. ayuna</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cuando Ud. ora</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones especÃficas de cómo evitar caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>no hagas sonar trompeta. (¿cómo podrÃa alguien <quote>tocar trompeta</quote> -hoy en dÃa?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>hazlo secretamente.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar un versÃculo particular.</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>DirÃjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Fieles son las heridas del amigo</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>somos embajadores de Cristo</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Para hacer un Estudio Temático </title> -<para>Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra -"redención". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y -busque las referencias que figuran en ella. Entonces usted verá palabras -relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, "redimir, -rescatar, rescate," hasta "comprar" o "compró". </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</title> -<para>¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <quote>No juzguéis -para que no seáis juzgados</quote> y 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>El que es espiritual -juzga todas las cosas.</quote> ¿Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes -aquÃ, y que ambas se traduzcan como "juzgar" en español? (Usaremos -ambos de fuente desde aquà en adelante) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Busque "juez"</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>DirÃjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número -2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Ahora busque "juzga".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>DirÃjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>DirÃjase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT asà que el -lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de -2919 con el significado de 350 y tendrá su respuesta! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</title> -<para>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>hazlo secretamente.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>Para encontrar un versÃculo particular.</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>DirÃjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Fieles son las heridas del amigo</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>somos embajadores de Cristo</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>Para hacer un Estudio Temático</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>DirÃjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</title> + <para>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o hebreo.</para> -<para>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Bernabé</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nabal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigail</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Josué</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Bernabé</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 03aefba..8d1d074 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,310 +1,305 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title> -<para>La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los -que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las -principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un libro que es único</title> -<para>La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por -año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -autorÃa. Fue escrito en un perÃodo de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores -de diferentes orÃgenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por -uno. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -conservación. F. F. Bruce en <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable? -(¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?)</emphasis> compara -manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Obra</entry> -<entry>Cuando fue escrita</entry> -<entry>Copia más antigua</entry> -<entry>Tiempo transcurrido</entry><entry>Número de Copias</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Heródoto</entry> -<entry>448-428 AC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry> -<entry>1300 años</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tácito</entry> -<entry>100 DC</entry><entry>1100 DC</entry> -<entry>1000 años</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry><emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César</entry> -<entry>50-58 AC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry> -<entry>950 años</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry><emphasis>Historia Romana</emphasis> de Livio</entry> -<entry>59 AC - 17 DC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry> -<entry>900 años</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Nuevo Testamento</entry> -<entry>40 DC - 100 DC</entry><entry>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 años</entry><entry>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Existen Diez copias de <emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César, -siendo la copia más antigua 900 años después que César escribió el original, -etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350 -DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un -fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. ¿Cuántos manuscritos -tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>CrÃtica textual F. J. A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El -Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado -en <emphasis>Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida)</emphasis> p. 25-26</attribution><para>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>Un libro que es único</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Obra</entry> + <entry>Cuando fue escrita</entry> + <entry>Copia más antigua</entry> + <entry>Tiempo transcurrido</entry> + <entry>Número de Copias</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Heródoto</entry> + <entry>448-428 AC</entry> + <entry>900 DC</entry> + <entry>1300 años</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tácito</entry> + <entry>100 DC</entry> + <entry>1100 DC</entry> + <entry>1000 años</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César</entry> + <entry>50-58 AC</entry> + <entry>900 DC</entry> + <entry>950 años</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>Historia Romana</emphasis> de Livio</entry> + <entry>59 AC - 17 DC</entry> + <entry>900 DC</entry> + <entry>900 años</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Nuevo Testamento</entry> + <entry>40 DC - 100 DC</entry> + <entry>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 años</entry> + <entry>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto del Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos -escritos en prosa". </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y -eficaz</emphasis>" Jesús dice <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda -palabra que sale [lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</emphasis>" -Cuando leemos la Biblia, el EspÃritu de Dios está ahà para hablar a nuestros -corazones de una manera fresca continuamente. -</para> -<para>2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "<emphasis>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios -[lit. aliento de Dios]</emphasis>" ¿Cree esto? antes de contestar, -considere la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos -ellos era un único Autor divino. PodÃa igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o -'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podrÃa citar un comentario del narrador en -Génesis 2:24 como una expresión del Creador mismo (Mateo -19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetizó de vosotros IsaÃas, como está -escrito:' cuando lo que pasó a citar es la expresión directa del Señor Dios -(Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jesús que los autores del -Nuevo Testamento han ganado su convicción de la doble autorÃa de la -Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habló a nuestros padres -por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fue decir 'hombres movidos por el -EspÃritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habló de tal -manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres -hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios -habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo del -otro. ... -</para> -<para> -Esto, entonces, era la opinión de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaración -era la declaración de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de -Dios. Y la razón principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino -de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo enseñó. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2 Tim.3:16 continúa, "<emphasis>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para -corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea -perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra.</emphasis>" Si -aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablándonos, se deduce que será -nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un libro que Obra</title> -<para> -¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que -la Biblia "<emphasis>obra también en vosotros que creÃsteis.</emphasis>" Al -lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Referencia</entry> -<entry>Acción</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Efesios 5:26 -</entry> -<entry>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra" -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Hechos 20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para -sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Romanos 15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, -tengamos esperanza." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Romanos 10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -da fe -- "Asà que la fe viene por el oÃr, y el oÃr, por la palabra de Dios." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Corintios 10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son -escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Mateo 4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá -el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'" -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un libro que libera</title> -<para> -Juan 8:32 "<emphasis>y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará -libres.</emphasis>" Esto es citado por sà mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa -condicional o incondicional? ¿Se aplicarÃa a todo tipo de conocimiento? -Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase, -en el verso 31. "<emphasis>Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seréis -verdaderamente mis discÃpulos;</emphasis>"</para> -<para>Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, especÃficamente hablando de la -verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</para> - -<para>La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un -<emphasis>viento violento.</emphasis> "<emphasis>para que ya no seamos niños -fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina...</emphasis>" -Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la -verdad, con el resultado que no será fácil "soplarnos fuera."</para> - -<para><emphasis>Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo: -</emphasis>"<emphasis>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las -Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios.</emphasis>" Mateo 22:29</para> -<para>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>La palabra de Dios </para></listitem> -<listitem><para>El poder de Dios </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title> -<para> -Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Armadura Espiritual</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Pregunta</entry> -<entry>Respuesta</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</entry><entry>Una</entry></row> -<row><entry>¿Cúal? </entry><entry>la palabra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortaciones</title> -<para> -2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "<emphasis>Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios -aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que usa bien la -palabra de verdad.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -Col.3:16 "<emphasis>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros, -enseñándoos y exhortándoos unos a otros en toda sabidurÃa; con salmos, e -himnos, y cánticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones -al Señor. </emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene? </para> -<para> -¡No un poco!</para> - -<para> -Eclesiastés 12:11-12 "<emphasis>Las palabras de los sabios son como -aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por -un solo pastor. Además de ellas, hijo mÃo, ten presente que el hacer muchos -libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polémico)</emphasis> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es -transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los -adverbios <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> y -<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>.Por lo general se traduce en la -Versión Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto -se usa está hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y -se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelación y a la redención. Por lo tanto, -Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3), -y los Romanos, dice,"<emphasis>Cristo murió por los pecados una vez para -siempre</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, ver también 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -AsÃ, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha -sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y -de la redención cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada -puede ser añadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las -dos rocas en que se construyó la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios -revelada sin agregados de tradición humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin -agregados de méritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran -<foreignphrase>sólo la escritura</foreignphrase> para nuestra autoridad y -<foreignphrase>sólo la gracia</foreignphrase> para nuestra salvación.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title> <para> Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma -sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere, -por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un año a otro para -mantenerlo fresco! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capÃtulo cada dÃa, 5 dÃas a la semana.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capÃtulo de Proverbios cada dÃa, que -corresponde al dÃa del mes.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada dÃa, por -ejemplo, el dÃa 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios -de un capÃtulo por dÃa.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capÃtulo +escritos en prosa".</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>Un libro que Obra</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Referencia</entry> + <entry>Acción</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Efesios 5:26</entry> + <entry>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Hechos 20:32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Romanos 15:4</entry> + <entry>alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, +tengamos esperanza."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Romanos 10:17</entry> + <entry>da fe -- "Asà que la fe viene por el oÃr, y el oÃr, por la palabra de Dios."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Corintios 10:11</entry> + <entry>instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son +escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Mateo 4:4</entry> + <entry>alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá +el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Un libro que libera</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>La palabra de Dios </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>El poder de Dios</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Un libro que guerrea</title> + <para>Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Armadura Espiritual</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Pregunta</entry> + <entry>Respuesta</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</entry> + <entry>Una</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>¿Cúal?</entry> + <entry>la palabra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Exhortaciones</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?</para> + <para>¡No un poco!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capÃtulo cada dÃa, 5 dÃas a la semana.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capÃtulo de Proverbios cada dÃa, que +corresponde al dÃa del mes.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada dÃa, por +ejemplo, el dÃa 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios +de un capÃtulo por dÃa.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capÃtulo al dÃa de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el -Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 25444f8..8e57cd3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,279 +1,275 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title> -<para>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia -cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenéutica -bÃblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original -(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son válidas, -sólo una interpretación es válida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la -Escritura no es de interpretación privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV <quote>entendiendo -primero esto, que ninguna profecÃa de la Escritura es de interpretación -privada</quote>). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido -correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han traÃdo muchos -problemas para sà mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...entre las -cuales hay algunas difÃciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e -inconstantes tuercen, como también las otras Escrituras, para su propia -perdición.</quote></para> - -<para>¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos -que su atención ha sido puesta en un versÃculo en particular, cuyo -significado no es claro. ¿Cómo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</title> -<para>Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las -palabras, mejor será nuestra interpretación. Trate de encontrar el -significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definición</title> - <para>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definición</title> + <para>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, también el tiempo verbal es crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Referencias Cruzadas</title> - <para>Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o -Hebreo (No en Español) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una -nueva luz en la definición. ¿Cómo usa el autor esta palabra en otros -lugares? ¿Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la -palabra en documentos no bÃblicos también. ¿Por qué tenemos que ir a los -idiomas originales, por qué no es suficiente la palabra en -Español?<emphasis>Debido a que más de una palabra griega que puede -traducirse a la misma palabra en Español, y las palabras griegas pueden -tener distintos matices de significado. </emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Ejemplo 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"No me toques"</emphasis> (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena -como Jesús no quiere ser tocado ahora que Él ha resucitado, que Él es -demasiado sagrado o algo asÃ. Pero eso no me parece bien, asà que vamos a -ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament -(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento)</emphasis> (AMG -Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos -"pim680". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los -números referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la -definición (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la -manipulación de un objeto como para ejercer una modificación de influencia -sobre él... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad sólo significa -que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El código -gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo después de la Revelación; en p. 849 -vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857, -"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para -hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una acción, o, -cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden -negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya está -ocurriendo. Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Ejemplo 1B</title> -<para>En Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por -él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor</emphasis>. ¿Qué es esta -unción?</para> -<para>La definición de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero también -tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar -o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio -religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo -también, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa -una acción simple, opuesta a la acción continua [Nota de traducción: es -decir, momentánea] ... Cuando su relación con el verbo principal es -temporal, por lo general significa una acción previa a la del verbo -principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a -ungirle.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungÃan con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungÃa con el ungüento.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Juan 12:3 MarÃa [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lucas 4:18 <quote>El EspÃritu del Señor está en mÃ, Porque me ha ungido para -predicar [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con EspÃritu Santo y con -poder</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás las -referencias cruzadas y las definiciones, resumimos la -diferencia:<emphasis>"aleipho" es un uso práctico de aceite y -"chrio" es uno espiritual</emphasis></para> - -<para>Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica -del aceite en esa época, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado -por asaltantes vertió aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tenÃa un -uso medicinal en la época de Jesús. -</para> -<para>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a -Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>"¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los -ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre -del Señor."</emphasis> Es "unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica!</para> -<para> -Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, serÃa mejor traducido como -"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la -oración, ("en el nombre del Señor" se refiere a la oración, no a la -unción). Santiago 5 está diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento -a la persona enferma y orar por él en el nombre del Señor. ¿No que expresan -un hermoso balance de lo práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bÃblico</title> -<para>Interprete la escritura en armonÃa con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los -versos en cada lado? ¿Cuál es el tema del capÃtulo? del libro? ¿Encaja su -interpretación con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto -suple lo que necesitamos para interpretar correctamente un pasaje. El -contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusión sobre el significado -después de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar -más allá.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Ejemplo 2A</title> -<para>El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <emphasis>"nacido de agua y del -EspÃritu"</emphasis> En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquÃ?</para> -<para>El bautismo en agua no está en debate aquÃ, lo que serÃa un gran cambio del -tema discutido por Jesús y Nicodemo. ¡Cuidado con un repentino cambio de -tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretación se ha descarrilado! El -agua es el lÃquido amniótico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Ejemplo 2B</title> -<para>1 Corintios 14:34 <quote>Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</quote> -tiene que tomarse en el contexto bÃblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 <quote>toda -mujer que ora o profetiza [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Ejemplo 2C</title> -<para>Hechos 2:38 <quote>Pedro les dijo: "ArrepentÃos, y bautÃcese cada uno -de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados; -[...]" </quote>. Esta enseñanza es la regeneración bautismal? Si este -fuese el único versÃculo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendrÃamos que -concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseñanza de otros lugares que la -regeneración ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro -modo. Pedro está instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes -respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la vÃa para volver a nacer, ¿cómo -podrÃa Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 <emphasis>"Porque no me envió Cristo -a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio" </emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title> -<para> -Al principio no nos preguntamos <quote>¿Qué significa para mÃ?</quote>, sino -que primero preguntemos <quote>¿Qué significó para sus lectores -originales?</quote>; luego puede preguntar <quote>¿Qué significa para -mÃ?</quote>. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes históricos y -culturales del autor y los destinatarios.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Ejemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 dÃas y 3 noches</quote> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una -"teorÃa de Miércoles de crucifixión", especialmente en el culto del -Armstrongismo. ¿Cómo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resucitar -Domingo en la mañana y aún "resucitar al tercer dÃa." (Mt.16:21)? El -significado exacto de "tres" o "dÃas" no ayudan a explicar la aparente -contradicción.</para> -<para>Necesitaremos sugerencias históricas: Los JudÃos contaban cualquier parte de -un dÃa como un dÃa completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos -y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si sólo uno -esta parcialmente lleno). Asà que para la mentalidad judÃa, una parte del -dÃa es contada como un dÃa, y los dÃas comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a -las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er dÃa. Viernes 6 p.m. a -Sábado 6 p.m. = 2do dÃa. Domingo 5 o más a.m. = 3er dÃa. La interpretación -en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Ejemplo 3B</title><para>Génesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y -luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato -en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el -compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurrirÃa si no estaban a la altura de -su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso sólo Dios pasa a través, por lo que -es un pacto unilateral.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Referencias Cruzadas</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Ejemplo 1A</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Ejemplo 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a +ungirle.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungÃan con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungÃa con el ungüento.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Juan 12:3 MarÃa [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lucas 4:18 <quote>El EspÃritu del Señor está en mÃ, Porque me ha ungido para +predicar [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con EspÃritu Santo y con +poder</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bÃblico</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Ejemplo 2A</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Ejemplo 2B</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Ejemplo 2C</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Ejemplo 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Ejemplo 3B</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</title> -<para>Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea -figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomáticas, que tienen un -significado especial.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Ejemplo 4A</title> -<para><quote>ojo malvado</quote> en Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>La norma 1, la definición de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquÃ. Norma 2, el -contexto: parece confundir aún más. No parece encajar con lo que sucede -antes y después! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto -correctamente!!</para> -<para>Lo que tenemos aquà es un idioma hebreo, <quote>ojo malvado</quote>. Vamos a -buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>¿No es legal para mi -hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? ¿O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"], -porque soy bueno?</emphasis>" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un -modismo hebreo por ser tacaño o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe -cómo esta comprensión en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Ejemplo 4B</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</quote></para> -<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</quote></para> -<para> -Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los -Últimos DÃas para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como -nosotros. Una vez que convencen a la gente de eso, van a enseñar que podemos -llegar a ser Dios tal como Él lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un -grupo de ancianos del Mormón desafió a Walter Martin (autor del -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)</emphasis>) con una -enumeración de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidió a los mormones a -leer una escritura más: Salmos.91: 4 <quote>Con sus plumas te cubrirá, y -debajo de sus alas estarás seguro</quote>. W.M. dijo: <quote>Por las mismas -reglas de interpretación que ustedes acaban de demostrar que Dios es un -hombre, ustedes acaban de demostrar que Él es un pájaro</quote>. Los -mormones tuvieron que reÃr cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridÃculo de su -posición. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Ejemplo 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Ejemplo 4B</title> + <para>Is.59:1 <quote>no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</quote></para> + <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegorÃa</title> -<para>Una alegorÃa es: <emphasis>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un + <para>Una alegorÃa es: <emphasis>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un significado.</emphasis></para> -<para>Cada parábola es una alegorÃa, ¿verdadero o falso?</para> - -<para>Algunas parábolas son alegorÃas, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es -una alegorÃa: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las -preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayorÃa de las parábolas no son -alegorÃas, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso -obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parábolas; ella puede ser retorcida para -decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotros necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de -desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parábola ilustra -eso, bien.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Ejemplo 5A</title> -<para>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia + <para>Cada parábola es una alegorÃa, ¿verdadero o falso?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Ejemplo 5A</title> + <para>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia ilustra una lección: denuedo en la oración. Si lo dibujamos en una alegorÃa, ¿qué tenemos?</para> -<para>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los -derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Ejemplo 5B</title> -<para>La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de -la parábola? ¿Es una alegorÃa? </para> -<para>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que -tenÃa para prepararse para el momento cuando él no tiene. Pero no es -elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético al engañar a su amo. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los +derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Ejemplo 5B</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook index aa79c3f..4265c8d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,70 +9,48 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está -disponible bajo los términos de la licencia <link -url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">"Creative Commons -Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual".</link>. - </para> - <para> - Citas bÃblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo + <title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Citas bÃblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas usé -SpaRVG2004] - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Resumen</title> - - <para> - El <application>Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</application> es una guÃa para el -estudio de la Biblia. - </para> - <para> - Es la esperanza del equipo &bibletime; que este Cómo provoque a los lectores -a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guÃa de estudio en -particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina -confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para -entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la -palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Estudio</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - +SpaRVG2004]</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Resumen</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Estudio</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index f637658..d49e6ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,25 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><p>Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visión telescópica de la Escritura -mientras que el estudio y la memorización de la Escritura proporcionar una -visión microscópica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento, -leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en -nuestras mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Oír"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Oír</h3></div></div></div><p>Lucas 11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Oír"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Oír</h3></div></div></div><p>Lucas 11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la guardan.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Leer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Leer</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalipsis 1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las palabras de esta profecía [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Timoteo 4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">presta atención a la lectura pública de la -Escritura[...]</span>”</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudio</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que +Escritura[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudio</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que estaban en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo, examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran -así.</span>”</span> -</p><p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado +así.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con precisión la palabra de verdad.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra ti.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley medita de día y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en -todo lo que hace, prospera.</span>”</span> -</p><p>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, así como el dedo pulgar puede -tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los -primeros cuatro.La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo -cristiano necesita oír y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesita para estudiar -y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la -Biblia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +todo lo que hace, prospera.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 747bb3e..7e35a4d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el -versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene? -Pruébelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregúntese si se -refieren a la idea del versículo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un -número romano Uno en su esquema: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</p></li></ol></div><p>¿Qué quiere decir <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicar piedad</span>”</span>? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos -ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? <span class="emphasis"><em>Nuestros -motivos!</em></span> ¿Qué sub-títulos desarrolla este pensamiento?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. da</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ayuna</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar -caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>no hagas sonar trompeta. (¿cómo podría alguien <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">tocar trompeta</span>”</span> -hoy en día?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>hazlo secretamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. da</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ayuna</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar +caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>hazlo secretamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index f57f88a..6a327e4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenido"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenido</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las -definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es -la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el -pasaje y del libro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencias Cruzadas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencias Cruzadas</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenido"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenido</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las +definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencias Cruzadas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencias Cruzadas</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? Dios no se contradice a sí mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html index 3b21e46..49dab20 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Temático"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div><p>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Temático"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div><p>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias cruzadas o una concordancia.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio de Personajes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudio de Personajes</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de José en Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Expositivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudio Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index aa71ab8..180e96a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar un versículo particular."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fieles son las heridas del amigo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">somos embajadores de Cristo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Para hacer un Estudio Temático"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Para hacer un Estudio Temático </h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra -"redención". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y -busque las referencias que figuran en ella. Entonces usted verá palabras -relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, "redimir, -rescatar, rescate," hasta "comprar" o "compró". </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">No juzguéis -para que no seáis juzgados</span>”</span> y 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">El que es espiritual -juzga todas las cosas.</span>”</span> ¿Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes -aquí, y que ambas se traduzcan como "juzgar" en español? (Usaremos -ambos de fuente desde aquí en adelante) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Busque "juez"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número -2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ahora busque "juzga".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el -lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de -2919 con el significado de 350 y tendrá su respuesta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar los significados de los nombres"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</h3></div></div></div><p>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar un versículo particular."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fieles son las heridas del amigo</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">somos embajadores de Cristo</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para hacer un Estudio Temático"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Para hacer un Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar los significados de los nombres"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</h3></div></div></div><p>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o hebreo.</p><p>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Bernabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html index e092463..e55f114 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mí. Y no queréis venir -a mí, para que tengáis vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Juan 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin +a mí, para que tengáis vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Juan 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin Luther dijo <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé</span>”</span>; sólo que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino para -tener comunión con Él. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Los Judios a quien Jesús habló [...] imaginado que poseer las Escrituras -equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: "El que se ha hecho a -sí mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para sí la vida del mundo -venidero." Su estudio es un fin en sí mismo. En esto fueron gravemente -engañados. [...]</p><p>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para +tener comunión con Él.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo Jesús. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa ansiosa de que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 4af9ff8..07188e0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,33 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y -eficaz</em></span>" Jesús dice <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda -palabra que sale [lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</em></span>" -Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espíritu de Dios está ahí para hablar a nuestros -corazones de una manera fresca continuamente. -</p><p>2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios -[lit. aliento de Dios]</em></span>" ¿Cree esto? antes de contestar, -considere la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos -ellos era un único Autor divino. Podía igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o -'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podría citar un comentario del narrador en -Génesis 2:24 como una expresión del Creador mismo (Mateo -19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetizó de vosotros Isaías, como está -escrito:' cuando lo que pasó a citar es la expresión directa del Señor Dios -(Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jesús que los autores del -Nuevo Testamento han ganado su convicción de la doble autoría de la -Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habló a nuestros padres -por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fue decir 'hombres movidos por el -Espíritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habló de tal -manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres -hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios -habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo del -otro. ... -</p><p> -Esto, entonces, era la opinión de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaración -era la declaración de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de -Dios. Y la razón principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino -de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo enseñó. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polemico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 continúa, "<span class="emphasis"><em>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para -corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea -perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra.</em></span>" Si -aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablándonos, se deduce que será -nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Obra</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el +Polemico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Obra</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 6a265ba..41e4841 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortaciones</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortaciones</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortaciones"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortaciones</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios -aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que usa bien la -palabra de verdad.</em></span>" -</p><p> -Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros, -enseñándoos y exhortándoos unos a otros en toda sabiduría; con salmos, e -himnos, y cánticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones -al Señor. </em></span>" -</p><p>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene? </p><p> -¡No un poco!</p><p> -Eclesiastés 12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Las palabras de los sabios son como -aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por -un solo pastor. Además de ellas, hijo mío, ten presente que el hacer muchos -libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortaciones</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortaciones</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortaciones"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortaciones</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?</p><p>¡No un poco!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index aad4cc4..6ac2be9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,14 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que libera</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que libera</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que libera"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro que libera</h2></div></div></div><p> -Juan 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará -libres.</em></span>" Esto es citado por sí mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa -condicional o incondicional? ¿Se aplicaría a todo tipo de conocimiento? -Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase, -en el verso 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seréis -verdaderamente mis discípulos;</em></span>"</p><p>Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la -verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</p><p>La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un -<span class="emphasis"><em>viento violento.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>para que ya no seamos niños -fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina...</em></span>" -Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la -verdad, con el resultado que no será fácil "soplarnos fuera."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo: -</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las -Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios.</em></span>" Mateo 22:29</p><p>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La palabra de Dios </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El poder de Dios </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Obra </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que guerrea</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que libera</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que libera</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que libera"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro que libera</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La palabra de Dios </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El poder de Dios</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Obra </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que guerrea</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html index 10a5699..6f87c8b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es -transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los -adverbios <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> y -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>.Por lo general se traduce en la -Versión Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto -se usa está hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y -se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelación y a la redención. Por lo tanto, -Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3), -y los Romanos, dice,"<span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo murió por los pecados una vez para -siempre</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, ver también 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Así, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha -sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y -de la redención cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada -puede ser añadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las -dos rocas en que se construyó la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios -revelada sin agregados de tradición humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin -agregados de méritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sólo la escritura</em></span> para nuestra autoridad y -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sólo la gracia</em></span> para nuestra salvación.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el -Polémico)</em></span> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortaciones </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortaciones </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 949b677..2e02663 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p> Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma -sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere, -por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un año a otro para -mantenerlo fresco! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que corresponde al día del mes.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios de un capítulo por día.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo al día de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el -Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6d1dd4c..b82824f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que guerrea</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que guerrea"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro que guerrea</h2></div></div></div><p> -Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pregunta</th><th>Respuesta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cúal? </td><td>la palabra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que libera </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortaciones</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que guerrea</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que guerrea"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro que guerrea</h2></div></div></div><p>Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pregunta</th><th>Respuesta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cúal?</td><td>la palabra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que libera </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortaciones</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html index de322e9..b58dc5b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,31 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Obra</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Obra</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Obra"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro que Obra</h2></div></div></div><p> -¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que -la Biblia "<span class="emphasis"><em>obra también en vosotros que creísteis.</em></span>" Al -lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.2. ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referencia</th><th>Acción</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Efesios 5:26 -</td><td>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Hechos 20:32 -</td><td> -edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para -sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Romanos 15:4 -</td><td> -alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, -tengamos esperanza." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Romanos 10:17 -</td><td> -da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Corintios 10:11 -</td><td> -instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son -escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Mateo 4:4 -</td><td> -alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá -el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que libera</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Obra</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Obra</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Obra"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro que Obra</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.2. ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referencia</th><th>Acción</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Efesios 5:26</td><td>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"</td></tr><tr><td>Hechos 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Romanos 15:4</td><td>alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras, +tengamos esperanza."</td></tr><tr><td>Romanos 10:17</td><td>da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Corintios 10:11</td><td>instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son +escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"</td></tr><tr><td>Mateo 4:4</td><td>alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá +el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que libera</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html index 8d24010..dbe3a60 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,28 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los -que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las -principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que es único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro que es único</h2></div></div></div><p>La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por -año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores -de diferentes orígenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por -uno. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -conservación. F. F. Bruce en <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable? -(¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?)</em></span> compara -manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.1. Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Obra</th><th>Cuando fue escrita</th><th>Copia más antigua</th><th>Tiempo transcurrido</th><th>Número de Copias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Heródoto</td><td>448-428 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>1300 años</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tácito</td><td>100 DC</td><td>1100 DC</td><td>1000 años</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>950 años</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Historia Romana</em></span> de Livio</td><td>59 AC - 17 DC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>900 años</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Nuevo Testamento</td><td>40 DC - 100 DC</td><td>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 años</td><td>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existen Diez copias de <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de César, -siendo la copia más antigua 900 años después que César escribió el original, -etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350 -DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un -fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. ¿Cuántos manuscritos -tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que es único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro que es único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.1. Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Obra</th><th>Cuando fue escrita</th><th>Copia más antigua</th><th>Tiempo transcurrido</th><th>Número de Copias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Heródoto</td><td>448-428 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>1300 años</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tácito</td><td>100 DC</td><td>1100 DC</td><td>1000 años</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>950 años</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Historia Romana</em></span> de Livio</td><td>59 AC - 17 DC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>900 años</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nuevo Testamento</td><td>40 DC - 100 DC</td><td>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 años</td><td>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto del Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos -escritos en prosa". </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Crítica textual F. J. A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El -Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado -en <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida)</em></span> p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +escritos en prosa".</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html index d96376f..bf2d9f9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,23 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interprete la escritura en armonía con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los -versos en cada lado? ¿Cuál es el tema del capítulo? del libro? ¿Encaja su -interpretación con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto -suple lo que necesitamos para interpretar correctamente un pasaje. El -contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusión sobre el significado -después de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar -más allá.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Ejemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nacido de agua y del -Espíritu"</em></span> En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquí?</p><p>El bautismo en agua no está en debate aquí, lo que sería un gran cambio del -tema discutido por Jesús y Nicodemo. ¡Cuidado con un repentino cambio de -tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretación se ha descarrilado! El -agua es el líquido amniótico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Ejemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corintios 14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</span>”</span> -tiene que tomarse en el contexto bíblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">toda -mujer que ora o profetiza [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Ejemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno -de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados; -[...]" </span>”</span>. Esta enseñanza es la regeneración bautismal? Si este -fuese el único versículo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendríamos que -concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseñanza de otros lugares que la -regeneración ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro -modo. Pedro está instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes -respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la vía para volver a nacer, ¿cómo -podría Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque no me envió Cristo -a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio" </em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Ejemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Ejemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Ejemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 5fcae6b..3ee8e29 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,24 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> -Al principio no nos preguntamos <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">¿Qué significa para mí?</span>”</span>, sino -que primero preguntemos <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">¿Qué significó para sus lectores -originales?</span>”</span>; luego puede preguntar <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">¿Qué significa para -mí?</span>”</span>. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes históricos y -culturales del autor y los destinatarios.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Ejemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 días y 3 noches</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una -"teoría de Miércoles de crucifixión", especialmente en el culto del -Armstrongismo. ¿Cómo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resucitar -Domingo en la mañana y aún "resucitar al tercer día." (Mt.16:21)? El -significado exacto de "tres" o "días" no ayudan a explicar la aparente -contradicción.</p><p>Necesitaremos sugerencias históricas: Los Judíos contaban cualquier parte de -un día como un día completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos -y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si sólo uno -esta parcialmente lleno). Así que para la mentalidad judía, una parte del -día es contada como un día, y los días comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a -las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er día. Viernes 6 p.m. a -Sábado 6 p.m. = 2do día. Domingo 5 o más a.m. = 3er día. La interpretación -en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Ejemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Génesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y -luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato -en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el -compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurriría si no estaban a la altura de -su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso sólo Dios pasa a través, por lo que -es un pacto unilateral.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Ejemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Ejemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 2f35359..03608ed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,28 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el -idioma</h2></div></div></div><p>Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea -figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomáticas, que tienen un -significado especial.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Ejemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ojo malvado</span>”</span> en Mt.6:23.</p><p>La norma 1, la definición de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, el -contexto: parece confundir aún más. No parece encajar con lo que sucede -antes y después! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto -correctamente!!</p><p>Lo que tenemos aquí es un idioma hebreo, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ojo malvado</span>”</span>. Vamos a -buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>¿No es legal para mi -hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? ¿O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"], -porque soy bueno?</em></span>" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un -modismo hebreo por ser tacaño o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe -cómo esta comprensión en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Ejemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</span>”</span></p><p> -Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los -Últimos Días para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como -nosotros. Una vez que convencen a la gente de eso, van a enseñar que podemos -llegar a ser Dios tal como Él lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un -grupo de ancianos del Mormón desafió a Walter Martin (autor del -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)</em></span>) con una -enumeración de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidió a los mormones a -leer una escritura más: Salmos.91: 4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Con sus plumas te cubrirá, y -debajo de sus alas estarás seguro</span>”</span>. W.M. dijo: <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Por las mismas -reglas de interpretación que ustedes acaban de demostrar que Dios es un -hombre, ustedes acaban de demostrar que Él es un pájaro</span>”</span>. Los -mormones tuvieron que reír cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridículo de su -posición. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una +idioma</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Ejemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Ejemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 3dec88d..61bd478 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,18 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</h2></div></div></div><p>Una alegoría es: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un -significado.</em></span></p><p>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</p><p>Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es -una alegoría: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las -preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayoría de las parábolas no son -alegorías, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso -obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parábolas; ella puede ser retorcida para -decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotros necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de -desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parábola ilustra -eso, bien.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Ejemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia +significado.</em></span></p><p>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Ejemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia ilustra una lección: denuedo en la oración. Si lo dibujamos en una alegoría, ¿qué tenemos?</p><p>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los -derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Ejemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de -la parábola? ¿Es una alegoría? </p><p>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que -tenía para prepararse para el momento cuando él no tiene. Pero no es -elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético al engañar a su amo. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Ejemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html index 0dd2cfd..3afca39 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,77 +1,69 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una -parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia -cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenéutica -bíblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original -(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son válidas, -sólo una interpretación es válida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la -Escritura no es de interpretación privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">entendiendo -primero esto, que ninguna profecía de la Escritura es de interpretación -privada</span>”</span>). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido -correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han traído muchos -problemas para sí mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...entre las -cuales hay algunas difíciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e -inconstantes tuercen, como también las otras Escrituras, para su propia -perdición.</span>”</span></p><p>¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos -que su atención ha sido puesta en un versículo en particular, cuyo -significado no es claro. ¿Cómo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas:</p><div class="section" title="Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</h2></div></div></div><p>Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las -palabras, mejor será nuestra interpretación. Trate de encontrar el -significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definición"><b>Definición. </b>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, -también el tiempo verbal es crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referencias Cruzadas"><b>Referencias Cruzadas. </b>Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o -Hebreo (No en Español) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una -nueva luz en la definición. ¿Cómo usa el autor esta palabra en otros -lugares? ¿Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la -palabra en documentos no bíblicos también. ¿Por qué tenemos que ir a los -idiomas originales, por qué no es suficiente la palabra en -Español?<span class="emphasis"><em>Debido a que más de una palabra griega que puede -traducirse a la misma palabra en Español, y las palabras griegas pueden -tener distintos matices de significado. </em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Ejemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"No me toques"</em></span> (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena -como Jesús no quiere ser tocado ahora que Él ha resucitado, que Él es -demasiado sagrado o algo así. Pero eso no me parece bien, así que vamos a -ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament -(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento)</em></span> (AMG -Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos -"pim680". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los -números referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la -definición (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la -manipulación de un objeto como para ejercer una modificación de influencia -sobre él... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad sólo significa -que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El código -gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo después de la Revelación; en p. 849 -vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857, -"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para -hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una acción, o, -cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden -negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya está -ocurriendo. Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Ejemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>En Santiago 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por -él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor</em></span>. ¿Qué es esta -unción?</p><p>La definición de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero también -tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar -o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio -religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo -también, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa -una acción simple, opuesta a la acción continua [Nota de traducción: es -decir, momentánea] ... Cuando su relación con el verbo principal es -temporal, por lo general significa una acción previa a la del verbo -principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a +parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definición"><b>Definición. </b>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos, +también el tiempo verbal es crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referencias Cruzadas"><b>Referencias Cruzadas. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Ejemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Ejemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a ungirle.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para predicar [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con -poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás las -referencias cruzadas y las definiciones, resumimos la -diferencia:<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" es un uso práctico de aceite y -"chrio" es uno espiritual</em></span></p><p>Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica -del aceite en esa época, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado -por asaltantes vertió aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tenía un -uso medicinal en la época de Jesús. -</p><p>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a -Santiago 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los -ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre -del Señor."</em></span> Es "unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica!</p><p> -Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducido como -"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la -oración, ("en el nombre del Señor" se refiere a la oración, no a la -unción). Santiago 5 está diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento -a la persona enferma y orar por él en el nombre del Señor. ¿No que expresan -un hermoso balance de lo práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/index.html b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html index 810a520..d4e2a75 100644 --- a/docs/howto/es/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html @@ -1,22 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Resumen El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia es una guía para el estudio de la Biblia. Es la esperanza del equipo BibleTime que este Cómo provoque a los lectores a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="id14943877"></a><p> - Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está -disponible bajo los términos de la licencia "Creative Commons -Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual".. - </p><p> - Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumen The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="idp26710880"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas usé -SpaRVG2004] - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p> - El <span class="application">Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</span> es una guía para el -estudio de la Biblia. - </p><p> - Es la esperanza del equipo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> que este Cómo provoque a los lectores -a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en -particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina -confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para -entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la -palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Estudio Bíblico básico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el +SpaRVG2004]</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Estudio Bíblico básico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de tablas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 504756f..71c8f04 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,206 +1,240 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Joh 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Joh 5:39-40</attribution> + <para>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <quote>Menemme + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <quote>Menemme kehdon luo vauvan takia</quote>; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee -sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</attribution> -<para>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten -omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana -sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan -maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he -olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]</para> -<para>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> + <para>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme Kristuksen.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title> -<para>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan -kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen -kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, -tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Kuuntele</title> -<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Kuuntele</title> + <para>Lk.11:28 <quote>Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja seuraavat sitä.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lue</title> -<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Lue</title> + <para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Tutki</title> -<para>Apt. 17:11 <quote>Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin + <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Tutki</title> + <para>Apt. 17:11 <quote>Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin -kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden sanaa oikein.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Paina mieleen</title> -<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Paina mieleen</title> + <para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi sinua vastaan.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Mietiskele</title> -<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Mietiskele</title> + <para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, -eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</quote> -</para> - -<para>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia -sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on -avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua -enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat -tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</title> -<para>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</title> + <para>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai sanahakemistoa.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</title> -<para>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Selittävä tutkiminen</title> -<para>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Sisältö</title> -<para>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</title> + <para>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>Selittävä tutkiminen</title> + <para>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Sisältö</title> + <para>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Asiayhteys</title> -<para>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - -tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan -kanssa.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Ristiinviittaukset</title> -<para>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Asiayhteys</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Ristiinviittaukset</title> + <para>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin kirjoituksiin.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title> -<para>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin -avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista -jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko -ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se -roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Mitä tarkoittaa <quote>hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</quote>? Antaako -tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? -<emphasis>Motiivimme!</emphasis> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Kun annat</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Kun paastoat</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Kun rukoilet</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Kun annat</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Kun paastoat</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Kun rukoilet</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa hurskauttamme:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <quote>kuulostaa -trumpetilta</quote> tänäpäivänä?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>tee se salaisesti.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>jne.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Löydä erityinen jae</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </title> -<para>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun -tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut -viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden -viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa -"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</title> -<para>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <quote>Älkää -tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</quote> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <quote>Hengellinen -ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan -voi tutkia.</quote> Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin -käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Katso "tuomio".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku -viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Nyt katso "tuomio".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa -Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) -Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</title> -<para>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>tee se salaisesti.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>jne.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>Löydä erityinen jae</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>Tee aiheen tutkiminen</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</title> + <para>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien merkityksiä.</para> -<para>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Joosua</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nabal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigail</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Joosua</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabas</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index f8b608e..933caca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,316 +1,305 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title> -<para>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka -kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista -oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</title> -<para>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen -seuraavissa asioissa:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla -dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best -seller! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin -ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi -kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat -luotettavia?</emphasis> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden -muinaisten tekstien kanssa: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Työ</entry> -<entry>Milloin kirjoitettu</entry> -<entry>Varhaisin kopio</entry> -<entry>Aikaväli</entry><entry>Kopioiden lukumäärä</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Herodotus</entry> -<entry>448-428 eKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry> -<entry>1300 vuotta</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacitus</entry> -<entry>100 jKr.</entry><entry>1100 jKr.</entry> -<entry>1000 vuotta</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</emphasis></entry> -<entry>50-58 eKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry> -<entry>950 vuotta</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Livyn <emphasis>Rooman historia</emphasis></entry> -<entry>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry> -<entry>900 vuotta</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Uusi Testamentti</entry> -<entry>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</entry><entry>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</entry> <entry>30 - 310 vuotta</entry><entry>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen -sota</emphasis>, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen -jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta -350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia -vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130 -jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään? -5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <emphasis>Questions of -Life</emphasis> s. 25-26</attribution><para>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Työ</entry> + <entry>Milloin kirjoitettu</entry> + <entry>Varhaisin kopio</entry> + <entry>Aikaväli</entry> + <entry>Kopioiden lukumäärä</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Herodotus</entry> + <entry>448-428 eKr.</entry> + <entry>900 jKr.</entry> + <entry>1300 vuotta</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacitus</entry> + <entry>100 jKr.</entry> + <entry>1100 jKr.</entry> + <entry>1000 vuotta</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</emphasis></entry> + <entry>50-58 eKr.</entry> + <entry>900 jKr.</entry> + <entry>950 vuotta</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Livyn <emphasis>Rooman historia</emphasis></entry> + <entry>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</entry> + <entry>900 jKr.</entry> + <entry>900 vuotta</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Uusi Testamentti</entry> + <entry>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</entry> + <entry>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 vuotta</entry> + <entry>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten -proosatekstien joukossa." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja -toimii... </emphasis>" Jeesus sanoi <emphasis>(Matt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan -jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</emphasis>" Kun luemme -Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla. -</para> -<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt -kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja -kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään.</emphasis>" Uskotko sinä -tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +proosatekstien joukossa."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</para> -<para> -Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan -todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt -uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus -itse opetti niin. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "<emphasis>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, -ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan -ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</emphasis>" Jos -hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa, -että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title> -<para> -Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu -"<emphasis>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</emphasis>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen -rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Viittaus</entry> -<entry>Toiminta</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Ef. 5:26 -</entry> -<entry>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Apt 20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat -meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Room. 15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten -rohkaisuun kautta." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Room. 10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Kor. 10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat -kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Matt. 4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä -ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title> -<para> -Joh.8:32 "<emphasis>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä -vapaita.</emphasis>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai -ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset -lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "<emphasis>Jos te pysytte -uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella -opetuslapsiani... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan -totuudesta.</para> - -<para>Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa -<emphasis>rajuilmaa.</emphasis> "<emphasis>silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä, -jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien -ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</emphasis>"Yksi asia, minkä -Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä -seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</para> - -<para><emphasis>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </emphasis>"<emphasis>Te -kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan -voimaa.</emphasis>"Matt.22:29</para> -<para>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Jumalan sana</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Jumalan voima </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title> -<para> -Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Hengellinen sotavaruste</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Kysymys</entry> -<entry>Vastaus</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</entry><entry>Yksi</entry></row> -<row><entry>Mikä niistä? </entry><entry>sana - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Kehotus</title> -<para> -2 Tim.2:15 "<emphasis>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä -luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden -sanaa oikein.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -Kol.3:16 "<emphasis>Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana -keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja -laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä -lauluja.</emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? </para> -<para> -Ei pieni!</para> - -<para> -Saarn.12:11-12 "<emphasis>Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan -piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman -paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla -kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää -ruumiin.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>Kirja, joka toimii</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Viittaus</entry> + <entry>Toiminta</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Ef. 5:26</entry> + <entry>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Apt 20:32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Room. 15:4</entry> + <entry>rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten +rohkaisuun kautta."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Room. 10:17</entry> + <entry>antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Kor. 10:11</entry> + <entry>opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat +kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Matt. 4:4</entry> + <entry>ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä +ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Jumalan sana</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jumalan voima</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Kirja, joka sotii</title> + <para>Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Hengellinen sotavaruste</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Kysymys</entry> + <entry>Vastaus</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</entry> + <entry>Yksi</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Mikä niistä?</entry> + <entry>sana - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Kehotus</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?</para> + <para>Ei pieni!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on -kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen -lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen -täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava -Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen -reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden -lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden -lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> auktoriteetiksemme ja <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> pelastukseksemme.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title> <para> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti -Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, -esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta -pitääksesi sen tuoreena! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem -kuukaudenpäivää.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla -luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi -yksi luku päivässä.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & -Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 259c109..7adc89e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,269 +1,274 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> - -<para>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että -huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille -selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</title> -<para>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen -kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen -merkitys näillä askelilla:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Määrittely</title> - <para>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Määrittely</title> + <para>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Ristiinviittaukset</title> - <para>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai -hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, -selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja -käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat -sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin -Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana -ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <emphasis>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan -kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla -voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Esimerkki 1A</title> -<para>Joh.20:17 <emphasis>"Älä koske minuun"</emphasis> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, -eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt -kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei -näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' -<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, -1991).</para> - -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Ristiinviittaukset</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Esimerkki 1A</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Esimerkki 1B</title> -<para>Jaak. 5:14, <emphasis>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja -rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</emphasis>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Esimerkki 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut -julistamaan [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja -määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <emphasis>"aleipho" on öljyn -jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</emphasis></para> - -<para>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan -kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä -ja viiniä haavaan. Öljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen -päivinä. -</para> -<para>Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <emphasis>"Jos -joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä -voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan -Herran nimeen."</emphasis> Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? -Jokapäiväistä!</para> -<para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title> -<para>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? -Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on -virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan -tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan -jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Esimerkki 2A</title> -<para>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <emphasis>"syntynyt vedestä ja -Hengestä."</emphasis> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä -asiayhteydessään?</para> -<para>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja -Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä -muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on -näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Esimerkki 2B</title> -<para>1 Kor.14:34 <quote>Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</quote> on otettu -raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 <quote>jokainen nainen [...] -rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Esimerkki 2C</title> -<para>Apt. 2:38 <quote>Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin -kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi -[...] " </quote>. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos -tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta -selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla -Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen -kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie -uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17 -<emphasis>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan -evankeliumia"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title> -<para> -Emme kysy ensiksi <quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote> vaan <quote>Mitä -se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</quote>; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, -<quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote>. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon -kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Esimerkki 3A</title><para> <quote>3 päivää & 3 yötä</quote> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia -"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin -kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös -sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? -Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään -silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa.</para> -<para>Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän -osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja -puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa, -vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä -tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja -päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai -klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 -i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta -poistaa ongelman.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Esimerkki 3B</title><para>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin -sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä -palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin -rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen -mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella -sopimuksella.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title> -<para>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla -kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Esimerkki 4A</title> -<para><quote>paha silmä</quote> Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö -2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja -jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä -oikein!!</para> -<para>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <quote>evil -eye</quote>. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 -"<emphasis>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä -karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</emphasis>" -Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai -kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä -ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Esimerkki 4B</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</quote></para> -<para>5. Moos. 33:27 <quote>Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Esimerkki 2A</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Esimerkki 2B</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Esimerkki 2C</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Esimerkki 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Esimerkki 3B</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Esimerkki 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Esimerkki 4B</title> + <para>Is.59:1 <quote>Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</quote></para> + <para>5. Moos. 33:27 <quote>Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää heidät.</quote></para> -<para> -Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli -kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat -opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen -antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin -(<emphasis>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</emphasis> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla -joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden -tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 <quote>Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet -turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja -kilpi.</quote>. W.M. sanoi, <quote>Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte -Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</quote>. Mormonien oli -naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title> -<para>Vertauskuva on: <emphasis>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on + <para>Vertauskuva on: <emphasis>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on merkitys.</emphasis></para> -<para>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</para> - -<para>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on -vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, -jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia -kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä -opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden -sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, -jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Esimerkki 5A</title> -<para>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus + <para>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Esimerkki 5A</title> + <para>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</para> -<para>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun -puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Esimerkki 5B</title> -<para>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen -merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </para> -<para>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa -valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei -kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Esimerkki 5B</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook index 683927c..433c6cf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,68 +9,47 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on -lisensioitu <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> -"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link> -lisenssillä. - </para> - <para> - Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta -standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Abstrakti</title> - - <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </para> - <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study + <title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta +standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Abstrakti</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Tutki</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Tutki</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index ee6182a..ec1cd89 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan -kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen -kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, -tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" title="Kuuntele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Kuuntele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja seuraavat sitä.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lue"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka -kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tutki"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tutki"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin -kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>”</span> -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden sanaa oikein.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Paina mieleen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi sinua vastaan.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mietiskele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, -eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>”</span> -</p><p>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia -sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on -avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua -enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat -tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 220ebbb..ddd14d7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin -avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista -jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko -ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se -roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”</span>? Antaako -tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Kun annat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa -hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">kuulostaa -trumpetilta</span>”</span> tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Kun annat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 854197e..c6f666a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Sisältö"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka -määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Asiayhteys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - -tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan -kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ristiinviittaukset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Sisältö"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Asiayhteys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ristiinviittaukset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html index 28a7287..fe2f98b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Henkilöiden tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index bc4f1b2..80bbe81 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Löydä erityinen jae"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tee aiheen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun -tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut -viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden -viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa -"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Älkää -tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>”</span> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Hengellinen -ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan -voi tutkia.</span>”</span> Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin -käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku -viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa -Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) -Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsi nimien merkityksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Löydä erityinen jae"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tee aiheen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsi nimien merkityksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joosua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html index a72118d..bbdb663 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun -luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Menemme +luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Menemme kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”</span>; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee -sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten -omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana -sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan -maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he -olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]</p><p>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta +sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme Kristuksen.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index eef3d03..ae2534e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja -toimii... </em></span>" Jeesus sanoi <span class="emphasis"><em>(Matt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan -jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</em></span>" Kun luemme -Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla. -</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt -kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja -kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään.</em></span>" Uskotko sinä -tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</p><p> -Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan -todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt -uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus -itse opetti niin. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "<span class="emphasis"><em>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, -ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan -ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</em></span>" Jos -hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa, -että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index cce41f4..22dbf56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kehotus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tim.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä -luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden -sanaa oikein.</em></span>" -</p><p> -Kol.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana -keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja -laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä -lauluja.</em></span>" -</p><p>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? </p><p> -Ei pieni!</p><p> -Saarn.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan -piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman -paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla -kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää -ruumiin.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kehotus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?</p><p>Ei pieni!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index e099bdd..d1fb707 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,15 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p> -Joh.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä -vapaita.</em></span>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai -ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset -lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jos te pysytte -uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella -opetuslapsiani... </em></span>"</p><p>Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan -totuudesta.</p><p>Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa -<span class="emphasis"><em>rajuilmaa.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä, -jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien -ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</em></span>"Yksi asia, minkä -Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä -seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Te -kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan -voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan voima</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html index b70bd9d..9fbe8ce 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,21 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on -kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen -lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen -täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava -Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen -reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden -lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden -lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> auktoriteetiksemme ja <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> pelastukseksemme.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index da90975..49103fa 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti -Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, -esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta -pitääksesi sen tuoreena! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem kuukaudenpäivää.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & -Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 0c184f8..dee4009 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä?</td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html index 3282829..4691f74 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,32 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p> -Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu -"<span class="emphasis"><em>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</em></span>" Beside each -scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen -rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 -</td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Apt 20:32 -</td><td> -rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat -meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -Room. 15:4 -</td><td> -rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten -rohkaisuun kautta." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Room. 10:17 -</td><td> -antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Kor. 10:11 -</td><td> -opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat -kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Matt. 4:4 -</td><td> -ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä -ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."</td></tr><tr><td>Apt 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Room. 15:4</td><td>rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten +rohkaisuun kautta."</td></tr><tr><td>Room. 10:17</td><td>antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Kor. 10:11</td><td>opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat +kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme"</td></tr><tr><td>Matt. 4:4</td><td>ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä +ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html index f388724..91bc114 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,31 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka -kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista -oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ainutlaatuinen kirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen -seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla -dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best -seller! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin -ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi -kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat -luotettavia?</em></span> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden -muinaisten tekstien kanssa: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Uusi Testamentti</td><td>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</td><td>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</td><td>30 - 310 vuotta</td><td>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen -sota</em></span>, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen -jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta -350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia -vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130 -jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään? -5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ainutlaatuinen kirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Uusi Testamentti</td><td>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</td><td>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</td><td>30 - 310 vuotta</td><td>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten -proosatekstien joukossa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of -Life</em></span> s. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +proosatekstien joukossa."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html index 265d39a..9e9fa91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,22 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? -Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on -virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan -tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan -jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja -Hengestä."</em></span> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä -asiayhteydessään?</p><p>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja -Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä -muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on -näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>”</span> on otettu -raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...] -rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin -kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi -[...] " </span>”</span>. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos -tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta -selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla -Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen -kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie -uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan -evankeliumia"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index ae32023..2b6cd9d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,23 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p> -Emme kysy ensiksi <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”</span> vaan <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä -se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”</span>; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, -<span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”</span>. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon -kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>”</span> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia -"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin -kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös -sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? -Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään -silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa.</p><p>Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän -osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja -puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa, -vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä -tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja -päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai -klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 -i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta -poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin -sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä -palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin -rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen -mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella -sopimuksella.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html index b24ccb0..b17d213 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla -kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>”</span> Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö -2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja -jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä -oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil -eye</span>”</span>. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 -"<span class="emphasis"><em>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä -karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</em></span>" -Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai -kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä -ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</span></p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</span></p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää -heidät.</span>”</span></p><p> -Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli -kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat -opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen -antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin -(<span class="emphasis"><em>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</em></span> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla -joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden -tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet -turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja -kilpi.</span>”</span>. W.M. sanoi, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte -Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”</span>. Mormonien oli -naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +heidät.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 097687a..725b5c7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</h2></div></div></div><p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on -merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on -vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, -jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia -kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä -opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden -sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, -jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p><p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun -puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen -merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </p><p>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa -valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei -kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html index 52d0e1b..0f2eb56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,69 +1,66 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että -huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille -selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" title="Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen -kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen -merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Määrittely"><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta -Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Ristiinviittaukset"><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai -hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, -selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja -käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat -sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin -Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana -ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <span class="emphasis"><em>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan -kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla -voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, -eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt -kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei -näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' -<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, -1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Määrittely"><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Ristiinviittaukset"><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja -rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</em></span>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut -julistamaan [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja -määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" on öljyn -jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</em></span></p><p>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan -kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä -ja viiniä haavaan. Öljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen -päivinä. -</p><p>Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <span class="emphasis"><em>"Jos -joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä -voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan -Herran nimeen."</em></span> Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? -Jokapäiväistä!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +julistamaan [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html index 4a8f340..b834ebe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on -lisensioitu -"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä. - </p><p> - Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta -standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakti"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25457120"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="idp26706720"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta +standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakti"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 327e444..382212a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,211 +1,244 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bases de l'étude biblique</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn 5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Bases de l'étude biblique</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jn 5:39-40</attribution> + <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +God.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</para> -<para>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel, + <para>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel, mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title> -<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Écouter</title> -<para>Lc 11:28 <quote>Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Écouter</title> + <para>Lc 11:28 <quote>Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui la gardent !</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lire</title> -<para>Ap 1:3 <emphasis>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Lire</title> + <para>Ap 1:3 <emphasis>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de la prophétie..."</emphasis></para> -<para>1 Tm 4:13 <quote>applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Étude</title> -<para>Ac 17:11 <quote>Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de + <para>1 Tm 4:13 <quote>applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Étude</title> + <para>Ac 17:11 <quote>Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait -était exact.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tm 2:15 <quote>"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu +était exact.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tm 2:15 <quote>"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la parole de la vérité.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Mémoriser</title> -<para>Ps 119:11 <quote>Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Mémoriser</title> + <para>Ps 119:11 <quote>Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher contre toi.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Méditer</title> -<para>Ps 1:2-3 <quote>Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Méditer</title> + <para>Ps 1:2-3 <quote>Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit -point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</quote> -</para> - -<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Étude thématique</title> -<para>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Étude de personnage</title> -<para>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn +point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Types d'études bibliques</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Étude thématique</title> + <para>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Étude de personnage</title> + <para>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn 37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Étude expositoire</title> -<para>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenu</title> -<para>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>Étude expositoire</title> + <para>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Contenu</title> + <para>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne signifie pas.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexte</title> -<para>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est -roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure -du passage entier et du livre.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Références croisées</title> -<para>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Contexte</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Références croisées</title> + <para>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible ? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente face aux autres Écritures.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des -exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! -Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Quand tu fais l'aumône</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Quand tu jeûnes</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Quand tu pries</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Quand tu fais l'aumône</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Quand tu jeûnes</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Quand tu pries</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Quand vous donnez <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> -today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Trouvez ces versets : <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Pour faire une étude thématique </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</title> -<para>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Mt 7:1 <quote>Ne -jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés.</quote> et 1 Co 2:15 -<quote>L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout...</quote> ? Peut-être -y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par -"juger" en français ? (à partir de maintenant, nous activons -l'affichage des numéros Strong) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Recherche du mot "jugés".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Pour trouver la signification des noms</title> -<para>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Quand vous donnez <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Trouvez ces versets : <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>Pour faire une étude thématique</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>Pour trouver la signification des noms</title> + <para>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des noms dans les dictionnaires Grec ou Hébreu.</para> -<para>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigaïl</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nabal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigaïl</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Josué</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabas</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 88f2cfa..17e9582 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,314 +1,310 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title> -<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un livre unique</title> -<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>Un livre unique</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Ouvrage</entry> -<entry>Date d'écriture</entry> -<entry>Copie la plus ancienne</entry> -<entry>Période écoulée</entry><entry>Nombre de copies</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Hérodote</entry> -<entry>448-428 avant J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry> -<entry>1300 ans</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacite</entry> -<entry>100 après J.C.</entry><entry>1100 après J.C.</entry> -<entry>1000 ans</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de César</entry> -<entry>50-58 avant J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry> -<entry>950 ans</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>L'<emphasis>histoire romaine</emphasis> de Live</entry> -<entry>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry> -<entry>900 ans</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Nouveau Testament</entry> -<entry>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</entry><entry>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</entry> <entry>30 - 310 ans</entry><entry>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Ouvrage</entry> + <entry>Date d'écriture</entry> + <entry>Copie la plus ancienne</entry> + <entry>Période écoulée</entry> + <entry>Nombre de copies</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Hérodote</entry> + <entry>448-428 avant J.C.</entry> + <entry>900 après J.C.</entry> + <entry>1300 ans</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacite</entry> + <entry>100 après J.C.</entry> + <entry>1100 après J.C.</entry> + <entry>1000 ans</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de César</entry> + <entry>50-58 avant J.C.</entry> + <entry>900 après J.C.</entry> + <entry>950 ans</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>L'<emphasis>histoire romaine</emphasis> de Live</entry> + <entry>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</entry> + <entry>900 après J.C.</entry> + <entry>900 ans</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Nouveau Testament</entry> + <entry>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</entry> + <entry>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 ans</entry> + <entry>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part -parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</para> -<para>2 Tm 3:16 dit,"<emphasis>Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est -parcourue du Souffle de Dieu].</emphasis>" Le pensez-vous ? Avant de -répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à -vis des Écritures. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</para> -<para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2 Tm 3:16 poursuit : "<emphasis>... et utile pour enseigner, pour -convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme -de Dieu soit accompli et propre à toute bonne oeuvre.</emphasis>" Si nous -admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle -doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un livre qui agit</title> -<para> -Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 affirme que la -Bible "<emphasis>...agit en vous qui croyez.</emphasis>" À coté de chaque -verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Référence</entry> -<entry>Action</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Ep 5:26 -</entry> -<entry>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir -purifiée par le baptême d'eau..." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Ac 20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Rm 15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que -donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Rm 10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de -la parole de Christ." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Co 10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et -elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Mt 4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain -seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un livre qui libère</title> -<para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout -particulièrement à propos de la vérité de la Parole.</para> - -<para>Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisé dans Ep 4:14 signifie plus précisément un -<emphasis>vent violent. </emphasis> "<emphasis>afin que nous ne soyons plus -des enfants, flottants et emportés à tout vent de -doctrine...</emphasis>"L'une des actions de l'étude de la Bible est de nous -ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas -facilement "emportés".</para> - -<para><emphasis>Jésus leur répondit : </emphasis>"<emphasis>Vous êtes dans -l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de -Dieu.</emphasis>"Mt 22:29</para> -<para>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>Un livre qui agit</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Référence</entry> + <entry>Action</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Ep 5:26</entry> + <entry>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir +purifiée par le baptême d'eau..."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ac 20:32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rm 15:4</entry> + <entry>encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que +donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rm 10:17</entry> + <entry>foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de +la parole de Christ."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Co 10:11</entry> + <entry>instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et +elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Mt 4:4</entry> + <entry>nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain +seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Un livre qui libère</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de l'erreur ?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>La Parole de Dieu</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>La puissance de Dieu </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un livre qui combat</title> -<para> -Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>L'armure spirituelle</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Question</entry> -<entry>Réponse</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Combien sont offensives ?</entry><entry>Un</entry></row> -<row><entry>La (les) quelle(s) ? </entry><entry>La Parole - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Les exhortations</title> -<para> -2 Tm 2:15 "<emphasis>Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme -éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la -parole de la vérité.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -Col 3:16 "<emphasis>Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous abondamment; -instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute sagesse, par -des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, chantant à Dieu -dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? </para> -<para> -Pas qu'un peu !</para> - -<para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>La Parole de Dieu</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>La puissance de Dieu</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Un livre qui combat</title> + <para>Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>L'armure spirituelle</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Question</entry> + <entry>Réponse</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Combien sont offensives ?</entry> + <entry>Un</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>La (les) quelle(s) ?</entry> + <entry>La Parole - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Les exhortations</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?</para> + <para>Pas qu'un peu !</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, -correspondant au jour dans le mois.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & -140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes -un chapitre par jour.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes +un chapitre par jour.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les Psaumes & -proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 42e7b9a..d8cabb4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,263 +1,274 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> - -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Définition</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Définition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Références croisées</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Références croisées</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemple 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Exemple 1A</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> -<para><emphasis>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le -retenir !</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemple 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le +retenir !</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Exemple 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Références croisées pour aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : -"oindre"] Jésus.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds -avec ses cheveux</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Références croisées pour chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lc 4:18 <quote>L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour -annoncer [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux -références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des -différences: <emphasis>"aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de -l'huile et "chrio" l'usage spirituel</emphasis></para> - -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Références croisées pour aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] Jésus.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Références croisées pour chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lc 4:18 <quote>L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</para> -<para>Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à Jc -5:14 <emphasis>"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle les -anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant -d'huile au nom du Seigneur."</emphasis> "oindre" désigne un acte pratique ou -spirituel ? Pratique !</para> -<para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemple 2A</title> -<para>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jn 3:5 <emphasis>"...naît -d'eau et d'Esprit..."</emphasis> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont -on parle ici ?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Exemple 2A</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemple 2B</title> -<para>1 Co 14:34 <emphasis>"que les femmes se taisent dans les -assemblées"</emphasis> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co -11:5 <emphasis>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise..."</emphasis></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemple 2C</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title> -<para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Exemple 2B</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Exemple 2C</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemple 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Exemple 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemple 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Exemple 3B</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemple 4A</title> -<para><quote>oeil en mauvais état</quote> dans Mt 6:23.</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Exemple 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemple 4B</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</quote></para> -<para>Dt 33:27 <quote>Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</quote></para> -<para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Exemple 4B</title> + <para>Is.59:1 <quote>Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</quote></para> + <para>Dt 33:27 <quote>Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title> -<para>Une allégorie est : <emphasis>Une histoire où chaque élément à une + <para>Une allégorie est : <emphasis>Une histoire où chaque élément à une signification.</emphasis></para> -<para>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</para> - -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + <para>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemple 5A</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Exemple 5A</title> + <para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para> -<para>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à -protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemple 5B</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Exemple 5B</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook index 4865113..23a7921 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,68 +9,47 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>L'équipe BibleTime</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>L'équipe BibleTime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - Ce document a été originellement créé par M. Bob Harman et est sous licence -<link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative -Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Résumé</title> - - <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </para> - <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study + <title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Résumé</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Étude</keyword> - <keyword>Tutoriel</keyword> - </keywordset> - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Étude</keyword> + <keyword>Tutoriel</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 77b6f97..ecfffb1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Écouter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11:28 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui la gardent !</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lire"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de -la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Tm 4:13 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</span> »</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Ac 17:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de +la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Tm 4:13 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Ac 17:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait -était exact.</span> »</span> -</p><p>2 Tm 2:15 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu +était exact.</span> »</span></p><p>2 Tm 2:15 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la parole de la vérité.</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mémoriser"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps 119:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher contre toi.</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Méditer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps 1:2-3 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit -point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</span> »</span> -</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</span> »</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 7aa539e..2036597 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des -exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! -Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant -d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand vous donnez </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span> »</span> -today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span> »</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant +d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand vous donnez </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span> »</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 8c3ccca..775f668 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne -signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est -roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure -du passage entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Références croisées"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible +signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Références croisées"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible ? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html index 706060f..8dc30e2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types d'études bibliques"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude de personnage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types d'études bibliques"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude de personnage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude expositoire"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 27aebff..b834f05 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour rechercher un verset particulier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouvez ces versets : </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour faire une étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Mt 7:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Ne -jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés.</span> »</span> et 1 Co 2:15 -<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout...</span> »</span> ? Peut-être -y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par -"juger" en français ? (à partir de maintenant, nous activons -l'affichage des numéros Strong) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour trouver la signification des noms"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour rechercher un verset particulier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouvez ces versets : </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour faire une étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span> »</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span> »</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour trouver la signification des noms"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des noms dans les dictionnaires Grec ou Hébreu.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html index 2c53e00..eb1c58e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span> »</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel, mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index d0aa835..796b769 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2 Tm 3:16 dit,"<span class="emphasis"><em>Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est -parcourue du Souffle de Dieu].</em></span>" Le pensez-vous ? Avant de -répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à-vis des Écritures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3:16 poursuit : "<span class="emphasis"><em>... et utile pour enseigner, pour -convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme -de Dieu soit accompli et propre à toute bonne oeuvre.</em></span>" Si nous -admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle -doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 065d43d..034cc02 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Les exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tm 2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme -éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la -parole de la vérité.</em></span>" -</p><p> -Col 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous abondamment; -instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute sagesse, par -des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, chantant à Dieu -dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</em></span>" -</p><p>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? </p><p> -Pas qu'un peu !</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Les exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?</p><p>Pas qu'un peu !</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index bdc1547..0ed15d4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,16 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui libère"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout -particulièrement à propos de la vérité de la Parole.</p><p>Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisé dans Ep 4:14 signifie plus précisément un -<span class="emphasis"><em>vent violent. </em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>afin que nous ne soyons plus -des enfants, flottants et emportés à tout vent de -doctrine...</em></span>"L'une des actions de l'étude de la Bible est de nous -ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas -facilement "emportés".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jésus leur répondit : </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vous êtes dans -l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de -Dieu.</em></span>"Mt 22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de -l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui libère"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de +l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La puissance de Dieu</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html index 2611716..830ee3b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 209f7a5..a4551b8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour, correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les Psaumes & -proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 844b86a..d6bfd0d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui combat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>Un</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui combat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p>Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>Un</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ?</td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html index 6cf0641..40d288e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui agit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p> -Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 affirme que la -Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>...agit en vous qui croyez.</em></span>" À coté de chaque -verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ep 5:26 -</td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir -purifiée par le baptême d'eau..." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Ac 20:32 -</td><td> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rm 15:4 -</td><td> -encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que -donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rm 10:17 -</td><td> -foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de -la parole de Christ." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Co 10:11 -</td><td> -instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et -elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Mt 4:4 -</td><td> -nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain -seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libère</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui agit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ep 5:26</td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir +purifiée par le baptême d'eau..."</td></tr><tr><td>Ac 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15:4</td><td>encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que +donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance."</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 10:17</td><td>foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de +la parole de Christ."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Co 10:11</td><td>instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et +elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..."</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4:4</td><td>nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain +seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libère</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html index 53e5e82..df13f5e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,29 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un livre unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un livre unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes -anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 après J.C.</td><td>1100 après J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>la <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerre des Gaules</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>950 ans</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>L'<span class="emphasis"><em>histoire romaine</em></span> de Live</td><td>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>900 ans</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Nouveau Testament</td><td>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</td><td>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</td><td>30 - 310 ans</td><td>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 après J.C.</td><td>1100 après J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>la <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerre des Gaules</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>950 ans</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>L'<span class="emphasis"><em>histoire romaine</em></span> de Live</td><td>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>900 ans</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nouveau Testament</td><td>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</td><td>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</td><td>30 - 310 ans</td><td>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part -parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html index c03a24d..750fe76 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,22 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jn 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît -d'eau et d'Esprit..."</em></span> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont -on parle ici ?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les -assemblées"</em></span> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co -11:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span> »</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span> »</span>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span> »</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span> »</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 2ef5e76..4630713 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span> but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>but <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span> »</span>; later we can ask, -<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> »</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> »</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 02113c2..baa0a85 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span> »</span> dans Mt 6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</span></p><p>Dt 33:27 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</span></p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</span></p><p>Dt 33:27 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span> »</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</span> »</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span> »</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +is a bird</span> »</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 2aced00..0961376 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire où chaque élément à une signification.</em></span></p><p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à -protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html index e2ef232..765a733 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,70 +1,68 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une -parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span> »</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Définition"><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Références croisées"><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Références croisées"><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le -retenir !</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le +retenir !</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées pour aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : "oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées pour chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4:18 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour -annoncer [...]</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux -références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des -différences: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de -l'huile et "chrio" l'usage spirituel</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +annoncer [...]</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</p><p>Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à Jc -5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle les -anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant -d'huile au nom du Seigneur."</em></span> "oindre" désigne un acte pratique ou -spirituel ? Pratique !</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html index a04e581..a63a05d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">L'équipe BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 L'équipe BibleTime; -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="id14943873"></a><p> - Ce document a été originellement créé par M. Bob Harman et est sous licence - "Creative -Commons Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="idp26710880"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index b22438f..b0303a0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,207 +1,243 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Tudakozzátok az Ãrásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> + <para>Tudakozzátok az Ãrásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok hozzám jÅ‘ni, hogy életetek legyen!</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>A fÅ‘ indÃtéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>A fÅ‘ indÃtéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: <quote> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsÅ‘höz, hogy ringassuk a babát</quote>; de a Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az -Istennel való szövetségért. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +Istennel való szövetségért.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Ãrást, ugyanannyi, -mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta -a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövÅ‘ életet." Ez a fajta -tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben Å‘k keservesen csalódtak. [...]</para> -<para>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Ãrást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> + <para>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Ãrást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható, szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk Krisztussal.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title> -<para>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, mÃg tanulmányozni -és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az -Ãrásba. Elmélkedni az Ãrásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, -tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hallgatni</title> -<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>SÅ‘t inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Hallgatni</title> + <para>Lk.11:28 <quote>SÅ‘t inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, és megtartják azt.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Olvasni</title> -<para>Jel.1:3 <quote>Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Olvasni</title> + <para>Jel.1:3 <quote>Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak beszédeit [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Tanulmányozni</title> -<para>ApCsel 17:11 <quote>Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a + <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Tanulmányozni</title> + <para>ApCsel 17:11 <quote>Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az Ãgét teljes készséggel, -naponként tudakozva az Ãrásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Igyekezzél, hogy Isten elÅ‘tt becsületesen megállj, mint +naponként tudakozva az Ãrásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Igyekezzél, hogy Isten elÅ‘tt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak beszédét.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizálni</title> -<para>Zsolt.119:11 <quote>SzÃvembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Memorizálni</title> + <para>Zsolt.119:11 <quote>SzÃvembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem ellened.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Elmélkedni</title> -<para>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <quote>Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az Å‘ + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Elmélkedni</title> + <para>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <quote>Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az Å‘ törvényérÅ‘l gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem -hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</quote> -</para> - -<para>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlÃtották, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes -megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az IgérÅ‘l miközben -bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az elÅ‘zÅ‘ négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen -feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van -szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és -memorizálja. Ez azért van Ãgy, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia -általános üzenetét.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás tÃpusai</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Témák tanulmányozása</title> -<para>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>A Biblia tanulmányozás tÃpusai</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Témák tanulmányozása</title> + <para>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy szószedetek alapján.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Karakterek tanulmányozása</title> -<para>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Karakterek tanulmányozása</title> + <para>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az 1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>MegismerÅ‘ tanulmányozás</title> -<para>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Tartalom</title> -<para>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>MegismerÅ‘ tanulmányozás</title> + <para>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Tartalom</title> + <para>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Szövegkörnyezet</title> -<para>A környezetében lévÅ‘ versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a -király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes -szakasszal és könyvvel.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title> -<para>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Szövegkörnyezet</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Kereszthivatkozások</title> + <para>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok tesztjének.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerÅ‘ tanulmányozása</title> -<para>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, elÅ‘ször megkeresve a -kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor -megtalálta, Ãrjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek elÅ‘tt gyakoroljátok</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Mit jelent a <quote>kegyesség gyakorlása</quote>? Ad erre a szakasz példát? -Az életünk mely területének lett ez cÃmezve? <emphasis>A -motivációnknak!</emphasis> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Amikor adsz</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Amikor böjtölsz</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Amikor imádkozol</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerÅ‘ tanulmányozása</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek elÅ‘tt gyakoroljátok</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Amikor adsz</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Amikor böjtölsz</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Amikor imádkozol</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan <quote>kürtöltethet</quote> bárki manapság?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>titokban csináld.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>stb.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Megtalálni a pontos verset</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versbÅ‘l.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Menjen végig az oszlopon, mÃg meg nem találja a verset.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </title> -<para>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. ElÅ‘ször -nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket -felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide -vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdÃj" és még a -"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>A jelentés tisztázása GörögbÅ‘l és HéberbÅ‘l</title> -<para>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1<quote>Ne Ãtéljetek, -hogy ne Ãtéltessetek!</quote> és az 1 Kor.2.15 <quote>A lelki ember azonban -mindent megÃtél</quote> között? Lehet, hogy itt két különbözÅ‘ görög szó van, -amit ugyanúgy "Ãtél" szóval fordÃthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's -Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Keresse meg az "Ãtél" szót</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott -görög szó hivatkozási száma. Ãrja le.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Most keresse ki a "megÃtél" szót.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a -görög, mÃg az Ószövetségé a héber.) HasonlÃtsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú -szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</title> -<para>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>titokban csináld.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>stb.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>Megtalálni a pontos verset</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versbÅ‘l.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Menjen végig az oszlopon, mÃg meg nem találja a verset.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>A jelentés tisztázása GörögbÅ‘l és HéberbÅ‘l</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</title> + <para>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy héberben.</para> -<para>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és Ãrja le a jelentésüket:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nábál</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Józsué</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabás</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és Ãrja le a jelentésüket:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nábál</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigail</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Józsué</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabás</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 4610aeb..535321e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,313 +1,307 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Isten szavának jelentÅ‘sége</title> -<para>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segÃtségük hÃvják -Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsÅ‘dleges módoknak, hogy -megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>A Könyv, amely PÃRATLAN</title> -<para>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Ãllamokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt -hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idÅ‘k és minden év -bestsellere! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -szerzÅ‘ségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt Ãródott, különbözÅ‘ háttérrel -rendelkezÅ‘ 40 különbözÅ‘ szerzÅ‘tÅ‘l, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy Ãrta -volna. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <emphasis> MegbÃzhatóak az Újszövetség -dokumentumai?</emphasis> műve összehasonlÃtja az Újszövetség kéziratait más -Å‘si iratokkal: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlÃtása más Å‘si iratokkal.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Irat</entry> -<entry>Keletkezés</entry> -<entry>Legkorábbi másolat</entry> -<entry>Eltelt idÅ‘</entry><entry>Fennmaradt másolatok</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Hérodotosz</entry> -<entry>448-428 Kr.e</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> -<entry>1300 év</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacitus</entry> -<entry>100 Kr.u.</entry><entry>1100 Kr.u.</entry> -<entry>1000 év</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Cézár <emphasis>Gall háború</emphasis></entry> -<entry>58-50 Kr.e.</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> -<entry>950 év</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Livius <emphasis>Róma története</emphasis></entry> -<entry>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> -<entry>900 év</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Újszövetség</entry> -<entry>Kr.u. 40 - 100</entry><entry>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</entry> <entry>30 -310 év</entry><entry>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Cézár <emphasis>Gall háborújából</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 -évvel késÅ‘bbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan -példánya 350-bÅ‘l, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes -szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekbÅ‘l, mÃg János evangéliumának töredékeit -Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája Ãrja, -1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <emphasis>Élet -Kérdései</emphasis> 25-26. oldalán </attribution><para>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyÃték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Isten szavának jelentÅ‘sége</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>A Könyv, amely PÃRATLAN</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlÃtása más Å‘si iratokkal.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Irat</entry> + <entry>Keletkezés</entry> + <entry>Legkorábbi másolat</entry> + <entry>Eltelt idÅ‘</entry> + <entry>Fennmaradt másolatok</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Hérodotosz</entry> + <entry>448-428 Kr.e</entry> + <entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> + <entry>1300 év</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacitus</entry> + <entry>100 Kr.u.</entry> + <entry>1100 Kr.u.</entry> + <entry>1000 év</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Cézár <emphasis>Gall háború</emphasis></entry> + <entry>58-50 Kr.e.</entry> + <entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> + <entry>950 év</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Livius <emphasis>Róma története</emphasis></entry> + <entry>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</entry> + <entry>900 Kr.u.</entry> + <entry>900 év</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Újszövetség</entry> + <entry>Kr.u. 40 - 100</entry> + <entry>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</entry> + <entry>30 -310 év</entry> + <entry>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyÃték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelÃthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi -Å‘si prózai irat között." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title> -<para><emphasis>Zsid. 4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Isten igéje élÅ‘ és -ható... </emphasis> " Jézus mondta<emphasis> (Mt. 4:4)</emphasis><emphasis> -Meg van Ãrva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely -Isten szájából származik.</emphasis> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten -Szelleme ott van, és beszél a szÃvünkhöz folyamatosan-frissen. -</para> -<para>2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "<emphasis>A teljes Ãrás IstentÅ‘l -ihletett,</emphasis>". Hiszi ezt? MielÅ‘tt válaszol, vegye fontolóra Jézus -hozzáállását a SzentÃráshoz. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó</emphasis>, InterVarsity -Press 1978, 93-95 </attribution><para>Hivatkozott emberi szerzÅ‘kre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy -Isteni SzerzÅ‘ állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes -mondta, mint azt, hogy az Úr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). Ugyanúgy idézte a 1 -Móz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtÅ‘jét (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt -mondta: "Találóan prófétált Ézsaiás rólatok, ti képmutatók, amint meg van -Ãrva:", és amint elkezdi az idézetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 & -Ésa. 29:13). Ez Jézus hozzáállása, amit az Újszövetség szerzÅ‘i is -meggyÅ‘zÅ‘désük szerint átvettek, ti. az Ãrás kettÅ‘s szerzÅ‘ségét. Számukra -valóság volt az, hogy "régen sokszor és sokféleképpen szólt Isten az -atyákhoz a próféták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanúgy, mint "a SzentlélektÅ‘l -indÃttatva szólaltak meg az IstentÅ‘l küldött emberek" (2 Pét. 1:21). Sem -Isten nem beszélt úgy, hogy elvenné az ember személyiségét, sem az emberek -úgy, hogy sérült volna az Isteni szerzÅ‘ szava. Isten szólt. Emberek -szóltak. A valóság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktól. ... -</para> -<para> -Akkor ez volt Krisztus nézete az Ãrásokról. Az Å‘ bizonyságuk volt Isten -bizonysága. A Biblia tanúbizonysága Isten tanúbizonysága. Éppen ezért a fÅ‘ -oka, amiért a keresztyének hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetében, az az, hogy -Jézus önmaga is ezt tartotta róla. </para></blockquote> - -<para>A 2 Tim. 3:16 Ãgy folytatódik: "<emphasis>hasznos a tanÃtásra, a feddésre, a -megjobbÃtásra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten -embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészÃtett.</emphasis>" Ha hisszük, hogy a -Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a -tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title> -<para> -Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy -"<emphasis>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</emphasis>" -Minden Ãrás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Hivatkozás</entry> -<entry>Cselekedet</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Ef. 5:26 -</entry> -<entry>megtisztÃt -- "...hogy a vÃz fürdÅ‘jével az ige által megtisztÃtva -megszentelje." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -ApCsel. 20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -felépÃt -- " ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépÃthet -benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Róm. 15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -vigasztal -- "Ãrásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merÃtve reménykedjünk." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Róm. 10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde -által." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Kor. 10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül -Ãratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó idÅ‘kben élünk." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Mt. 4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -táplál -- "Å Ãgy válaszolt: 'Meg van Ãrva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, -hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'" -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>A könyv ami megszabadÃt</title> -<para> -Jn. 8:32 "<emphasis>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká -tesz titeket.</emphasis>" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták -idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az Ãgéret? Használni kell a tudás -összes formáját? A válasz a mondat elsÅ‘ felében van, a 31. versben: -"<emphasis>Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én -tanÃtványaim vagytok;</emphasis>"</para> -<para>Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes Ãgéret, azaz szólni kell Isten -igéjének igazságát.</para> - -<para>A "szél" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel, -<emphasis>erÅ‘szakos szél.</emphasis> "<emphasis> Az, hogy nem vagyunk -gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve -vagyunk a tanÃtások akármi szelétÅ‘l...</emphasis>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ige -tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk -könnyen "elfújhatók."</para> - -<para><emphasis>De Jézus Ãgy válaszolt és mondta nekik,</emphasis> -"<emphasis>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az Ãrásokat, sem az -Istennek hatalmát.</emphasis>" Mt. 22:29</para> -<para>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Isten igéje</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Isten hatalma </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title> -<para> -Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkrÅ‘l.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Szellemi páncél</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Kérdés</entry> -<entry>Válasz</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Mennyi támadó?</entry><entry>Egy</entry></row> -<row><entry>Melyik(ek)? </entry><entry>az ige - <foreignphrase>réma</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>BátorÃtás</title> -<para> -2 Tim. 2:15 " <emphasis> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten elÅ‘tt becsületesen megállj, -mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az -igazságnak beszédét.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -Kol. 3:16 "<emphasis>A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon, -minden bölcsességben; tanÃtván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal, -dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szÃvetekben az -Úrnak.</emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belÅ‘le? </para> -<para> -Nem kevés!</para> - -<para> -Préd. 12:13-14 "<emphasis>A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez, -és mint a szegek, erÅ‘sen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanÃtóinak szavai; -melyek egy pásztortól adattak. MindezekbÅ‘l, fiam, intessél meg: a sok -könyvek Ãrásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a -testnek.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</emphasis> InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességérÅ‘l Krisztusban egy szó -hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> és az -<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordÃtják: -egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami -elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt -alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Ãgy Júdás -apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a -Római levél is mondja "<emphasis>a bűnnek halt meg egyszer</emphasis>" -(Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28). </para> <para> -Ãgy mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus -szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a -Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban -teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk -Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul -- -Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül, -Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele -nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a -<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> a megváltásunkat tekintve</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>KiegészÃtés: Biblia olvasási programok</title> <para> Itt található néhány egyszerű leÃrás, melynek segÃtségével rendszerszerűen -olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 -és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évrÅ‘l -évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy -héten.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak -megfelelÅ‘en.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, -például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a -Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet +Å‘si prózai irat között."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó</emphasis>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, 93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Hivatkozás</entry> + <entry>Cselekedet</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Ef. 5:26</entry> + <entry>megtisztÃt -- "...hogy a vÃz fürdÅ‘jével az ige által megtisztÃtva +megszentelje."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>ApCsel. 20:32 </entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Róm. 15:4</entry> + <entry>vigasztal -- "Ãrásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merÃtve reménykedjünk."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Róm. 10:17</entry> + <entry>hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde +által."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Kor. 10:11</entry> + <entry>figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül +Ãratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó idÅ‘kben élünk."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Mt. 4:4</entry> + <entry>táplál -- "Å Ãgy válaszolt: 'Meg van Ãrva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, +hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>A könyv ami megszabadÃt</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Isten igéje</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Isten hatalma</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>A könyv, amely harcol</title> + <para>Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkrÅ‘l.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Szellemi páncél</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Kérdés</entry> + <entry>Válasz</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Mennyi támadó?</entry> + <entry>Egy</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Melyik(ek)?</entry> + <entry>az ige - <foreignphrase>réma</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>BátorÃtás</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belÅ‘le?</para> + <para>Nem kevés!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>KiegészÃtés: Biblia olvasási programok</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +héten.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak +megfelelÅ‘en.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, +például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a +Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet olvas naponta sz ÓszövetségbÅ‘l, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, -sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index ed94180..10c74ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,265 +1,276 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title> -<para>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet, -kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai -hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az -eredeti szerzÅ‘ szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). MÃg a szakaszok -alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga -az Ãrás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2 -Pét. 1:20 <quote> Tudván elÅ‘ször azt, hogy az Ãrásban egy prófétai szó sem -támad saját magyarázatból.</quote>). Bizonyos szabályok segÃtenek a helyes -megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellÅ‘zése az emberek -számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követÅ‘iknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16 -<quote>a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthetÅ‘ dolgok, a miket a -tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb Ãrásokat is, a -magok vesztére.</quote></para> - -<para>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordÃtson -figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? -Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</title> -<para>LegprecÃzebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a -szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következÅ‘ -lépések követésével:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>DefinÃció</title> - <para>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>DefinÃció</title> + <para>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az igeidÅ‘ is döntÅ‘ fontosságú.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title> - <para>HasonlÃtsa össze az Ãrást az Ãrással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög -vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordÃtás) elÅ‘fordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új -megvilágÃtásba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerzÅ‘ hogyan -használta a szót máshol? Más szerzÅ‘k? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még -értelmezési segÃtséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben -is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a -magyar? <emphasis>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar -fordÃtása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérÅ‘ jelentésárnyalata -is.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>1A példa</title> -<para>Jn. 20:17 <emphasis>"Ne érints"</emphasis> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy -hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt, -mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ãm ez korántsem helyes feltevés, -nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében.</para> - -<para>Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó "érints" mellett a pim680 -számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: "680: -haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani -valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... MegkülönböztetendÅ‘ a pselaphao -(5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszÃnét érinteni. Most nézzük -a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "AktÃv beszéd, utasÃtást adhat -valaminek a jövÅ‘beli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet -befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatÃv parancs, vagyis felszólÃtás arra, hogy -fejezÅ‘djön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>1B példa</title> -<para>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <emphasis>HÃvja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és -imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén Å‘t olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> Mi -ez a megkenés?</para> -<para>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is -amit a "megken" szóval fordÃthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni, -bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni" -(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidÅ‘t is, "apta" befejezett -melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya -szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli -fÅ‘igét megelÅ‘zÅ‘en a cselekmény befejezÅ‘dött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bÅ‘jtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék -Å‘t.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyÃtnak vala.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az Å‘ lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a -saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk. 4:28 <quote>Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy -a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit -felkentél, [...]</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel Å‘t az Isten Szent Lélekkel és -hatalommal, </para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a -kereszthivatkozásokra és definÃciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: -<emphasis>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, -"chrio" pedig a szellemi</emphasis></para> - -<para>Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról -abban az idÅ‘ben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert -emberrÅ‘l, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban -az idÅ‘ben. -</para> -<para>Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére -<emphasis>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? HÃvja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és -imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén Å‘t olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> A -"megkenvén" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! </para> -<para> -Tehát a görög igeidÅ‘ szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordÃtva talán "már -megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint elÅ‘bb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Úrnak -nevében" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a -megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének elÅ‘bb adjanak -orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos -az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title> -<para>Értelmezze az Ãrást az Ãrással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi -a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az -baj. Ãltalában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz -helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad -bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében, -tovább kell keresnünk.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>2A példa</title> -<para>Az elÅ‘zÅ‘ leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <emphasis>"születik vÃztÅ‘l és -LélektÅ‘l"</emphasis> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a vÃz, amit itt jelez?</para> -<para>Nem a vÃzkeresztség kérdésérÅ‘l beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a -témáról, amirÅ‘l Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen -témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A vÃz a -magzatvÃz, "születni vÃztÅ‘l" = természetes születés.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>2B példa</title> -<para>1 Kor. 14:34 <quote> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a -gyülekezetekben,</quote> együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel <quote>Minden -asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>2C példa</title> -<para>ApCsel 2:38 <quote> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és -keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek -bocsánatjára; "</quote>. Ez a rész a bemerÃtés/keresztelés általi -újjászületésrÅ‘l szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre, -levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ãm a tiszta tanÃtás fényében máshol az -újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben -megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerÃtkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra -tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhÃrre. Ha a -bemerÃtés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan Ãrhatta Pál az -1 Kor. 1:17 -ben<emphasis> Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy -kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title> -<para> -ElÅ‘ször ne azt kérdezzük <quote> Mit jelent ez számomra</quote>, hanem -<quote>Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</quote> Csak ez után -tegyük fel a kérdést: <quote>Mit jelent ez számomra?</quote> Be kell -tekintenünk a szerzÅ‘ és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>3A példa</title><para> <quote>Három nap és három éjjel</quote> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a -"Szerdai keresztre feszÃtés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong -kultusz követÅ‘it. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott -fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három" -és "nap" szó szerint vétele nem segÃt a látható ellentmondás feloldásában.</para> -<para>Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a -napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a -vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7 -vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). UgyanÃgy a zsidók a megkezdett -napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdÅ‘dtek, és -este 6-kor végzÅ‘dtek. Ãgy péntek délután 3-6 : elsÅ‘ nap. Péntek este 6 -tól -szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a -harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkÃmélhet a bajoktól.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>3B példa</title><para>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ãbrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasÃtása, majd a részek -között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik -fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is, -ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ãm ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált -keresztül, Ãgy ez egyoldalú szövetség.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title> -<para>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell -értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük -is lehet.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>4A példa</title> -<para><quote>gonosz szem</quote> Mt. 6:23-ban</para> -<para>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segÃt most. 2. szabály, -szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az elÅ‘tte -lévÅ‘, sem a következÅ‘ részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen -értelmezünk!</para> -<para>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <quote>gonosz -szem</quote>. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: -Mt. 20:15 "<emphasis>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit -akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</emphasis>" Itt -azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6 --hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a -szöveget.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>4B példa</title> -<para>Ésa. 59:1 <quote> Ãmé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</quote></para> -<para>5 Móz. 33:27 <quote>alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</quote></para> -<para> -A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy -bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer -meggyÅ‘ztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanÃtsák azt, hogy Isten lehet -belÅ‘lünk, mint Å! Egy elÅ‘adáson, amelyet Å‘k tartottak, egy csoport Mormon -elöljáró kihÃvta Walter Martint (a <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis> -szerzÅ‘je) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a -Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 -<quote>Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</quote> -W.M azt mondta ekkor: <quote>ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján -bebizonyÃtható, hogy Å madár</quote>. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint -megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Kereszthivatkozások</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>1A példa</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>1B példa</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bÅ‘jtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék +Å‘t.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyÃtnak vala.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az Å‘ lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a +saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lk. 4:28 <quote>Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy +a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit +felkentél, [...]</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel Å‘t az Isten Szent Lélekkel és +hatalommal, </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>2A példa</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>2B példa</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>2C példa</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>3A példa</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>3B példa</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>4A példa</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>4B példa</title> + <para>Ésa. 59:1 <quote> Ãmé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</quote></para> + <para>5 Móz. 33:27 <quote>alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title> -<para>Az allegória: <emphasis> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése + <para>Az allegória: <emphasis> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése van.</emphasis></para> -<para>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</para> - -<para>Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvetÅ‘ példázata allegória: a magok -Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat -nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a -mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján, -összezavarhatnak. A tiszta Ãrás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket, -ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>5A példa</title> -<para>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bÃró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a + <para>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>5A példa</title> + <para>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bÃró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a történet egy dolgot tanÃt: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként tekintjük, mit kapunk?</para> -<para>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek -jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Åt, stb.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>5B példa</title> -<para>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </para> -<para>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már -nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája -becsapását. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Åt, stb.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>5B példa</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook index b7d77c7..ac32e95 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,70 +9,47 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készÃtette, és a <link -url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link> felhasználási feltételei szerint -licenszelte. A magyar fordÃtást Novák Géza készÃtette. - </para> - <para> - Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön -jelzettek. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Vázlat</title> - - <para> - A <application>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</application> egy vezérfonal a -biblia tanulmányozásához - </para> - <para> - A &bibletime; csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az -Ãrások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges -útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson -semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanÃtást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és -tanulmányozza az Ãrásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, -hogy kÃvánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szÃvébe, Å nem fog csalódást -okozni. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Tanulmányozni</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - + <title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink +url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön +jelzettek.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Vázlat</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Tanulmányozni</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 6f9b57e..b4f833b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,23 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni -és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az -Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, -tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hallgatni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hallgatni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, és megtartják azt.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Olvasni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak -beszédeit [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tanulmányozni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +beszédeit [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tanulmányozni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, -naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>”</span> -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak beszédét.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizálni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem ellened.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Elmélkedni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem -hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>”</span> -</p><p>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes -megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben -bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen -feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van -szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és -memorizálja. Ez azért van így, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia -általános üzenetét.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 3f9885f..268f2b6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a -kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor -megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”</span>? Ad erre a szakasz példát? -Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <span class="emphasis"><em>A -motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz -módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>”</span> bárki manapság?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz +módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 61718da..41e3174 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tartalom"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a -meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Szövegkörnyezet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a -király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes -szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kereszthivatkozások"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tartalom"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Szövegkörnyezet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kereszthivatkozások"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok -tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html index 6e3a47d..3f0a429 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Témák tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Témák tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Karakterek tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az -1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Megismerő tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Megismerő tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index b4c2571..5dd6bb9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Megtalálni a pontos verset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Téma szerinti tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először -nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket -felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide -vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a -"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" title="A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek, -hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>”</span> és az 1 Kor.2.15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban -mindent megítél</span>”</span> között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, -amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's -Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott -görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a -görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú -szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Nevek jelentésének megkeresése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy -héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábál</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Józsué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Megtalálni a pontos verset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Téma szerinti tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Nevek jelentésének megkeresése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábál</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Józsué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html index 29eac2f..6dadc2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok -hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: +hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”</span>; de a Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az -Istennel való szövetségért. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, -mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta -a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta -tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]</p><p>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha +Istennel való szövetségért.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható, szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk Krisztussal.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 66b2a6c..0a25aee 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,31 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és -ható... </em></span> " Jézus mondta<span class="emphasis"><em> (Mt. 4:4)</em></span><span class="emphasis"><em> -Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely -Isten szájából származik.</em></span> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten -Szelleme ott van, és beszél a szívünkhöz folyamatosan-frissen. -</p><p>2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "<span class="emphasis"><em>A teljes Írás Istentől -ihletett,</em></span>". Hiszi ezt? Mielőtt válaszol, vegye fontolóra Jézus -hozzáállását a Szentíráshoz. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Hivatkozott emberi szerzőkre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy -Isteni Szerző állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes -mondta, mint azt, hogy az Úr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). Ugyanúgy idézte a 1 -Móz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtőjét (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt -mondta: "Találóan prófétált Ézsaiás rólatok, ti képmutatók, amint meg van -írva:", és amint elkezdi az idézetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 & -Ésa. 29:13). Ez Jézus hozzáállása, amit az Újszövetség szerzői is -meggyőződésük szerint átvettek, ti. az írás kettős szerzőségét. Számukra -valóság volt az, hogy "régen sokszor és sokféleképpen szólt Isten az -atyákhoz a próféták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanúgy, mint "a Szentlélektől -indíttatva szólaltak meg az Istentől küldött emberek" (2 Pét. 1:21). Sem -Isten nem beszélt úgy, hogy elvenné az ember személyiségét, sem az emberek -úgy, hogy sérült volna az Isteni szerző szava. Isten szólt. Emberek -szóltak. A valóság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktól. ... -</p><p> -Akkor ez volt Krisztus nézete az Írásokról. Az ő bizonyságuk volt Isten -bizonysága. A Biblia tanúbizonysága Isten tanúbizonysága. Éppen ezért a fő -oka, amiért a keresztyének hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetében, az az, hogy -Jézus önmaga is ezt tartotta róla. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó</em></span>, InterVarsity -Press 1978, 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódik: "<span class="emphasis"><em>hasznos a tanításra, a feddésre, a -megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten -embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészített.</em></span>" Ha hisszük, hogy a -Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a -tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó</em></span>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, 93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 0614d8d..ecb58e6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bátorítás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tim. 2:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, -mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az -igazságnak beszédét.</em></span>" -</p><p> -Kol. 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon, -minden bölcsességben; tanítván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal, -dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szívetekben az -Úrnak.</em></span>" -</p><p>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle? </p><p> -Nem kevés!</p><p> -Préd. 12:13-14 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez, -és mint a szegek, erősen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanítóinak szavai; -melyek egy pásztortól adattak. Mindezekből, fiam, intessél meg: a sok -könyvek írásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a -testnek.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely harcol </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bátorítás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?</p><p>Nem kevés!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely harcol </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 3705d4c..e5813e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,15 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn. 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká -tesz titeket.</em></span>" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták -idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás -összes formáját? A válasz a mondat első felében van, a 31. versben: -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én -tanítványaim vagytok;</em></span>"</p><p>Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten -igéjének igazságát.</p><p>A "szél" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel, -<span class="emphasis"><em>erőszakos szél.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em> Az, hogy nem vagyunk -gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve -vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől...</em></span>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ige -tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk -könnyen "elfújhatók."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az -Istennek hatalmát.</em></span>" Mt. 22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Isten hatalma </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Isten hatalma</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html index 084f9ac..8fde18f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,21 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó -hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> és az -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják: -egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami -elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt -alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Így Júdás -apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a -Római levél is mondja "<span class="emphasis"><em>a bűnnek halt meg egyszer</em></span>" -(Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28). </p><p> -Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus -szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a -Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban -teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk -Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul -- -Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül, -Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele -nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> a megváltásunkat tekintve</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</em></span> InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bátorítás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bátorítás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 01ffe1b..dbae5c9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,12 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen -olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 -és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről -évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy héten.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak megfelelően.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, -sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 645fd3a..d7b193d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)? </td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)?</td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html index 35e7624..8dbe56f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,32 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p> -Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy -"<span class="emphasis"><em>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</em></span>" -Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 -</td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva -megszentelje." -</td></tr><tr><td> -ApCsel. 20:32 -</td><td> -felépít -- " ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépíthet -benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Róm. 15:4 -</td><td> -vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Róm. 10:17 -</td><td> -hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde -által." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Kor. 10:11 -</td><td> -figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül -íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Mt. 4:4 -</td><td> -táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, -hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva +megszentelje."</td></tr><tr><td>ApCsel. 20:32 </td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Róm. 15:4</td><td>vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."</td></tr><tr><td>Róm. 10:17</td><td>hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde +által."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Kor. 10:11</td><td>figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül +íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk."</td></tr><tr><td>Mt. 4:4</td><td>táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, +hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html index 9a073c5..41e73da 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,28 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják -Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy -megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt -hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év -bestsellere! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel -rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta -volna. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <span class="emphasis"><em> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség -dokumentumai?</em></span> műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más -ősi iratokkal: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háborújából</em></span> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 -évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan -példánya 350-ből, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes -szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit -Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi -ősi prózai irat között." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája írja, -1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <span class="emphasis"><em>Élet -Kérdései</em></span> 25-26. oldalán </span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ősi prózai irat között."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html index 1f35855..62e8d91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,23 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi -a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az -baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz -helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad -bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében, -tovább kell keresnünk.</p><div class="section" title="2A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"születik víztől és -Lélektől"</em></span> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?</p><p>Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a -témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen -témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a -magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</p></div><div class="section" title="2B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor. 14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a -gyülekezetekben,</span>”</span> együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Minden -asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="2C példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és -keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek -bocsánatjára; "</span>”</span>. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi -újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre, -levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az -újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben -megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerítkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra -tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhírre. Ha a -bemerítés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan írhatta Pál az -1 Kor. 1:17 -ben<span class="emphasis"><em> Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy -kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="2A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="2B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="2C példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index c65b9e3..441af70 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p> -Először ne azt kérdezzük <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Mit jelent ez számomra</span>”</span>, hanem -<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</span>”</span> Csak ez után -tegyük fel a kérdést: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit jelent ez számomra?</span>”</span> Be kell -tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</p><div class="section" title="3A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Három nap és három éjjel</span>”</span> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a -"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong -kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott -fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három" -és "nap" szó szerint vétele nem segít a látható ellentmondás feloldásában.</p><p>Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a -napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a -vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7 -vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett -napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és -este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól -szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a -harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</p></div><div class="section" title="3B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek -között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik -fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is, -ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált -keresztül, így ez egyoldalú szövetség.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="3A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="3B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html index c7f1c74..dfb030f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,25 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell -értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük -is lehet.</p><div class="section" title="4A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">gonosz szem</span>”</span> Mt. 6:23-ban</p><p>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, -szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte -lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen -értelmezünk!</p><p>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">gonosz -szem</span>”</span>. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: -Mt. 20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit -akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</em></span>" Itt -azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6 --hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a -szöveget.</p></div><div class="section" title="4B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</span></p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</span></p><p> -A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy -bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer -meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet -belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy csoport Mormon -elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span> -szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a -Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 -<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</span>”</span> -W.M azt mondta ekkor: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján -bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</span>”</span>. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint -megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="4A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="4B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</span></p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html index af01809..83e05b6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,14 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</h2></div></div></div><p>Az allegória: <span class="emphasis"><em> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése -van.</em></span></p><p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p><p>Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok -Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat -nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a -mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján, -összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket, -ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</p><div class="section" title="5A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a +van.</em></span></p><p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="5A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként tekintjük, mit kapunk?</p><p>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek -jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" title="5B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </p><p>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már -nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája -becsapását. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" title="5B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html index 0183d51..d9f544b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,70 +1,70 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet, -kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai -hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az -eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok -alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga -az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2 -Pét. 1:20 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem -támad saját magyarázatból.</span>”</span>). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes -megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek -számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16 -<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a -tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a -magok vesztére.</span>”</span></p><p>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson -figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? -Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</p><div class="section" title="1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a -szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő -lépések követésével:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definíció"><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az -igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Kereszthivatkozások"><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög -vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új -megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan -használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még -értelmezési segítséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben -is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a -magyar? <span class="emphasis"><em>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar -fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata -is.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="1A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn. 20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ne érints"</em></span> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy -hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt, -mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés, -nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében.</p><p>Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó "érints" mellett a pim680 -számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: "680: -haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani -valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao -(5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszínét érinteni. Most nézzük -a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat -valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet -befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy -fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="1B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <span class="emphasis"><em>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és -imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> Mi -ez a megkenés?</p><p>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is -amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni, -bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni" -(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett -melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya -szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli -főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definíció"><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az +igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Kereszthivatkozások"><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="1A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="1B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék őt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 4:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit felkentél, [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és -hatalommal, </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a -kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: -<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, -"chrio" pedig a szellemi</em></span></p><p>Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról -abban az időben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert -emberről, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban -az időben. -</p><p>Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére -<span class="emphasis"><em>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és -imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> A -"megkenvén" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! </p><p> -Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán "már -megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Úrnak -nevében" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a -megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének előbb adjanak -orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos -az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +hatalommal, </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html index 6380648..671efcf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content='Vázlat A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához A BibleTime csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike" felhasználási feltételei szerint -licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette. - </p><p> - Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön -jelzettek. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Vázlat"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p> - A <span class="application">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</span> egy vezérfonal a -biblia tanulmányozásához - </p><p> - A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az -írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges -útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson -semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és -tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, -hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást -okozni. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Szellemi páncél</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Vázlat The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön +jelzettek.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Vázlat"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Szellemi páncél</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index d1c7ec9..384dfbe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,212 +1,243 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Elementi di studio della bibbia</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Gv 5,39-40</attribution> <para>Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene, +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Elementi di studio della bibbia</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Gv 5,39-40</attribution> + <para>Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene, sono proprio esse che mi rendono testimonianza. Ma voi non volete venire a me per avere la vita. </para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin Lutero disse <quote>andiamo al presepio soltanto a causa del bambino</quote>; nello stesso modo facciamo lo studio della Bibbia non per -sé ma per cercare Dio. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +sé ma per cercare Dio.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>I giudei ai quali Gesù rivolse la sua parola [...] immaginavano che essere -in possesso delle scritture significasse essere in possesso della -vita. Hillel diceva: "Chi ha acquisito le parole della Torah ha -acquisito la vita del mondo futuro." Il loro studio era fine a se -stesso. In questo furono delusi. [...]</para> -<para>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</para> + <para>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se ci porta a Gesù Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title> -<para>Sentire e leggere danno una visione telescopica della scrittura mentre -studiare dà una visione microscopica della scrittura. La meditazione sulla -Bibbia porta insieme l'ascolto, la lettura, lo studio e la memorizzazione, e -fissa la parola nella nostra mente.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>L'ascolto</title> -<para>Lc 11,28 <quote>Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</para> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>L'ascolto</title> + <para>Lc 11,28 <quote>Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la osservano! </quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>La lettura</title> -<para>Ap 1,3<quote>Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>La lettura</title> + <para>Ap 1,3<quote>Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di questa profezia [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Tm 4,13 <quote>dedicati alla lettura [...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studio</title> -<para>At 17,11 <quote>Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di + <para>1 Tm 4,13 <quote>dedicati alla lettura [...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Studio</title> + <para>At 17,11 <quote>Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di Tessalonica e accolsero la Parola con grande entusiasmo, esaminando ogni -giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tm 2,15 <quote>Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un +giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tm 2,15 <quote>Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la parola della verità .</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizzazione</title> -<para>Sal 119,11 <quote>Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Memorizzazione</title> + <para>Sal 119,11 <quote>Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di te.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditazione</title> -<para>Sal 1,2-3 <quote>Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Meditazione</title> + <para>Sal 1,2-3 <quote>Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge medita giorno e notte. È come albero piantato lungo corsi d'acqua, che dà frutto a suo tempo: le sue foglie non appassisconoe tutto quello che fa, -riesce bene.</quote> -</para> - -<para>I navigatori spiegano questo dicendo che come possiamo raggiungere con il -pollice tutte le altre dita possiamo meditare anche facendo i primi quattro -passi. La meditazione è la chiave della rivelazione. Un nuovo cristiano deve -ascoltare e leggere la bibbia più di studiarla e memorizzarla. Con questo -conoscerà più a fondo il messaggio generale della bibbia.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Studio tematico</title> -<para>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +riesce bene.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Studio tematico</title> + <para>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o una concordanza.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Studio di un Personaggio</title> -<para>Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Studio di un Personaggio</title> + <para>Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Esposizione</title> -<para>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenuto</title> -<para>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>Esposizione</title> + <para>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Contenuto</title> + <para>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contesto</title> -<para>Cosa dicono i versetti vicini? "Il contesto è il re" è la regola --- il brano deve avere senso nella struttura dell'intero passaggio e del -libro.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referenze</title> -<para>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Contesto</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Referenze</title> + <para>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La parola di Dio non è contradditoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title> -<para>Studiamo insieme Mt 6,1-18. Leggilo da solo, per prima cosa cercane il verso -chiave, il verso che da il riassunto di tutto il brano. Pensi di averlo -trovato? Verificalo guardando in diversi luoghi del brano e chiedendoti se è -in relazione con il pensiero del verso chiave. Una volta trovato scrivilo -come il numero I della tua esposizione:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per -essere ammirati da loro</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Cosa significa <quote>praticare la vostra giustizia</quote>? Ci sono degli -esempi nel nostro brano? Quale parte della nostra vita è in discussione? -<emphasis>Le nostre motivazioni!</emphasis> Quali sottopunti sviluppano -questo pensiero?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Quando tu doni</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Quando tu digiuni</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Quando tu preghi</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per +essere ammirati da loro</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Quando tu doni</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Quando tu digiuni</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Quando tu preghi</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di praticare le tue buone opere:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Quando tu doni <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>non suonare la tromba. (come potrebbe qualcuno <quote>suonare la -tromba</quote> oggi?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>fallo in segreto.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Trova questi versetti <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Leali sono le ferite di un amico</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fare uno Studio Tematico </title> -<para>Diciamo che vuoi fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione." Per -prima cosa cerca questa parola nelle concordanze e segui i riferimenti per -questa parola. Poi puoi scegliere altre parole connesse con essa, per -esempio: "redimere, redento" fino a "comprare" o -"comprato." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</title> -<para>Hai notato una contraddizione tra Mt 7,1 <quote>Non giudicate, per non -essere giudicati</quote> e 1 Cor 2,15 <quote>L'uomo mosso dallo Spirito, -invece, giudica ogni cosa.</quote> Può darsi che ci siano due parole diverse -in Greco, tradotte ambedue con "giudicare" in Italiano? (Per -un'analisi più approfondita abbiamo bisogno dei numeri di Strong. Perciò i -seguenti esempi fanno uso della traduzione inglese "King James with Strongs" -che in SWORD sono forniti di questo strumento. Giudicare = to judge) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Cerca "judge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Vai nella lista dei risultati a Mt 7,1. A destra c'è un numero, 2919. Questo -fa riferimento alla parola Greca usata in questo versetto. Scrivilo.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Adesso cerca "judgeth".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Vai al dizionario Greco. (Ricordati: sei nel nuovo testamento, per questo la -lingua è il greco, mentre nell'antico testamento è l'ebraico.) Paragona il -significato di 2919 con il significato di 350 e troverai la risposta! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</title> -<para>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Quando tu doni <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>fallo in segreto.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Trova questi versetti <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Leali sono le ferite di un amico</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>Fare uno Studio Tematico</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</title> + <para>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o Ebraico.</para> -<para>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Joshua</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabus</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nabal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigail</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Joshua</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabus</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 8198fde..13081fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,315 +1,308 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title> -<para>Capire la parola di Dio è importantissimo per tutti coloro che hanno fede in -Lui. Lo studio della Bibbia è uno dei modi primari per imparare a comunicare -con Dio.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un libro che è Unico</title> -<para>La Bibbia è unica sotto molti aspetti. È unica in:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popolarità . Nell'America settentrionale la Bibbia è venduta per più di 500 -millioni di dollari all'anno. La Bibbia è un best seller sia dal punto di -vista delle vendite totali, sia delle vendite annuali! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -autorevolezza. È stata scritta in un periodo di più di 1600 anni e da 40 -differenti autori con uno sfondo culturale differente, eppure si può -leggerla come se fosse scritta da un unico autore. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -conservazione. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</emphasis> paragona dei manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri -testi antichi: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Documento</entry> -<entry>Epoca di Scrittura</entry> -<entry>Copia più Antica</entry> -<entry>Differenza di Tempo</entry><entry>Numero delle Copie</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Erodoto</entry> -<entry>448-428 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> -<entry>1300 anni</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacito</entry> -<entry>100 D.C.</entry><entry>1100 D.C.</entry> -<entry>1000 anni</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry><emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Giulio Cesare</entry> -<entry>50-58 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> -<entry>950 anni</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry><emphasis>Ab urbe condita</emphasis> di Livio</entry> -<entry>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry> -<entry>900 anni</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Nuovo testamento</entry> -<entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry><entry>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anni</entry><entry>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Esistono dieci copie del <emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Cesare, la -più antica tra queste è stata copiata 900 anni dopo che Cesare scrisse -l'originale, ecc. Per il Nuovo Testamento siamo in possesso di manoscritti -integrali dal 350 D.C., ci sono papiri che contengono la maggior parte del -Nuovo Testamento del terzo secolo e un frammento del vangelo di Giovanni del -130 D.C. Quanti manoscritti abbiamo per compararli? 5000 in Greco e 10000 in -Latino! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Testo critico F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citato in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</para> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>Un libro che è Unico</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Documento</entry> + <entry>Epoca di Scrittura</entry> + <entry>Copia più Antica</entry> + <entry>Differenza di Tempo</entry> + <entry>Numero delle Copie</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Erodoto</entry> + <entry>448-428 A.C.</entry> + <entry>900 D.C.</entry> + <entry>1300 anni</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacito</entry> + <entry>100 D.C.</entry> + <entry>1100 D.C.</entry> + <entry>1000 anni</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Giulio Cesare</entry> + <entry>50-58 A.C.</entry> + <entry>900 D.C.</entry> + <entry>950 anni</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>Ab urbe condita</emphasis> di Livio</entry> + <entry>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</entry> + <entry>900 D.C.</entry> + <entry>900 anni</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Nuovo testamento</entry> + <entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry> + <entry>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 anni</entry> + <entry>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo Testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa -dell'Antichità ." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title> -<para><emphasis>Eb 4,12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Infatti la parola di Dio è viva, -efficace...</emphasis>" Gesù disse: <emphasis>(Mt 4,4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo, ma di ogni parola che -esce dalla bocca di Dio</emphasis>" Quando leggiamo la Bibbia lo spirito di -Dio è presente per parlare al nostro cuore in un modo continuamente -rinnovato. -</para> -<para>2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "<emphasis>Tutta la Scrittura, ispirata da -Dio.</emphasis>" Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la -posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Si riferiva all'autore umano, dando per scontato che dietro di lui ci fosse -un singolo Autore divino. Poteva dire nello stesso modo 'Mosè disse' come -'Dio disse' (Mc 7,10). Poteva citare il commento del narratore in Gn 2,24 -facendone una richiesta del Creatore Stesso (Mt 19,4-5). In modo simile -disse 'Bene ha fatto Isaia di voi, ipocriti, come sta scritto' quando quello -che stava per citare era un discorso diretto di Dio (Mc 7,6; Is 29,13). Gli -autori del nuovo testamento hanno preso da Gesù stesso la convinzione della -doppia autorità della bibbia. Per loro era vero dire 'Dio ha parlato nei -tempi antichi ai padri per mezzo dei profeti' (Eb 1,1) come dire 'mossi da -Spirito Santo parlarono quelli uomini da parte di Dio' (2 Pt 1,21). Dio non -ha parlato in un modo da prevaricare la personalità dell'autore umano, ne -gli uomini parlarono in un modo da corrompere la parola dell'autore -divino. Dio parlò. Gli uomini parlarono. Nessuna verità può essere separata -dall'altra. ... -</para> -<para> -Questa, allora, era l'opinione di Cristo sulle Scritture. La loro -testimonianza era la testimonianza di Dio. La testimonianza della Bibbia è -la testimonianza di Dio. E la ragione principale per la quale i cristiani -credono nell'origine divina della bibbia è che Gesù stesso l'ha insegnata. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2 Tm 3,16 continua: "<emphasis>è anche utile per insegnare, convincere, -correggere ed educare nella giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e -ben preparato per ogni opera buona.</emphasis>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia -è veramente Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarà la nostra -guida in tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un libro che Funziona</title> -<para> -Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la -bibbia "<emphasis>opera in voi credenti.</emphasis>" Accanto ad ogni -scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Riferimento</entry> -<entry>Effetto</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Ef 5,26 -</entry> -<entry>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola" -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -At 20,32 -</entry> -<entry> -edifica -- " ... la parola della sua grazia, che ha la potenza di edificare -e di concedere l'eredità fra tutti quelli che da lui sono santificati. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Rm 15,4 -</entry> -<entry> -consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che -provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Rm 10,17 -</entry> -<entry> -dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la -parola di Cristo." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Cor 10,11 -</entry> -<entry> -ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono -state scritte per nostro ammonimento" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Mt 4,4 -</entry> -<entry> -nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di -ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'." -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title> -<para> -Gv 8,32 "<emphasis>conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà -liberi.</emphasis>" Normalmente questa è una citazione a sé stante. E' una -promessa condizionata o incondizionata? È' valida per tutti i generi di -conoscenza? Scoprirai la risposta esaminando la prima metà della frase in -v. 31. "<emphasis>Se rimanete nella mia parola, siete davvero miei discepoli -... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare -della verità della parola di Dio.</para> - -<para>La parola Greca per "vento" usata in Ef 4,14 parla di un <emphasis>vento -violento.</emphasis> "<emphasis>Questo affinché non siamo più come fanciulli -sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina -...</emphasis>" Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che -saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente -"soffiati via."</para> - -<para><emphasis>E Gesù rispose loro: </emphasis>"<emphasis>Vi ingannate, perché -non conoscete le Scritture e neppure la potenza di Dio.</emphasis>"Mt 22,29</para> -<para>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati +dell'Antichità ."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>Un libro che Funziona</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Riferimento</entry> + <entry>Effetto</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Ef 5,26</entry> + <entry>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>At 20,32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rm 15,4</entry> + <entry>consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che +provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rm 10,17</entry> + <entry>dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la +parola di Cristo."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Cor 10,11</entry> + <entry>ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono +state scritte per nostro ammonimento"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Mt 4,4</entry> + <entry>nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di +ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati dall'errore?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>La parola di Dio</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>La forza di Dio </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title> -<para> -Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Armamento spirituale</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Domanda</entry> -<entry>Risposta</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Quante sono offensive?</entry><entry>Una</entry></row> -<row><entry>Quale? </entry><entry>La parola - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Esortazioni</title> -<para> -2 Tm 2,15 <emphasis><quote>Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona -degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la -parola della verità .</quote></emphasis> -</para> -<para> -Col 3,16 "<emphasis>La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente; -ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con -gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici spirituali. </emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </para> -<para> -Non poco!</para> - -<para> -Qo 12,11-12 "<emphasis>Le parole dei saggi sono come pungoli; come chiodi -piantati, le raccolte di autori: esse sono date da un solo pastore. Quanto a -ciò che è in più di questo, figlio mio, bada bene: i libri si moltiplicano -senza fine ma il molto studio affatica il corpo. </emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote></title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>La verità sulla completezza del piano di Dio in Cristo sta in un'unica -parola del testamento Greco, cioè nell'avverbio -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e -<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. Viene normalmente tradotto mediante -"una volta", nel senso di "una volta per tutte". Viene usato nel contesto di -qualcosa che è fatto in modo tale da avere un valore eterno e non dover -esser ripetuto. Nel nuovo testamento viene usato sia per la rivelazione sia -per la redenzione. Per Questo, Giuda si riferisce alla fede che venne data -una volte per tutte ai santi (Gd 3), e la lettera ai Romani dice: -"<emphasis>egli morì al peccato una volta per tutte</emphasis>" (Rm 6,10, -vedi anche 1 Pt 3,18; Eb 9,26-28). </para> <para> -Per questo possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e Cristo ha -sofferto una volta per tutte. Questo significa che sia la rivelazione -Cristiana sia la redenzione Cristiana sono tutte e due completate in -Cristo. Niente può essere aggiunto ad ambedue senza essere ostile a -Cristo... Queste sono le due rocce sulle quali si basa la Riforma -Protestante -- La parola rivelata di Dio senza l'aggiunta della tradizione -umana e il lavoro finito di Cristo senza l'aggiunta di meriti umani. Le -parole chiave dei Riformisti sono <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> per quanto riguarda la nostra autorità e -<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> per quanto riguarda la nostra -salvezza.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title> <para> Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per la lettura sistematica della bibbia. Puoi -svolgerne più di uno alla volta, se desideri, per esempio il n. 1 insieme al -n. 4 o il n. 2 insieme al n. 5. Cambia il programma di anno in anno! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla -settimana.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al -giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per -esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al -giorno.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>La parola di Dio</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>La forza di Dio</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title> + <para>Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Armamento spirituale</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Domanda</entry> + <entry>Risposta</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Quante sono offensive?</entry> + <entry>Una</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Quale?</entry> + <entry>La parola - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Esortazioni</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?</para> + <para>Non poco!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote></title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a -leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 9f4cccd..90a0969 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,274 +1,275 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title> -<para>Abbiamo già visto le tre regole: contenuto, contesto, riferimenti. Adesso -vogliamo andare avanti occupandoci dell'ermeneutica biblica, il cui fine è -di trovare il senso inteso dall'autore originale (e dall'Autore!). Mentre -sono valide tante applicazioni di un brano, solo una interpretazione è -valida. La scrittura stessa lo dice stabilendo che nessuna scrittura va -soggetta a spiegazione privata (2 Pt 1,20 <quote>Sappiate anzitutto questo: -nessuna scrittura profetica va soggetta a privata spiegazione</quote>) -Alcune regole aiutano a scoprire il senso corretto, ignorando queste regole -diversi uomini sono caduti in difficoltà - loro stessi e i loro seguaci. 2 -Pt 3,16 <quote>... In esse ci sono alcune cose difficili da comprendere e -gli ignoranti e gli instabili le travisano, al pari delle altre Scritture, -per loro propria rovina.</quote></para> - -<para>Come possiamo scoprire il senso inteso di un brano? Diciamo che hai notato -un certo versetto del quale non capisci il senso. Come trovarlo? Tieni -queste regole in mente:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</title> -<para>Quanto più precisamente teniamo in considerazione il senso esatto, -originale, delle parole, tanto migliore sarà la nostra -interpretazione. Cerca di trovare il senso esatto delle parole chiave -seguendo questi punti:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definizione</title> - <para>Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definizione</title> + <para>Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il modo è ugualmente importantissimo.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Referenze</title> - <para>Paragona scrittura con scrittura. Notare come la stessa parola Greca o -Ebraica (non italiana) è usata nella scrittura, può chiarirti o gettare -nuova luce sulla definizione. Lo stesso autore come usa la stessa parola -altrove? E altri autori? Potresti anche verificare l'uso di questa parola in -un contesto non biblico. Perché è necessario risalire alle lingue originali, -perché i termini italiani non sono sufficienti? <emphasis>Perché più di una -parola greca può essere stata tradotta nella stessa parola italiana, e i -termini grecipossono avere differenti sfumature di significato.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Esempio 1A</title> -<para>Gv 20,17 "<emphasis>Non mi trattenere [ingl. toccare]</emphasis>" suona -aspro, vero? Sembra quasi che Gesù non voglia essere toccato ora che è -asceso, ora che Egli è troppo sacro o simili. Ma non sembra giusto, quindi -cerchiamo in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New -Testament </emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definizione: Leggendo Giovanni 20,17, sulla parola "Toccare" vediamo -"pim680." Le lettere ci danno un codice per la parte del discorso, e il -numero si riferisce al riferimento del dizionario di Strong. Leggiamo la -definizione (p.879). "680. Haptomai; da hapto (681), toccare. Si riferisce -alla manipolazione di un oggetto allo scopo di modificarlo... Differente da -pselaphao (5584), che significa realmente solo toccare la superficie di -qualcosa. " Ora cerchiamo "pim." I codici grammaticali di Zodhiates sono -subito dopo l'Apocalisse. a p. 849 vediamo che pim significa "presente -imperativo attivo (80)". A p.857, "Presente Imperativo. Nella voce attiva, -indica un comando di fare qualcosa in futuro che implica un'azione -continuata o ripetuta o, quando è negato, un comando di cessare di fare -qualcosa. ' Questo è un comando negativo, che serve a fermare qualcosa che -si sta già svolgendo. Così, cos'abbiamo scoperto?</para> -<para><emphasis>Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi -trattenerlo!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Esempio 1B</title> -<para>In Giacomo 5:14, <emphasis>...i presbìteri della Chiesa ed essi preghino su -di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del Signore.</emphasis>. Cosa si intende -per ungere?</para> -<para>La definizione di aleipho (218) - "ungere" (Strong); ma c'è anche un'altra -parola greca tradotta con "ungere", chrio (5548) - "macchiare o strofinare -con olio, per consacrare una funzione religiosa" (Strong). Siccome si tratta -di un verbo, considera anche il tempo, "apta" aoristo participio -attivo. "L'aoristo participio esprime un'azione semplice, in opposizione ad -un'azione continuata... Quando la relazione col verbo principale è -temporale, significa di solito che l'azione precede quella di quest'ultimo." -(Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Riferimenti di aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi -capelli</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Riferimenti di chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lc 4,18 <quote>Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Referenze</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Esempio 1A</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi +trattenerlo!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Esempio 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Riferimenti di aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi +capelli</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Riferimenti di chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lc 4,18 <quote>Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha consacrato con l'unzionee mi ha mandato a portare ai poveri il lieto -annuncio [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha -conferito l'unzione</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>Dunque, che differenza c'è tra aleipho and chrio? Guarda di nuovo gli esempi -e le definizioni, e osservane la differenza: <emphasis>"aleipho" è -uso praticodell'olio, mentre "chrio" è spirituale.</emphasis></para> - -<para>Come esempio (anche se la parole non è usata) dell'uso dell'unguento -all'epoca, quando il buon samaritano si prese cura dell'uomo malmenato dai -briganti, versò olio e vino sulle ferite. L'olio aveva un uso medicinale al -tempo di Gesù. -</para> -<para>Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a -Giacomo 5:14 "<emphasis>Chi è malato, chiami presso di sé i presbiteri della -Chiesa ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del -Signore.</emphasis>" Qui "ungere" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!</para> -<para> -Il tempo greco, aoristo participio, sarebbe meglio tradotto con "avendo -unto", così che l'ordine è prima ungere, quindi pregare ("nel nome del -signore" si riferisce alla preghiera, non all'unzione). Giacomo 5 sta -dicendo che i presbiteri dovrebbero curare l'infermo e pregare per lui nel -nome del Signore. Si tratta di un meraviglioso equilibrio di praticità e -spiritualità nel Signore! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title> -<para>Interpreta le scritture in armonia con le altre scritture. Cosa dicono i -versetti in ogni pagina? Qual è l'argomento del capitolo? E dell'intero -libro? La tua interpretazione corrisponde con queste? Se no, è errata. Di -solito, il contesto ciò di cui abbiamo bisogno per interpretare -correttamente il passaggio. Il contesto è la chiave. Se dopo aver -interpretato un testo nel suo contesto rimane della confusione, dobbiamo -guardare più avanti.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Esempio 2A</title> -<para>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv 3,5 <emphasis>"nasce da -acqua e Spirito."</emphasis> Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</para> -<para>Il battesimo dell'acqua non è l'argomento, che sarebbe al di là -dell'argomento di cui stanno discutendo Gesù e Nicodemo. Fai attenzione ad -un improvviso cambio di argomento, può indicare che la tua interpretazione -sta prendendo la via sbagliata! L'acqua è il liquido amniotico, "nato -d'acqua" = nascita naturale.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Esempio 2B</title> -<para>1 Cor 14,34 <quote>le donne nelle assemblee tacciano</quote> deve essere -considerato nel contesto biblico di 1 Cor 11,5 <quote>ogni donna che prega o -profetizza [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Esempio 2C</title> -<para>At 2,38 <quote>E Pietro disse loro: "Convertitevi e ciascuno di voi si -faccia battezzare nel nome di Gesù Cristo, per il perdono dei vostri peccati -[...]"</quote>. Sta insegnando la rigenerazione battesimale? Se questo -fosse l'unico versetto della scrittura, dovremmo concludere così. Ma come -abbiamo imparato altrove questa rigenerazione è la fede in Cristo, e -dobbiamo interpretare diversamente. Pietro sta sollecitando il battesimo -come via per chi lo ascolta di rispondere al vangelo. Se il battesimo fosse -il modo di rinascere, come potrebbe Paolo scrivere in 1 Cor 1,17 -<emphasis>"Cristo infatti non mi ha mandato a battezzare, ma ad annunciare -il Vangelo"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title> -<para> -Per prima cosa non stiamo domandandoci <quote>Cosa significa per -me?</quote>, ma <quote>Cosa significava per i lettori originali?</quote>; in -seguito, possiamo domandarci, <quote>Cosa significa per -me?</quote>. Dobbiamo tenere conto del retroterra storico e culturale -dell'autore e dei destinatari.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Esempio 3A</title><para> <quote>3 giorni & 3 notti</quote> (Mt 12,40) ha condotto qualcuno a -formulare una "Teoria della crocefissione del mercoledì", specialmente il -culto degli Armstrongisti. Come poteva Gesù morire il pomeriggio del venerdì -e risorgere la domenica mattina e tuttavia "risorgere il terzo giorno" (Mt -16,21)? L'esatto significato di "tre" o "giorni" non è d'aiuto nello -spiegare l'apparente contraddizione.</para> -<para>Abbiamo bisogno di una leccornia storica: gli ebrei contavano come giorno -intero ogni parte di esso, come si farebbe con i secchi d'acqua (se ci -fossero sei secchi e mezzo, diremmo che ce ne sono sette, anche se uno è -riempito parzialmente). Per la mentalità ebraica, dunque, ogni parte del -giorno contava come un giorno intero, e i giorni iniziavano alle 6 -pomeridiane, per finire alle 6 del giorno dopo. Venerdì dalle 15 alle 18 - -primo giorno. Venerdì dalle 18 alle 18 di sabato - secondo giorno. Sabato -dalle 18 alle cinque o giù di lì di domenica - terzo giorno. Interpretare -entro il contesto culturale ci tiene lontani dai problemi.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Esempio 3B</title><para>Gen 15,7-21. Il contesto storico è che tagliare gli animali in due e -camminare tra i pezzi era un modo normale di concludere un contratto -all'epoca di Abramo. Entrambe le parti camminavano in mezzo, prendendo -l'impegno che coloro che non avessero tenuto fede alla loro parte del -contratto sarebbero strati smembrati. Ma in questo caso solo Dio ci passa -attraverso, rendendolo un accordo unilaterale.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title> -<para>Distingui sempre tra il linguaggio letterale e quello figurativo. E fai -attenzione alle espressioni idiomatiche, che hanno particolari significati.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Esempio 4A</title> -<para><quote>occhio cattivo</quote> in Mt 6,23.</para> -<para>Regola 1, definizione di "cattivo" e "occhio" - nessun aiuto. Regola 2, -contesto: sembra confonderci ancora di più. Non sembra concordare con ciò -che precede o segue! Questo dovrebbe avvisarci che non stiamo comprendendo -perfettamente!!</para> -<para>Quello che abbiamo è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica, <quote>occhio -cattivo</quote>. Cerchiamo altri usi di questa espressione: Mt 20,15 -"<emphasis>non posso fare delle mie cose quello che voglio? Oppure tu sei -invidioso [lit."occhio cattivo"] perché io sono buono?</emphasis>" Scopriamo -che avere un "occhio cattivo" è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica per essere -avaro o invidioso. Ora torniamo a Mt 6 e notiamo come questa definizione -combacia perfettamente con il contesto.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Esempio 4B</title> -<para>Is 59,1 <quote>non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</quote></para> -<para>Dt 33,27 <quote>Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</quote></para> -<para> -I riferimenti a parti del corpo di Dio sono usati dai Santi degli Ultimi -Giorni per provare che Dio era un tempo un uomo come noi. Una volta convinte -le persone di questo, proseguono insegnando che noi possiamo diventare Dio -così come Lui lo è! Mentre teneva una lettura, un gruppo di mormoni sfidò -Walter Martin (autore di<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) con un -elenco di versetti come questi. Il dott. Martin chiese ai mormoni di leggere -un'altra scrittura: Sal 91,4 <quote>Ti coprirà con le sue penne, sotto le -sue ali troverai rifugio; la sua fedeltà ti sarà scudo e -corazza</quote>. W.M. disse: <quote>Con le stesse regole di interpretazione -con cui dimostrate che Dio è un uomo, dimostrate che Lui è un -uccello</quote>. I mormoni risero quando si resero conto della ridicolaggine -della loro posizione. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +annuncio [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha +conferito l'unzione</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Esempio 2A</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Esempio 2B</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Esempio 2C</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but +<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Esempio 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</para> + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Esempio 3B</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Esempio 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Esempio 4B</title> + <para>Is 59,1 <quote>non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</quote></para> + <para>Dt 33,27 <quote>Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title> -<para>Un'allegoria è: <emphasis>Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un + <para>Un'allegoria è: <emphasis>Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un significato.</emphasis></para> -<para>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</para> - -<para>Alcune parabole sono allegorie, per esempio, la parabola del seminatore è -un'allegoria: il seme è la parola di Dio, le spine sono ansie e avidità , -ecc. Ma la maggior parte delle parabole non sono allegorie ma semplici -storie per illustrare un punto. È pericoloso trarre la nostra dottrina dalle -parabole; possono essere distorte per dire qualunque cosa. Dobbiamo trarla -dalle scritture che ce la mostrano chiaramente; se una parabola ce la -illustra, tanto meglio.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Esempio 5A</title> -<para>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia + <para>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Esempio 5A</title> + <para>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia illustra una lezione: l'audacia nella preghiera. Se la prendiamo come un'allegoria, cosa succede?</para> -<para>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i -diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Esempio 5B</title> -<para>La parabola del fattore in Lc 16,1-9. Qual è il punto della parabola? Si -tratta di un'allegoria? </para> -<para>Il fattore è lodato per una sola cosa, la sua scaltrezza nell'usare ciò che -aveva per prepararsi per un'epoca in cui non avrebbe più avuto. Ma non è -elogiato per il suo comportamento non etico, imbrogliando il suo padrone. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i +diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Esempio 5B</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook index 6b12825..e04edc3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/it/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,67 +9,46 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>Il team di BibleTime</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>Il team di &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman ed è sotto -i termini della licenza <link + <title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Sommario</title> - - <para> - L'<application>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</application> è una guida per -lo studio della Bibbia. - </para> - <para> - Il team di &bibletime; spera che questo HowTo guidi i lettori allo studio -delle scritture per comprendere cosa dicono. Questa guida, in particolare, è -stata scelta perché non spinge una particolare dottrina. Speriamo che tu -legga e studi le scritture per capirne il senso. Se iniziate con -l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà . - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bibbia</keyword> - <keyword>Studio</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Sommario</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bibbia</keyword> + <keyword>Studio</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 1291c77..ccfe472 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Sentire e leggere danno una visione telescopica della scrittura mentre -studiare dà una visione microscopica della scrittura. La meditazione sulla -Bibbia porta insieme l'ascolto, la lettura, lo studio e la memorizzazione, e -fissa la parola nella nostra mente.</p><div class="sect2" title="L'ascolto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11,28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="L'ascolto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11,28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la osservano! </span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="La lettura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1,3<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di -questa profezia [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tm 4,13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">dedicati alla lettura [...]</span>»</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studio</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di +questa profezia [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tm 4,13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">dedicati alla lettura [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studio</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di Tessalonica e accolsero la Parola con grande entusiasmo, esaminando ogni -giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</span>»</span> -</p><p>2 Tm 2,15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un +giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</span>»</span></p><p>2 Tm 2,15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la parola della verità.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizzazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Sal 119,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di te.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Sal 1,2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge medita giorno e notte. È come albero piantato lungo corsi d'acqua, che dà frutto a suo tempo: le sue foglie non appassisconoe tutto quello che fa, -riesce bene.</span>»</span> -</p><p>I navigatori spiegano questo dicendo che come possiamo raggiungere con il -pollice tutte le altre dita possiamo meditare anche facendo i primi quattro -passi. La meditazione è la chiave della rivelazione. Un nuovo cristiano deve -ascoltare e leggere la bibbia più di studiarla e memorizzarla. Con questo -conoscerà più a fondo il messaggio generale della bibbia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della Bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +riesce bene.</span>»</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della Bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 2ecc757..274b60e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Studiamo insieme Mt 6,1-18. Leggilo da solo, per prima cosa cercane il verso -chiave, il verso che da il riassunto di tutto il brano. Pensi di averlo -trovato? Verificalo guardando in diversi luoghi del brano e chiedendoti se è -in relazione con il pensiero del verso chiave. Una volta trovato scrivilo -come il numero I della tua esposizione:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per -essere ammirati da loro</p></li></ol></div><p>Cosa significa <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">praticare la vostra giustizia</span>»</span>? Ci sono degli -esempi nel nostro brano? Quale parte della nostra vita è in discussione? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Le nostre motivazioni!</em></span> Quali sottopunti sviluppano -questo pensiero?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu doni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu digiuni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu preghi</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di -praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>non suonare la tromba. (come potrebbe qualcuno <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">suonare la -tromba</span>»</span> oggi?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>fallo in segreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per +essere ammirati da loro</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu doni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu digiuni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu preghi</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu doni </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>»</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>fallo in segreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 11b16e2..cac9f4c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle -definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contesto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono i versetti vicini? "Il contesto è il re" è la regola --- il brano deve avere senso nella struttura dell'intero passaggio e del -libro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referenze"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contesto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referenze"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La parola di Dio non è contradditoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html index 824e781..d5ac2a4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio di un Personaggio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di un Personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esposizione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index a464c40..fecf4a2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare un Particolare Versetto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Leali sono le ferite di un amico</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Fare uno Studio Tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno Studio Tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Diciamo che vuoi fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione." Per -prima cosa cerca questa parola nelle concordanze e segui i riferimenti per -questa parola. Poi puoi scegliere altre parole connesse con essa, per -esempio: "redimere, redento" fino a "comprare" o -"comprato." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Hai notato una contraddizione tra Mt 7,1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Non giudicate, per non -essere giudicati</span>»</span> e 1 Cor 2,15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">L'uomo mosso dallo Spirito, -invece, giudica ogni cosa.</span>»</span> Può darsi che ci siano due parole diverse -in Greco, tradotte ambedue con "giudicare" in Italiano? (Per -un'analisi più approfondita abbiamo bisogno dei numeri di Strong. Perciò i -seguenti esempi fanno uso della traduzione inglese "King James with Strongs" -che in SWORD sono forniti di questo strumento. Giudicare = to judge) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai nella lista dei risultati a Mt 7,1. A destra c'è un numero, 2919. Questo -fa riferimento alla parola Greca usata in questo versetto. Scrivilo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Adesso cerca "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai al dizionario Greco. (Ricordati: sei nel nuovo testamento, per questo la -lingua è il greco, mentre nell'antico testamento è l'ebraico.) Paragona il -significato di 2919 con il significato di 350 e troverai la risposta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare i Significati dei Nomi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare un Particolare Versetto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trova questi versetti </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Leali sono le ferite di un amico</span>»</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</span>»</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Fare uno Studio Tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno Studio Tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>»</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>»</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare i Significati dei Nomi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o Ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html index 50e47ff..854ac38 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene, sono proprio esse che mi rendono testimonianza. Ma voi non volete venire a -me per avere la vita. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Gv 5,39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin +me per avere la vita. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Gv 5,39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin Lutero disse <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">andiamo al presepio soltanto a causa del bambino</span>»</span>; nello stesso modo facciamo lo studio della Bibbia non per -sé ma per cercare Dio. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>I giudei ai quali Gesù rivolse la sua parola [...] immaginavano che essere -in possesso delle scritture significasse essere in possesso della -vita. Hillel diceva: "Chi ha acquisito le parole della Torah ha -acquisito la vita del mondo futuro." Il loro studio era fine a se -stesso. In questo furono delusi. [...]</p><p>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto +sé ma per cercare Dio.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +deceived. [...]</p><p>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto se ci porta a Gesù Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index cf37076..7b93b7e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Eb 4,12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Infatti la parola di Dio è viva, -efficace...</em></span>" Gesù disse: <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt 4,4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo, ma di ogni parola che -esce dalla bocca di Dio</em></span>" Quando leggiamo la Bibbia lo spirito di -Dio è presente per parlare al nostro cuore in un modo continuamente -rinnovato. -</p><p>2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Tutta la Scrittura, ispirata da -Dio.</em></span>" Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la -posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Si riferiva all'autore umano, dando per scontato che dietro di lui ci fosse -un singolo Autore divino. Poteva dire nello stesso modo 'Mosè disse' come -'Dio disse' (Mc 7,10). Poteva citare il commento del narratore in Gn 2,24 -facendone una richiesta del Creatore Stesso (Mt 19,4-5). In modo simile -disse 'Bene ha fatto Isaia di voi, ipocriti, come sta scritto' quando quello -che stava per citare era un discorso diretto di Dio (Mc 7,6; Is 29,13). Gli -autori del nuovo testamento hanno preso da Gesù stesso la convinzione della -doppia autorità della bibbia. Per loro era vero dire 'Dio ha parlato nei -tempi antichi ai padri per mezzo dei profeti' (Eb 1,1) come dire 'mossi da -Spirito Santo parlarono quelli uomini da parte di Dio' (2 Pt 1,21). Dio non -ha parlato in un modo da prevaricare la personalità dell'autore umano, ne -gli uomini parlarono in un modo da corrompere la parola dell'autore -divino. Dio parlò. Gli uomini parlarono. Nessuna verità può essere separata -dall'altra. ... -</p><p> -Questa, allora, era l'opinione di Cristo sulle Scritture. La loro -testimonianza era la testimonianza di Dio. La testimonianza della Bibbia è -la testimonianza di Dio. E la ragione principale per la quale i cristiani -credono nell'origine divina della bibbia è che Gesù stesso l'ha insegnata. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3,16 continua: "<span class="emphasis"><em>è anche utile per insegnare, convincere, -correggere ed educare nella giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e -ben preparato per ogni opera buona.</em></span>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia -è veramente Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarà la nostra -guida in tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che Funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" +As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality +of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che Funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index a9614eb..cffcf4c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,15 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Esortazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona -degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la -parola della verità.</span>»</span></em></span> -</p><p> -Col 3,16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente; -ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con -gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici spirituali. </em></span>" -</p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </p><p> -Non poco!</p><p> -Qo 12,11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Le parole dei saggi sono come pungoli; come chiodi -piantati, le raccolte di autori: esse sono date da un solo pastore. Quanto a -ciò che è in più di questo, figlio mio, bada bene: i libri si moltiplicano -senza fine ma il molto studio affatica il corpo. </em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro che da Battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Esortazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?</p><p>Non poco!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro che da Battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index fd8f526..d59124a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende Liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende Liberi</h2></div></div></div><p> -Gv 8,32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà -liberi.</em></span>" Normalmente questa è una citazione a sé stante. E' una -promessa condizionata o incondizionata? È' valida per tutti i generi di -conoscenza? Scoprirai la risposta esaminando la prima metà della frase in -v. 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Se rimanete nella mia parola, siete davvero miei discepoli -... </em></span>"</p><p>Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare -della verità della parola di Dio.</p><p>La parola Greca per "vento" usata in Ef 4,14 parla di un <span class="emphasis"><em>vento -violento.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Questo affinché non siamo più come fanciulli -sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina -...</em></span>" Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che -saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente -"soffiati via."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>E Gesù rispose loro: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vi ingannate, perché -non conoscete le Scritture e neppure la potenza di Dio.</em></span>"Mt 22,29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati -dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che Funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro che da Battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende Liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende Liberi</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati +dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La forza di Dio</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che Funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro che da Battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html index 9a4dbc1..f2a43ae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,23 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>La verità sulla completezza del piano di Dio in Cristo sta in un'unica -parola del testamento Greco, cioè nell'avverbio -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> e -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. Viene normalmente tradotto mediante -"una volta", nel senso di "una volta per tutte". Viene usato nel contesto di -qualcosa che è fatto in modo tale da avere un valore eterno e non dover -esser ripetuto. Nel nuovo testamento viene usato sia per la rivelazione sia -per la redenzione. Per Questo, Giuda si riferisce alla fede che venne data -una volte per tutte ai santi (Gd 3), e la lettera ai Romani dice: -"<span class="emphasis"><em>egli morì al peccato una volta per tutte</em></span>" (Rm 6,10, -vedi anche 1 Pt 3,18; Eb 9,26-28). </p><p> -Per questo possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e Cristo ha -sofferto una volta per tutte. Questo significa che sia la rivelazione -Cristiana sia la redenzione Cristiana sono tutte e due completate in -Cristo. Niente può essere aggiunto ad ambedue senza essere ostile a -Cristo... Queste sono le due rocce sulle quali si basa la Riforma -Protestante -- La parola rivelata di Dio senza l'aggiunta della tradizione -umana e il lavoro finito di Cristo senza l'aggiunta di meriti umani. Le -parole chiave dei Riformisti sono <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> per quanto riguarda la nostra autorità e -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> per quanto riguarda la nostra -salvezza.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the +Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done +as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 58512c0..0ff2c23 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per la lettura sistematica della bibbia. Puoi -svolgerne più di uno alla volta, se desideri, per esempio il n. 1 insieme al -n. 4 o il n. 2 insieme al n. 5. Cambia il programma di anno in anno! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla settimana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a -leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html index e1b1c45..0b98752 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro che da Battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un Libro che da Battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende Liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro che da Battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un Libro che da Battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>Quale?</td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende Liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html index d900bb1..a7f441c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,32 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che Funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che Funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che Funziona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che Funziona</h2></div></div></div><p> -Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la -bibbia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera in voi credenti.</em></span>" Accanto ad ogni -scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26 -</td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola" -</td></tr><tr><td> -At 20,32 -</td><td> -edifica -- " ... la parola della sua grazia, che ha la potenza di edificare -e di concedere l'eredità fra tutti quelli che da lui sono santificati. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rm 15,4 -</td><td> -consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che -provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rm 10,17 -</td><td> -dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la -parola di Cristo." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Cor 10,11 -</td><td> -ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono -state scritte per nostro ammonimento" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Mt 4,4 -</td><td> -nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di -ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende Liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che Funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che Funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che Funziona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che Funziona</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26</td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola"</td></tr><tr><td>At 20,32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15,4</td><td>consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che +provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza."</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 10,17</td><td>dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la +parola di Cristo."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Cor 10,11</td><td>ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono +state scritte per nostro ammonimento"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4,4</td><td>nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di +ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende Liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html index a0790f6..e8ddb55 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,30 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Capire la parola di Dio è importantissimo per tutti coloro che hanno fede in -Lui. Lo studio della Bibbia è uno dei modi primari per imparare a comunicare -con Dio.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che è Unico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro che è Unico</h2></div></div></div><p>La Bibbia è unica sotto molti aspetti. È unica in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popolarità. Nell'America settentrionale la Bibbia è venduta per più di 500 -millioni di dollari all'anno. La Bibbia è un best seller sia dal punto di -vista delle vendite totali, sia delle vendite annuali! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -autorevolezza. È stata scritta in un periodo di più di 1600 anni e da 40 -differenti autori con uno sfondo culturale differente, eppure si può -leggerla come se fosse scritta da un unico autore. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -conservazione. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</em></span> paragona dei manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri -testi antichi: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Documento</th><th>Epoca di Scrittura</th><th>Copia più Antica</th><th>Differenza di Tempo</th><th>Numero delle Copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Nuovo testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</td><td>30 - 310 anni</td><td>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Esistono dieci copie del <span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Cesare, la -più antica tra queste è stata copiata 900 anni dopo che Cesare scrisse -l'originale, ecc. Per il Nuovo Testamento siamo in possesso di manoscritti -integrali dal 350 D.C., ci sono papiri che contengono la maggior parte del -Nuovo Testamento del terzo secolo e un frammento del vangelo di Giovanni del -130 D.C. Quanti manoscritti abbiamo per compararli? 5000 in Greco e 10000 in -Latino! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che è Unico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro che è Unico</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Documento</th><th>Epoca di Scrittura</th><th>Copia più Antica</th><th>Differenza di Tempo</th><th>Numero delle Copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nuovo testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</td><td>30 - 310 anni</td><td>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri +containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo Testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa -dell'Antichità." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Testo critico F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citato in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +dell'Antichità."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html index a56c590..76c4736 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,24 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpreta le scritture in armonia con le altre scritture. Cosa dicono i -versetti in ogni pagina? Qual è l'argomento del capitolo? E dell'intero -libro? La tua interpretazione corrisponde con queste? Se no, è errata. Di -solito, il contesto ciò di cui abbiamo bisogno per interpretare -correttamente il passaggio. Il contesto è la chiave. Se dopo aver -interpretato un testo nel suo contesto rimane della confusione, dobbiamo -guardare più avanti.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv 3,5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nasce da -acqua e Spirito."</em></span> Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</p><p>Il battesimo dell'acqua non è l'argomento, che sarebbe al di là -dell'argomento di cui stanno discutendo Gesù e Nicodemo. Fai attenzione ad -un improvviso cambio di argomento, può indicare che la tua interpretazione -sta prendendo la via sbagliata! L'acqua è il liquido amniotico, "nato -d'acqua" = nascita naturale.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor 14,34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">le donne nelle assemblee tacciano</span>»</span> deve essere -considerato nel contesto biblico di 1 Cor 11,5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ogni donna che prega o -profetizza [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>At 2,38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">E Pietro disse loro: "Convertitevi e ciascuno di voi si -faccia battezzare nel nome di Gesù Cristo, per il perdono dei vostri peccati -[...]"</span>»</span>. Sta insegnando la rigenerazione battesimale? Se questo -fosse l'unico versetto della scrittura, dovremmo concludere così. Ma come -abbiamo imparato altrove questa rigenerazione è la fede in Cristo, e -dobbiamo interpretare diversamente. Pietro sta sollecitando il battesimo -come via per chi lo ascolta di rispondere al vangelo. Se il battesimo fosse -il modo di rinascere, come potrebbe Paolo scrivere in 1 Cor 1,17 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"Cristo infatti non mi ha mandato a battezzare, ma ad annunciare -il Vangelo"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span>has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 9bc7e72..ef95be9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,24 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p> -Per prima cosa non stiamo domandandoci <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cosa significa per -me?</span>»</span>, ma <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cosa significava per i lettori originali?</span>»</span>; in -seguito, possiamo domandarci, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cosa significa per -me?</span>»</span>. Dobbiamo tenere conto del retroterra storico e culturale -dell'autore e dei destinatari.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 giorni & 3 notti</span>»</span> (Mt 12,40) ha condotto qualcuno a -formulare una "Teoria della crocefissione del mercoledì", specialmente il -culto degli Armstrongisti. Come poteva Gesù morire il pomeriggio del venerdì -e risorgere la domenica mattina e tuttavia "risorgere il terzo giorno" (Mt -16,21)? L'esatto significato di "tre" o "giorni" non è d'aiuto nello -spiegare l'apparente contraddizione.</p><p>Abbiamo bisogno di una leccornia storica: gli ebrei contavano come giorno -intero ogni parte di esso, come si farebbe con i secchi d'acqua (se ci -fossero sei secchi e mezzo, diremmo che ce ne sono sette, anche se uno è -riempito parzialmente). Per la mentalità ebraica, dunque, ogni parte del -giorno contava come un giorno intero, e i giorni iniziavano alle 6 -pomeridiane, per finire alle 6 del giorno dopo. Venerdì dalle 15 alle 18 - -primo giorno. Venerdì dalle 18 alle 18 di sabato - secondo giorno. Sabato -dalle 18 alle cinque o giù di lì di domenica - terzo giorno. Interpretare -entro il contesto culturale ci tiene lontani dai problemi.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen 15,7-21. Il contesto storico è che tagliare gli animali in due e -camminare tra i pezzi era un modo normale di concludere un contratto -all'epoca di Abramo. Entrambe le parti camminavano in mezzo, prendendo -l'impegno che coloro che non avessero tenuto fede alla loro parte del -contratto sarebbero strati smembrati. Ma in questo caso solo Dio ci passa -attraverso, rendendolo un accordo unilaterale.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>but +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, +as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets +of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html index d8c15bf..51bb846 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,25 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Distingui sempre tra il linguaggio letterale e quello figurativo. E fai -attenzione alle espressioni idiomatiche, che hanno particolari significati.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">occhio cattivo</span>»</span> in Mt 6,23.</p><p>Regola 1, definizione di "cattivo" e "occhio" - nessun aiuto. Regola 2, -contesto: sembra confonderci ancora di più. Non sembra concordare con ciò -che precede o segue! Questo dovrebbe avvisarci che non stiamo comprendendo -perfettamente!!</p><p>Quello che abbiamo è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">occhio -cattivo</span>»</span>. Cerchiamo altri usi di questa espressione: Mt 20,15 -"<span class="emphasis"><em>non posso fare delle mie cose quello che voglio? Oppure tu sei -invidioso [lit."occhio cattivo"] perché io sono buono?</em></span>" Scopriamo -che avere un "occhio cattivo" è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica per essere -avaro o invidioso. Ora torniamo a Mt 6 e notiamo come questa definizione -combacia perfettamente con il contesto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59,1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</span>»</span></p><p>Dt 33,27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</span>»</span></p><p> -I riferimenti a parti del corpo di Dio sono usati dai Santi degli Ultimi -Giorni per provare che Dio era un tempo un uomo come noi. Una volta convinte -le persone di questo, proseguono insegnando che noi possiamo diventare Dio -così come Lui lo è! Mentre teneva una lettura, un gruppo di mormoni sfidò -Walter Martin (autore di<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) con un -elenco di versetti come questi. Il dott. Martin chiese ai mormoni di leggere -un'altra scrittura: Sal 91,4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ti coprirà con le sue penne, sotto le -sue ali troverai rifugio; la sua fedeltà ti sarà scudo e -corazza</span>»</span>. W.M. disse: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Con le stesse regole di interpretazione -con cui dimostrate che Dio è un uomo, dimostrate che Lui è un -uccello</span>»</span>. I mormoni risero quando si resero conto della ridicolaggine -della loro posizione. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59,1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</span>»</span></p><p>Dt 33,27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</span>»</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 2fc188e..99f48b2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,16 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Un'allegoria è: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un -significato.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Alcune parabole sono allegorie, per esempio, la parabola del seminatore è -un'allegoria: il seme è la parola di Dio, le spine sono ansie e avidità, -ecc. Ma la maggior parte delle parabole non sono allegorie ma semplici -storie per illustrare un punto. È pericoloso trarre la nostra dottrina dalle -parabole; possono essere distorte per dire qualunque cosa. Dobbiamo trarla -dalle scritture che ce la mostrano chiaramente; se una parabola ce la -illustra, tanto meglio.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia +significato.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an +allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia illustra una lezione: l'audacia nella preghiera. Se la prendiamo come un'allegoria, cosa succede?</p><p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i -diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>La parabola del fattore in Lc 16,1-9. Qual è il punto della parabola? Si -tratta di un'allegoria? </p><p>Il fattore è lodato per una sola cosa, la sua scaltrezza nell'usare ciò che -aveva per prepararsi per un'epoca in cui non avrebbe più avuto. Ma non è -elogiato per il suo comportamento non etico, imbrogliando il suo padrone. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html index d887fce..9c299c6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,72 +1,69 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Abbiamo già visto le tre regole: contenuto, contesto, riferimenti. Adesso -vogliamo andare avanti occupandoci dell'ermeneutica biblica, il cui fine è -di trovare il senso inteso dall'autore originale (e dall'Autore!). Mentre -sono valide tante applicazioni di un brano, solo una interpretazione è -valida. La scrittura stessa lo dice stabilendo che nessuna scrittura va -soggetta a spiegazione privata (2 Pt 1,20 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sappiate anzitutto questo: -nessuna scrittura profetica va soggetta a privata spiegazione</span>»</span>) -Alcune regole aiutano a scoprire il senso corretto, ignorando queste regole -diversi uomini sono caduti in difficoltà - loro stessi e i loro seguaci. 2 -Pt 3,16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">... In esse ci sono alcune cose difficili da comprendere e -gli ignoranti e gli instabili le travisano, al pari delle altre Scritture, -per loro propria rovina.</span>»</span></p><p>Come possiamo scoprire il senso inteso di un brano? Diciamo che hai notato -un certo versetto del quale non capisci il senso. Come trovarlo? Tieni -queste regole in mente:</p><div class="section" title="Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>Quanto più precisamente teniamo in considerazione il senso esatto, -originale, delle parole, tanto migliore sarà la nostra -interpretazione. Cerca di trovare il senso esatto delle parole chiave -seguendo questi punti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definizione"><b>Definizione. </b>Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il -modo è ugualmente importantissimo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referenze"><b>Referenze. </b>Paragona scrittura con scrittura. Notare come la stessa parola Greca o -Ebraica (non italiana) è usata nella scrittura, può chiarirti o gettare -nuova luce sulla definizione. Lo stesso autore come usa la stessa parola -altrove? E altri autori? Potresti anche verificare l'uso di questa parola in -un contesto non biblico. Perché è necessario risalire alle lingue originali, -perché i termini italiani non sono sufficienti? <span class="emphasis"><em>Perché più di una -parola greca può essere stata tradotta nella stessa parola italiana, e i -termini grecipossono avere differenti sfumature di significato.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Gv 20,17 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Non mi trattenere [ingl. toccare]</em></span>" suona -aspro, vero? Sembra quasi che Gesù non voglia essere toccato ora che è -asceso, ora che Egli è troppo sacro o simili. Ma non sembra giusto, quindi -cerchiamo in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament </em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definizione: Leggendo Giovanni 20,17, sulla parola "Toccare" vediamo -"pim680." Le lettere ci danno un codice per la parte del discorso, e il -numero si riferisce al riferimento del dizionario di Strong. Leggiamo la -definizione (p.879). "680. Haptomai; da hapto (681), toccare. Si riferisce -alla manipolazione di un oggetto allo scopo di modificarlo... Differente da -pselaphao (5584), che significa realmente solo toccare la superficie di -qualcosa. " Ora cerchiamo "pim." I codici grammaticali di Zodhiates sono -subito dopo l'Apocalisse. a p. 849 vediamo che pim significa "presente -imperativo attivo (80)". A p.857, "Presente Imperativo. Nella voce attiva, -indica un comando di fare qualcosa in futuro che implica un'azione -continuata o ripetuta o, quando è negato, un comando di cessare di fare -qualcosa. ' Questo è un comando negativo, che serve a fermare qualcosa che -si sta già svolgendo. Così, cos'abbiamo scoperto?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esempio 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In Giacomo 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>...i presbìteri della Chiesa ed essi preghino su -di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del Signore.</em></span>. Cosa si intende -per ungere?</p><p>La definizione di aleipho (218) - "ungere" (Strong); ma c'è anche un'altra -parola greca tradotta con "ungere", chrio (5548) - "macchiare o strofinare -con olio, per consacrare una funzione religiosa" (Strong). Siccome si tratta -di un verbo, considera anche il tempo, "apta" aoristo participio -attivo. "L'aoristo participio esprime un'azione semplice, in opposizione ad -un'azione continuata... Quando la relazione col verbo principale è -temporale, significa di solito che l'azione precede quella di quest'ultimo." -(Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi -capelli</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4,18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose +goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Knowing +this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private +interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definizione"><b>Definizione. </b>Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il +modo è ugualmente importantissimo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referenze"><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light +on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other +authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New +Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." +The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of +something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right +after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous +or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing +something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi +trattenerlo!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esempio 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Riferimenti di aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi +capelli</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Riferimenti di chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4,18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha consacrato con l'unzionee mi ha mandato a portare ai poveri il lieto annuncio [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha -conferito l'unzione</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Dunque, che differenza c'è tra aleipho and chrio? Guarda di nuovo gli esempi -e le definizioni, e osservane la differenza: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" è -uso praticodell'olio, mentre "chrio" è spirituale.</em></span></p><p>Come esempio (anche se la parole non è usata) dell'uso dell'unguento -all'epoca, quando il buon samaritano si prese cura dell'uomo malmenato dai -briganti, versò olio e vino sulle ferite. L'olio aveva un uso medicinale al -tempo di Gesù. -</p><p>Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a -Giacomo 5:14 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Chi è malato, chiami presso di sé i presbiteri della -Chiesa ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del -Signore.</em></span>" Qui "ungere" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!</p><p> -Il tempo greco, aoristo participio, sarebbe meglio tradotto con "avendo -unto", così che l'ordine è prima ungere, quindi pregare ("nel nome del -signore" si riferisce alla preghiera, non all'unzione). Giacomo 5 sta -dicendo che i presbiteri dovrebbero curare l'infermo e pregare per lui nel -nome del Signore. Si tratta di un meraviglioso equilibrio di praticità e -spiritualità nel Signore! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +conferito l'unzione</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html index 7f2b324..86b3270 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html @@ -1,18 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Sommario L'HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia è una guida per lo studio della Bibbia. Il team di BibleTime spera che questo HowTo guidi i lettori allo studio delle scritture per comprendere cosa dicono. Questa guida, in particolare, è stata scelta perché non spinge una particolare dottrina. Speriamo che tu legga e studi le scritture per capirne il senso. Se iniziate con l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman ed è sotto -i termini della licenza "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Sommario"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p> - L'<span class="application">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</span> è una guida per -lo studio della Bibbia. - </p><p> - Il team di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spera che questo HowTo guidi i lettori allo studio -delle scritture per comprendere cosa dicono. Questa guida, in particolare, è -stata scelta perché non spinge una particolare dottrina. Speriamo che tu -legga e studi le scritture per capirne il senso. Se iniziate con -l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Sommario The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Sommario"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index d3b5d82..9c68821 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,202 +1,236 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>성경 ê³µë¶€ì˜ ê¸°ì´ˆë“¤</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>ì„±ê²½ì— ì ‘ê·¼í•˜ëŠ” ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ëª©ì </title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>성경 ê³µë¶€ì˜ ê¸°ì´ˆë“¤</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>ì„±ê²½ì— ì ‘ê·¼í•˜ëŠ” ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ëª©ì </title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> + <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +God.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</para> -<para>ì„±ê²½ì„ ë‹¨ì§€ ì½ê¸° 위해 ì½ëŠ”다면 아무 ìœ ìµì´ë‚˜ ì´ë“ì´ ì—†ë‹¤, ì˜¤ì§ ìš°ë¦¬ë¥¼ 예수 그리스ë„ì—게 알리는 ë°ì—만 ì†Œìš©ì´ ìžˆë‹¤. ì„±ê²½ì„ ì½ì„ ë•Œì— + <para>ì„±ê²½ì„ ë‹¨ì§€ ì½ê¸° 위해 ì½ëŠ”다면 아무 ìœ ìµì´ë‚˜ ì´ë“ì´ ì—†ë‹¤, ì˜¤ì§ ìš°ë¦¬ë¥¼ 예수 그리스ë„ì—게 알리는 ë°ì—만 ì†Œìš©ì´ ìžˆë‹¤. ì„±ê²½ì„ ì½ì„ ë•Œì— í•„ìš”í•œ ê²ƒì€ ì˜¤ì§ ë§ì”€ì„ 통해 그리스ë„를 ë§Œë‚˜ê³ ìž í•˜ëŠ” ê°„ì ˆí•œ 소ë§ë¿ì´ë‹¤.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œì˜ ì ‘ê·¼</title> -<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œì˜ ì ‘ê·¼</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>들ìŒ(Hear)</title> -<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>들ìŒ(Hear)</title> + <para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>ì½ìŒ(Read)</title> -<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>ì½ìŒ(Read)</title> + <para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>공부</title> -<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in + <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>공부</title> + <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>암송(Memorize)</title> -<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>암송(Memorize)</title> + <para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>묵ìƒ(Meditate)</title> -<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>묵ìƒ(Meditate)</title> + <para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> -</para> - -<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>ì„±ê²½ê³µë¶€ì˜ ìœ í˜•ë“¤</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>ì£¼ì œë³„ 성경공부</title> -<para>íŠ¹ì • ì£¼ì œ(Topic)를 ì •í•œë’¤, 겹참조와 색ì¸ì„ 참조하여 ì£¼ì œì— ë§žê²Œ 공부한다.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>ì¸ë¬¼ë³„ 성경공부</title> -<para>ì„±ê²½ì˜ í•œ ì¸ë¬¼ì˜ ì‚¶ì„ ê³µë¶€í•œë‹¤, 예. ì°½ 37-50장ì—ì„œì˜ ìš”ì…‰ì˜ ì‚¶.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>설명ì ì¸(Expository) 성경공부</title> -<para>íŠ¹ì • êµ¬ì ˆ, 문단, 장 í˜¹ì€ ì±…ì„ ì„ íƒí•˜ì—¬ 공부한다.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>바른 í•´ì„ì˜ ê¸°ë³¸</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>ë‚´ìš©(Content)</title> -<para>ë§í•˜ê³ 있는바가 무엇ì¸ê°€? ì›ì–´ì—서는 어떻게 ë§í•˜ê³ 있는가? ì •ì˜ì— 주ì˜í•˜ë¼. ê·¸ê²ƒì´ ë§í•˜ê³ 있지 ì•Šì€ë°”대로 í•´ì„하지마ë¼.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>문맥(Context)</title> -<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title> -<para>ì„±ê²½ì˜ ë‹¤ë¥¸ 부분ì—서는 ì´ ì£¼ì œì— ê´€í•˜ì—¬ 어떻게 ë§í•˜ê³ 있는가? í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì€ ìŠ¤ìŠ¤ë¡œ 모순ë˜ì§€ ì•Šìœ¼ì‹ ë¶„ìž…ë‹ˆë‹¤. 그래서 ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ í•´ì„ì€ ë‹¤ë¥¸ +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>ì„±ê²½ê³µë¶€ì˜ ìœ í˜•ë“¤</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>ì£¼ì œë³„ 성경공부</title> + <para>íŠ¹ì • ì£¼ì œ(Topic)를 ì •í•œë’¤, 겹참조와 색ì¸ì„ 참조하여 ì£¼ì œì— ë§žê²Œ 공부한다.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>ì¸ë¬¼ë³„ 성경공부</title> + <para>ì„±ê²½ì˜ í•œ ì¸ë¬¼ì˜ ì‚¶ì„ ê³µë¶€í•œë‹¤, 예. ì°½ 37-50장ì—ì„œì˜ ìš”ì…‰ì˜ ì‚¶.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>설명ì ì¸(Expository) 성경공부</title> + <para>íŠ¹ì • êµ¬ì ˆ, 문단, 장 í˜¹ì€ ì±…ì„ ì„ íƒí•˜ì—¬ 공부한다.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>바른 í•´ì„ì˜ ê¸°ë³¸</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>ë‚´ìš©(Content)</title> + <para>ë§í•˜ê³ 있는바가 무엇ì¸ê°€? ì›ì–´ì—서는 어떻게 ë§í•˜ê³ 있는가? ì •ì˜ì— 주ì˜í•˜ë¼. ê·¸ê²ƒì´ ë§í•˜ê³ 있지 ì•Šì€ë°”대로 í•´ì„하지마ë¼.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>문맥(Context)</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title> + <para>ì„±ê²½ì˜ ë‹¤ë¥¸ 부분ì—서는 ì´ ì£¼ì œì— ê´€í•˜ì—¬ 어떻게 ë§í•˜ê³ 있는가? í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì€ ìŠ¤ìŠ¤ë¡œ 모순ë˜ì§€ ì•Šìœ¼ì‹ ë¶„ìž…ë‹ˆë‹¤. 그래서 ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ í•´ì„ì€ ë‹¤ë¥¸ ë§ì”€ì— 비춰ë´ì„œë„ 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>ë§ˆíƒœë³µìŒ 6:1-18ì„ ë³¸ë¬¸ìœ¼ë¡œ 설명ì ì¸(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ì˜ë¥¼ 연습하는 ìž˜ëª»ëœ ë°©ë²•ë“¤ì„ í”¼í• ìˆ˜ 있는 방법들로 아웃ë¼ì¸ì„ 채우ì‹ì‹œì˜¤:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> -today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>워í¬ì‹œíŠ¸(Worksheet): 색ì¸(Concordance)ì„ ì‚¬ìš©í•˜ëŠ” 법</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>íŠ¹ì • êµ¬ì ˆ 찾기</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>ë¬¸ìž¥ì˜ í•µì‹¬ 단어나 가장 특ì´í•œ 단어를 뽑는다.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 ì •ë¦¬í•œë‹¤.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>필요한 êµ¬ì ˆì„ ì°¾ì„때까지 리스트를 ë”°ë¼ë‚´ë ¤ê°€ë³¸ë‹¤.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>ì£¼ì œë³„ 성경공부 하기 </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>í—¬ë¼ì–´ì™€ 히브리어 ì›ë¬¸ì˜ 단어 ì˜ë¯¸ë¥¼ 찾아보아 ì˜ë¯¸ë¥¼ 명확히 하기</title> -<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge -not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ê³ ì „ 2:15ë¡œ 가보ìž. 번호는 350ì´ë‹¤.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>ì´ë¦„ì˜ ì˜ë¯¸ë“¤ì„ 찾기</title> -<para>í—¬ë¼ì–´ë‚˜ ížˆë¸Œë¦¬ì–´ì˜ ì´ë¦„ì˜ ì˜ë¯¸ë¥¼ ì°¾ì•˜ë˜ ë°©ì‹ê³¼ 같다. </para> -<para>ì´ ì´ë¦„ë“¤ì„ í™•ì¸í•˜ê³ ì˜ë¯¸ë“¤ì„ ì 어넣는다.</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>나발(Nabal)</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>아비가ì¼(Abigail)</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>여호수아(Joshua)</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>바나바(Barnabus)</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>ë§ˆíƒœë³µìŒ 6:1-18ì„ ë³¸ë¬¸ìœ¼ë¡œ 설명ì ì¸(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you fast</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you pray</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ì˜ë¥¼ 연습하는 ìž˜ëª»ëœ ë°©ë²•ë“¤ì„ í”¼í• ìˆ˜ 있는 방법들로 아웃ë¼ì¸ì„ 채우ì‹ì‹œì˜¤:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>do it secretly.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>워í¬ì‹œíŠ¸(Worksheet): 색ì¸(Concordance)ì„ ì‚¬ìš©í•˜ëŠ” 법</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>íŠ¹ì • êµ¬ì ˆ 찾기</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>ë¬¸ìž¥ì˜ í•µì‹¬ 단어나 가장 특ì´í•œ 단어를 뽑는다.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 ì •ë¦¬í•œë‹¤.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>필요한 êµ¬ì ˆì„ ì°¾ì„때까지 리스트를 ë”°ë¼ë‚´ë ¤ê°€ë³¸ë‹¤.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>ì£¼ì œë³„ 성경공부 하기</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>í—¬ë¼ì–´ì™€ 히브리어 ì›ë¬¸ì˜ 단어 ì˜ë¯¸ë¥¼ 찾아보아 ì˜ë¯¸ë¥¼ 명확히 하기</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ê³ ì „ 2:15ë¡œ 가보ìž. 번호는 350ì´ë‹¤.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>ì´ë¦„ì˜ ì˜ë¯¸ë“¤ì„ 찾기</title> + <para>í—¬ë¼ì–´ë‚˜ ížˆë¸Œë¦¬ì–´ì˜ ì´ë¦„ì˜ ì˜ë¯¸ë¥¼ ì°¾ì•˜ë˜ ë°©ì‹ê³¼ 같다. </para> + <para>ì´ ì´ë¦„ë“¤ì„ í™•ì¸í•˜ê³ ì˜ë¯¸ë“¤ì„ ì 어넣는다.</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>나발(Nabal)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>아비가ì¼(Abigail)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>여호수아(Joshua)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>바나바(Barnabus)</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index b4cf0d4..0e9acae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,291 +1,298 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€ì˜ 중요성</title> -<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€ì˜ 중요성</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>특별한(Unique) ì±…</title> -<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>특별한(Unique) ì±…</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>ì‹ ì•½ì„±ê²½ 사본과 다른 ê³ ëŒ€ 사본 í…ìŠ¤íŠ¸ë“¤ê³¼ì˜ ë¹„êµ</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>ìž‘í’ˆ</entry> -<entry>씌여진 시기</entry> -<entry>ìµœê³ (å¤) 사본</entry> -<entry>ìµœê³ (å¤)ì‚¬ë³¸ê³¼ì˜ ì‹œê°„ì°¨</entry><entry>ì‚¬ë³¸ì˜ ìˆ˜</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>헤로ë„투스(Herodotus)</entry> -<entry>448-428 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> -<entry>1300ë…„</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacitus</entry> -<entry>100 A.D.</entry><entry>1100 A.D.</entry> -<entry>1000ë…„</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>ì‹œì €(Caesar)ì˜ <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> -<entry>50-58 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> -<entry>950ë…„</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>리비우스(Livy)ì˜ <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> -<entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry> -<entry>900ë…„</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>ì‹ ì•½</entry> -<entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry><entry>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. ì „ì²´ 사본</entry> <entry>30 - 310ë…„</entry><entry>5000(í—¬ë¼ì–´) & 10,000(ë¼í‹´ì–´) -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>ì‹ ì•½ì„±ê²½ 사본과 다른 ê³ ëŒ€ 사본 í…ìŠ¤íŠ¸ë“¤ê³¼ì˜ ë¹„êµ</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ìž‘í’ˆ</entry> + <entry>씌여진 시기</entry> + <entry>ìµœê³ (å¤) 사본</entry> + <entry>ìµœê³ (å¤)ì‚¬ë³¸ê³¼ì˜ ì‹œê°„ì°¨</entry> + <entry>ì‚¬ë³¸ì˜ ìˆ˜</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>헤로ë„투스(Herodotus)</entry> + <entry>448-428 B.C.</entry> + <entry>900 A.D.</entry> + <entry>1300ë…„</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacitus</entry> + <entry>100 A.D.</entry> + <entry>1100 A.D.</entry> + <entry>1000ë…„</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>ì‹œì €(Caesar)ì˜ <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> + <entry>50-58 B.C.</entry> + <entry>900 A.D.</entry> + <entry>950ë…„</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>리비우스(Livy)ì˜ <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry> + <entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry> + <entry>900 A.D.</entry> + <entry>900ë…„</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>ì‹ ì•½</entry> + <entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry> + <entry>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. ì „ì²´ 사본</entry> + <entry>30 - 310ë…„</entry> + <entry>5000(í—¬ë¼ì–´) & 10,000(ë¼í‹´ì–´)</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"ê·¸ë°–ì˜ ë§Žì€ ì¦ê±°ë“¤ì´ ì‹ ì•½ì˜ í…스트가 다른 ê³ ëŒ€ 산문들중ì—ì„œë„ ì ˆëŒ€ì ì´ê³ ì–´ë–¤ ì‚¬ë³¸ë„ ë²”ì ‘í• ìˆ˜ 없는 특별한 경우ë¼ëŠ” ê²ƒì„ ì¦ëª…한다." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>하나님께서 ì‚´ì•„ 숨쉬시는 ì±…</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"ê·¸ë°–ì˜ ë§Žì€ ì¦ê±°ë“¤ì´ ì‹ ì•½ì˜ í…스트가 다른 ê³ ëŒ€ 산문들중ì—ì„œë„ ì ˆëŒ€ì ì´ê³ ì–´ë–¤ ì‚¬ë³¸ë„ ë²”ì ‘í• ìˆ˜ 없는 특별한 경우ë¼ëŠ” ê²ƒì„ ì¦ëª…한다."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>하나님께서 ì‚´ì•„ 숨쉬시는 ì±…</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</para> -<para>딤후 3:16ì—ì„œ ì„ í¬í•˜ê¸¸, "<emphasis>ëª¨ë“ ì„±ê²½ì€ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ê°ë™ìœ¼ë¡œ ëœ ê²ƒìœ¼ë¡œ[lit., -God-breathed].</emphasis>" ì´ê²ƒì„ ì •ë§ ë¯¿ìœ¼ì‹ë‹ˆê¹Œ? 대답하기 ì „ì—, ë§ì”€ì— 대한 ì˜ˆìˆ˜ë‹˜ì˜ íƒœë„를 ìƒê°í•´ë³´ì‹ì‹œì˜¤. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>ì¡´ R.W. ìŠ¤í† íŠ¸, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>ì¡´ R.W. ìŠ¤í† íŠ¸, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</para> -<para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> - -<para>계ì†í•´ì„œ 딤후 3:16ì—서는, "<emphasis>ëª¨ë“ ì„±ê²½ì€ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ê°ë™ìœ¼ë¡œ ëœ ê²ƒìœ¼ë¡œ êµí›ˆê³¼ ì±…ë§ê³¼ 바르게 함과 ì˜ë¡œ êµìœ¡í•˜ê¸°ì— -ìœ ìµí•˜ë‹ˆ</emphasis>"ë¼ê³ ë§ì”€í•˜ì˜€ë‹¤. ë§Œì¼ ìš°ë¦¬ê°€ ì„±ê²½ì´ ì •ë§ë¡œ 하나님께서 우리ì—게 ë§ì”€í•˜ì‹œëŠ” 것ì´ë¼ 믿는다면, ë§ì”€ì´ ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ -ëª¨ë“ ë¯¿ìŒê³¼ í–‰ìœ„ì˜ ê·¼ê±°ê°€ ë 것ì´ë‹¤. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>ì—사하는 ì±…</title> -<para> -ì„±ê²½ì„ ê³µë¶€í•˜ëŠ” ê²ƒì´ ì–´ë–¤ ë„ì›€ì´ ë˜ëŠ”ê°€? ì‚´ì „ 2:13ì—ì„œ ë§ì”€í•˜ê¸°ë¥¼ "<emphasis>ë§ì”€ì´ ë˜í•œ ë„ˆí¬ ë¯¿ëŠ” ìž ì†ì—ì„œ -ì—사하ëŠë‹ˆë¼.</emphasis>" ê·¸ë°–ì˜ ë‹¤ë¥¸ ë§ì”€ë“¤ë„, ë§ì”€ì´ ì—사하는 ê²ƒì— ê´€í•´ 기ë¡í•˜ê³ 있다. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>ì„±ê²½ì„ ê³µë¶€í•˜ëŠ” ê²ƒì´ ê·¸ë¦¬ìŠ¤ë„ì¸ë“¤ì—게 ì–´ë–¤ ë„ì›€ì„ ì£¼ëŠ”ê°€?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>참조(Reference)</entry> -<entry>ì—사하는 것(Action)</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>ì—¡ 5:26 -</entry> -<entry>ì •ê²°ì¼€í•œë‹¤(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œ 깨ë—하게 하사..." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -í–‰ 20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -롬 15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -ê²©ë ¤í•œë‹¤ -- "무엇ì´ë“ 지 ì „ì— ê¸°ë¡í•œ 바는 ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ êµí›ˆì„ 위하여 기ë¡ëœ 것ì´ë‹ˆ 우리로 하여금 ì¸ë‚´ë¡œ ë˜ëŠ” ì„±ê²½ì˜ ì•ˆìœ„ë¡œ 소ë§ì„ 가지게 -함 ì´ë‹ˆë¼." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -롬 10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -믿ìŒì„ 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿ìŒì€ 들ìŒì—ì„œ 나며 들ìŒì€ 그리스ë„ì˜ ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œ ë§ë¯¸ì•”았ëŠë‹ˆë¼." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -ê³ ì „ 10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -가르친다(instructs) -- "ì €í¬ì—게 당한 ì´ëŸ° ì¼ì´ ê±°ìš¸ì´ ë˜ê³ ë˜í•œ ë§ì„¸ë¥¼ 만난 ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ê²½ê³„ë¡œ 기ë¡í•˜ì˜€ëŠë‹ˆë¼." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -마 4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -ì–‘ì‹(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 ê°€ë¼ì‚¬ëŒ€ 기ë¡ë˜ì—ˆìœ¼ë˜ 'ì‚¬ëžŒì´ ë–¡ìœ¼ë¡œë§Œ ì‚´ê²ƒì´ ì•„ë‹ˆìš” í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ìž…ìœ¼ë¡œ 나오는 ëª¨ë“ -ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œ ì‚´ 것ì´ë¼ 하였ëŠë‹ˆë¼' 하시니." -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>ìžìœ 케하는 ì±…</title> -<para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>ì´ê²ƒì€ ì¡°ê±´ì ì¸ ì•½ì†ìž„ì„ ì•Œìˆ˜ 있다, 특별히 í•˜ë‹ˆë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€ì„ 진리로 ë§í•¨ì— 있어서는 ë”ìš± ê·¸ëŸ¬í• ê²ƒì´ë‹¤.</para> - -<para>ì—¡ 4:14ì—ì„œ ì“°ì¸"바람"ì˜ í—¬ë¼ì–´ì›ë¬¸ì˜ ëœ»ì„ ì°¾ì•„ë³´ë©´ <emphasis>ê°•ë ¬í•œ -바람</emphasis>ì´ë‹¤. "<emphasis>ê²°ê³¼ì 으로 우리는 ë”ì´ìƒ êµë¦¬ë“¤ì˜ ëª¨ë“ ë°”ëžŒì— ì´ë¦¬ì €ë¦¬ë¡œ í”들리는 어린아ì´ì™€ 같아서는 -안ëœë‹¤...</emphasis>"ì„±ê²½ì„ ê³µë¶€í•˜ë©´ 우리가 얻게 ë˜ëŠ” ìœ ìµì¤‘ 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "ë°”ëžŒì— í”들리지" ì•Šë„ë¡ ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ë¯¿ìŒì„ -ì§„ë¦¬ì•ˆì— êµ³ê±´í•˜ê²Œ 한다는 것ì´ë‹¤.</para> - -<para><emphasis>예수께서 대답하여 ê°€ë¼ì‚¬ëŒ€ </emphasis>"<emphasis>너í¬ê°€ ì„±ê²½ë„ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ëŠ¥ë ¥ë„ ì•Œì§€ ëª»í•˜ëŠ”ê³ ë¡œ[KJV -Ye do err] 오해하였ë„다.</emphasis>"마 22:29</para> -<para>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇ì¸ê°€?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ëŠ¥ë ¥ </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>ì˜ì ì „ìŸì„ 하는 ì±…</title> -<para> -ì—¡ 6:10-18ì€ ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ì˜ì ë¬´ìž¥ì— ê´€í•´ 보여준다.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>ì˜ì ì¸ ë¬´ê¸°</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>물ìŒ</entry> -<entry>답</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>ë¦¬ìŠ¤íŠ¸ì˜ ë¬´ê¸° 중 몇 가지가 ë°©ì–´ìš©ì¸ê°€?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>몇 가지가 공격용ì¸ê°€?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> -<row><entry>ì–´ë–¤ 것ì¸ê°€? </entry><entry>ë§ì”€ - <foreignphrase>ë ˆë§ˆ(rhema)</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title> -<para> -딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>네가 ì§„ë¦¬ì˜ ë§ì”€ì„ 옳게 분변하여 부ë„러울 ê²ƒì´ ì—†ëŠ” ì¼êµ°ìœ¼ë¡œ ì¸ì •ëœ ìžë¡œ ìžì‹ ì„ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ -ì•žì— ë“œë¦¬ê¸°ë¥¼ 힘쓰ë¼.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -골 3:16 "<emphasis>그리스ë„ì˜ ë§ì”€ì´ ë„ˆí¬ ì†ì— í’성히 거하여 ëª¨ë“ ì§€í˜œë¡œ 피차 가르치며 ê¶Œë©´í•˜ê³ ì‹œì™€ 찬미와 ì‹ ë ¹í•œ 노래를 -부르며 마ìŒì— ê°ì‚¬í•¨ìœ¼ë¡œ í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì„ ì°¬ì–‘í•˜ê³ .</emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>네가 ì–´ë– í•œ ê²ƒì— í’성하다면(골 3:16ì˜ í’성한), ê·¸ê²ƒì˜ ì–‘ì€ ì–¼ë§ˆì¸ê°€? </para> -<para> -ì 지 않다!</para> - -<para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>ì—사하는 ì±…</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>ì„±ê²½ì„ ê³µë¶€í•˜ëŠ” ê²ƒì´ ê·¸ë¦¬ìŠ¤ë„ì¸ë“¤ì—게 ì–´ë–¤ ë„ì›€ì„ ì£¼ëŠ”ê°€?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>참조(Reference)</entry> + <entry>ì—사하는 것(Action)</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>ì—¡ 5:26</entry> + <entry>ì •ê²°ì¼€í•œë‹¤(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œ 깨ë—하게 하사..."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>í–‰ 20:32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>롬 15:4</entry> + <entry>ê²©ë ¤í•œë‹¤ -- "무엇ì´ë“ 지 ì „ì— ê¸°ë¡í•œ 바는 ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ êµí›ˆì„ 위하여 기ë¡ëœ 것ì´ë‹ˆ 우리로 하여금 ì¸ë‚´ë¡œ ë˜ëŠ” ì„±ê²½ì˜ ì•ˆìœ„ë¡œ 소ë§ì„ 가지게 +함 ì´ë‹ˆë¼."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>롬 10:17</entry> + <entry>믿ìŒì„ 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿ìŒì€ 들ìŒì—ì„œ 나며 들ìŒì€ 그리스ë„ì˜ ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œ ë§ë¯¸ì•”았ëŠë‹ˆë¼."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>ê³ ì „ 10:11</entry> + <entry>가르친다(instructs) -- "ì €í¬ì—게 당한 ì´ëŸ° ì¼ì´ ê±°ìš¸ì´ ë˜ê³ ë˜í•œ ë§ì„¸ë¥¼ 만난 ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ê²½ê³„ë¡œ 기ë¡í•˜ì˜€ëŠë‹ˆë¼."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>마 4:4</entry> + <entry>ì–‘ì‹(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 ê°€ë¼ì‚¬ëŒ€ 기ë¡ë˜ì—ˆìœ¼ë˜ 'ì‚¬ëžŒì´ ë–¡ìœ¼ë¡œë§Œ ì‚´ê²ƒì´ ì•„ë‹ˆìš” í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ìž…ìœ¼ë¡œ 나오는 ëª¨ë“ +ë§ì”€ìœ¼ë¡œ ì‚´ 것ì´ë¼ 하였ëŠë‹ˆë¼' 하시니."</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>ìžìœ 케하는 ì±…</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇ì¸ê°€?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ë§ì”€</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>í•˜ë‚˜ë‹˜ì˜ ëŠ¥ë ¥</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>ì˜ì ì „ìŸì„ 하는 ì±…</title> + <para>ì—¡ 6:10-18ì€ ìš°ë¦¬ì˜ ì˜ì ë¬´ìž¥ì— ê´€í•´ 보여준다.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>ì˜ì ì¸ ë¬´ê¸°</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>물ìŒ</entry> + <entry>답</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>ë¦¬ìŠ¤íŠ¸ì˜ ë¬´ê¸° 중 몇 가지가 ë°©ì–´ìš©ì¸ê°€?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>몇 가지가 공격용ì¸ê°€?</entry> + <entry>One</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>ì–´ë–¤ 것ì¸ê°€?</entry> + <entry>ë§ì”€ - <foreignphrase>ë ˆë§ˆ(rhema)</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>권면(Exhortations)</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>네가 ì–´ë– í•œ ê²ƒì— í’성하다면(골 3:16ì˜ í’성한), ê·¸ê²ƒì˜ ì–‘ì€ ì–¼ë§ˆì¸ê°€?</para> + <para>ì 지 않다!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>ì¡´ R. W. ìŠ¤í† íŠ¸, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>부ë¡(Supplement): 성경 ì½ê¸° 프로그램</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>부ë¡(Supplement): 성경 ì½ê¸° 프로그램</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>ì¼ë…„ì— ì‹ ì•½ ì¼ë…하기: 주 5ì¼ê°„ í•˜ë£¨ì— í•œìž¥ì”© ì½ëŠ”다.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>í•œë‹¬ì— ìž ì–¸ ì¼ë…하기: 한달간 ë§¤ì¼ ê·¸ë‚ ì˜ ë‚ ì§œì— í•´ë‹¹í•˜ëŠ” ìž ì–¸ í•œìž¥ì”©ì„ ì½ëŠ”다.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>í•œë‹¬ì— ì‹œíŽ¸ ì¼ë…하기: 20ì¼ì—는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140íŽ¸ì„ ì½ëŠ” ì‹ìœ¼ë¡œ, ë§¤ì¼ (30단위로) 5ìž¥ì˜ ì‹œíŽ¸ì„ ì½ëŠ”다.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>6ê°œì›”ì— ì‹œíŽ¸ & ìž ì–¸ ì¼ë…하기: ë§¤ì¼ ì‹œíŽ¸ê³¼ ìž ì–¸ì„ í•œìž¥ì”© ì½ëŠ”다.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>2ë…„ì— ì‹œíŽ¸ê³¼ ìž ì–¸ì„ ì œì™¸í•œ 구약 ì¼ë…하기: êµ¬ì•½ì„ í•˜ë£¨ì— í•œìž¥ì”© ì½ëŠ”다면, 2ë…„í•˜ê³ 2주ë™ì•ˆì— (시편과 ìž ì–¸ì„ ì œì™¸í•œ) êµ¬ì•½ì„ í†µë…í• -수 있다. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>ì¼ë…„ì— ì‹ ì•½ ì¼ë…하기: 주 5ì¼ê°„ í•˜ë£¨ì— í•œìž¥ì”© ì½ëŠ”다.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>í•œë‹¬ì— ìž ì–¸ ì¼ë…하기: 한달간 ë§¤ì¼ ê·¸ë‚ ì˜ ë‚ ì§œì— í•´ë‹¹í•˜ëŠ” ìž ì–¸ í•œìž¥ì”©ì„ ì½ëŠ”다.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>í•œë‹¬ì— ì‹œíŽ¸ ì¼ë…하기: 20ì¼ì—는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140íŽ¸ì„ ì½ëŠ” ì‹ìœ¼ë¡œ, ë§¤ì¼ (30단위로) 5ìž¥ì˜ ì‹œíŽ¸ì„ ì½ëŠ”다.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>6ê°œì›”ì— ì‹œíŽ¸ & ìž ì–¸ ì¼ë…하기: ë§¤ì¼ ì‹œíŽ¸ê³¼ ìž ì–¸ì„ í•œìž¥ì”© ì½ëŠ”다.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2ë…„ì— ì‹œíŽ¸ê³¼ ìž ì–¸ì„ ì œì™¸í•œ 구약 ì¼ë…하기: êµ¬ì•½ì„ í•˜ë£¨ì— í•œìž¥ì”© ì½ëŠ”다면, 2ë…„í•˜ê³ 2주ë™ì•ˆì— (시편과 ìž ì–¸ì„ ì œì™¸í•œ) êµ¬ì•½ì„ í†µë…í• +수 있다.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index e68f0f8..3d61624 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,260 +1,273 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>성경 í•´ì„ì˜ ë²•ì¹™ (Hermeneutics)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>성경 í•´ì„ì˜ ë²•ì¹™ (Hermeneutics)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> - -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>규칙 1 - ë‹¨ì–´ì˜ ì •í™•í•œ ëœ»ì— ì˜ê±°í•´ì„œ í•´ì„하ë¼.</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>규칙 1 - ë‹¨ì–´ì˜ ì •í™•í•œ ëœ»ì— ì˜ê±°í•´ì„œ í•´ì„하ë¼.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definition</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>예 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>예 1A</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Example 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> - -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</para> -<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> -<para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>규칙 2 - 성경ì ì¸ ë¬¸ë§¥ì— ì˜ê±°í•´ì„œ í•´ì„하ë¼</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>규칙 2 - 성경ì ì¸ ë¬¸ë§¥ì— ì˜ê±°í•´ì„œ í•´ì„하ë¼</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>예 2A</title> -<para>In a previous lesson we considered ìš” 3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the -Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>예 2A</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>예 2B</title> -<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>예 2B</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>예 2C</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>규칙 3 - ì—사와 문화ì ì¸ ë°°ê²½ì˜ ë¬¸ë§¥ì—ì„œ í•´ì„하ë¼</title> -<para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>예 2C</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>규칙 3 - ì—사와 문화ì ì¸ ë°°ê²½ì˜ ë¬¸ë§¥ì—ì„œ í•´ì„하ë¼</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>예 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>예 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>예 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>예 3B</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>규칙 4 - 언어ì—ì„œ ë‹¨ì–´ì˜ ì¼ë°˜ì ì¸ ì‚¬ìš©ì— ë”°ë¼ í•´ì„하ë¼</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>규칙 4 - 언어ì—ì„œ ë‹¨ì–´ì˜ ì¼ë°˜ì ì¸ ì‚¬ìš©ì— ë”°ë¼ í•´ì„하ë¼</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>예 4A</title> -<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>예 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>예 4B</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> -<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> -<para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>예 4B</title> + <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> + <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title> -<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a + <para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</emphasis></para> -<para>Every parable is an allegory, ì°¸ì¸ê°€ 거짓ì¸ê°€?</para> - -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + <para>Every parable is an allegory, ì°¸ì¸ê°€ 거짓ì¸ê°€?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>예 5A</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>예 5A</title> + <para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para> -<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>예 5B</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>예 5B</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook index f108f43..4e04ed6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ko/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>ë°”ì´ë¸”스터디 하우투</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license <link + <title>ë°”ì´ë¸”스터디 하우투</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>개요</title> - - <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </para> - <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>개요</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>공부</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>공부</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 9d66c29..86762f6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="들음(Hear)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="읽음(Read)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>”</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span> -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="암송(Memorize)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="묵상(Meditate)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span> -</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html index a8c2d23..e664e2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> -today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 9b93b7c..e500666 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="바른 해석의 기본"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="내용(Content)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="문맥(Context)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="바른 해석의 기본"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="내용(Content)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="문맥(Context)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html index 3a06a3c..26f5ff6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="성경공부의 유형들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="인물별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="설명적인(Expository) 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="성경공부의 유형들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="인물별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="설명적인(Expository) 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index e8eff35..05e084c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,13 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="특정 구절 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="이름의 의미들을 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="특정 구절 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="이름의 의미들을 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html index e2a74a1..c11c747 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에 필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 73a8774..9d50b61 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,29 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</p><p>딤후 3:16에서 선포하길, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로[lit., -God-breathed].</em></span>" 이것을 정말 믿으십니까? 대답하기 전에, 말씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 생각해보십시오. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R.W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에 -유익하니</em></span>"라고 말씀하였다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라 믿는다면, 말씀이 우리의 -모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R.W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity +Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 925f041..c16a8bd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,14 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="권면(Exhortations)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p> -딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 -앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</em></span>" -</p><p> -골 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>그리스도의 말씀이 너희 속에 풍성히 거하여 모든 지혜로 피차 가르치며 권면하고 시와 찬미와 신령한 노래를 -부르며 마음에 감사함으로 하나님을 찬양하고.</em></span>" -</p><p>네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가? </p><p> -적지 않다!</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="권면(Exhortations)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가?</p><p>적지 않다!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index a03c952..1aa4a5f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="자유케하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있다, 특별히 하니님의 말씀을 진리로 말함에 있어서는 더욱 그러할 것이다.</p><p>엡 4:14에서 쓰인"바람"의 헬라어원문의 뜻을 찾아보면 <span class="emphasis"><em>강렬한 -바람</em></span>이다. "<span class="emphasis"><em>결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 -안된다...</em></span>"성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을 -진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV -Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="자유케하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 능력</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html index c54a1c5..d5dd4e0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R. W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> InterVarsity -Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index ee1133d..052f865 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 -수 있다. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 +수 있다.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 3d4d28c..b788279 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> -엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가?</td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8ef1c69..d4cd6f9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,29 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="역사하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> -성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "<span class="emphasis"><em>말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서 -역사하느니라.</em></span>" 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26 -</td><td>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..." -</td></tr><tr><td> -행 20:32 -</td><td> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -롬 15:4 -</td><td> -격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 -함 이니라." -</td></tr><tr><td> -롬 10:17 -</td><td> -믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라." -</td></tr><tr><td> -고전 10:11 -</td><td> -가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라." -</td></tr><tr><td> -마 4:4 -</td><td> -양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 -말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="역사하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26</td><td>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..."</td></tr><tr><td>행 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>롬 15:4</td><td>격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 +함 이니라."</td></tr><tr><td>롬 10:17</td><td>믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라."</td></tr><tr><td>고전 10:11</td><td>가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라."</td></tr><tr><td>마 4:4</td><td>양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든 +말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html index 54d9991..f78ebd4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,25 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="특별한(Unique) 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="특별한(Unique) 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>시저(Caesar)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>리비우스(Livy)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>신약</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본</td><td>30 - 310년</td><td>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어) -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>시저(Caesar)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>리비우스(Livy)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>신약</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본</td><td>30 - 310년</td><td>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html index a880807..5a6acfb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="예 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the -Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="예 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="예 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="예 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 9e48b6c..59cd9c7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, -<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="예 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="예 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 3cfb397..5265453 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="예 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="예 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html index a4eed0d..cfe4871 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="예 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html index fd53b86..2988b91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,68 +1,67 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="예 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the -Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html index c528d05..fb61ed7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html @@ -1,20 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="법적 공지"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="개요"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="법적 공지"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="개요"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>표 목록</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index ee41e9a..de49b8f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,210 +1,244 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> + <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +God.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</para> -<para>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons + <para>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title> -<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Horen</title> -<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Horen</title> + <para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lezen</title> -<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Lezen</title> + <para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Bestuderen</title> -<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in + <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Bestuderen</title> + <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memoriseren </title> -<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Memoriseren </title> + <para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Overdenken</title> -<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Overdenken</title> + <para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> -</para> - -<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Onderwerp-studie</title> -<para>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Onderwerp-studie</title> + <para>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Karakterstudie</title> -<para>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Karakterstudie</title> + <para>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</title> -<para>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Inhoud</title> -<para>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</title> + <para>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Inhoud</title> + <para>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Context</title> -<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Tekstverwijzingen</title> -<para>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Context</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Tekstverwijzingen</title> + <para>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you fast</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you pray</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> -today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden -hebt.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</title> -<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge -not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</title> -<para>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>do it secretly.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +hebt.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>Om een onderwerp-studie doen</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</title> + <para>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of Hebreews vinden.</para> -<para>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Jozua</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nabal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigail</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jozua</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabas</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 023f3a1..4e178e9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,312 +1,309 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Het belang van Gods Woord</title> -<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Het belang van Gods Woord</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Een uniek boek</title> -<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>Een uniek boek</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude teksten.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Werk</entry> -<entry>Wanneer geschreven</entry> -<entry>Oudste kopie</entry> -<entry>Tijdsduur</entry><entry>Aantal exemplaren</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Herodotus</entry> -<entry>448-428 v. Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry> -<entry>1300 jaar</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacitus</entry> -<entry>100 na Chr.</entry><entry>1100 na Chr.</entry> -<entry>1000 jaar</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> -<entry>50-58 v. Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry> -<entry>950 jaar</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry><emphasis>Roman History</emphasis> van Livy</entry> -<entry>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry> -<entry>900 jaar</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Nieuwe Testament</entry> -<entry>40 - 100 n. Chr.</entry><entry>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</entry> <entry>30 - 310 jaar</entry><entry>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Werk</entry> + <entry>Wanneer geschreven</entry> + <entry>Oudste kopie</entry> + <entry>Tijdsduur</entry> + <entry>Aantal exemplaren</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Herodotus</entry> + <entry>448-428 v. Chr.</entry> + <entry>900 na Chr.</entry> + <entry>1300 jaar</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacitus</entry> + <entry>100 na Chr.</entry> + <entry>1100 na Chr.</entry> + <entry>1000 jaar</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry> + <entry>50-58 v. Chr.</entry> + <entry>900 na Chr.</entry> + <entry>950 jaar</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>Roman History</emphasis> van Livy</entry> + <entry>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</entry> + <entry>900 na Chr.</entry> + <entry>900 jaar</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Nieuwe Testament</entry> + <entry>40 - 100 n. Chr.</entry> + <entry>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 jaar</entry> + <entry>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle -andere antieke proza." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +andere antieke proza."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>En boek met de adem van God</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</para> -<para>2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "<emphasis>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., -die God ademde].</emphasis>" Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord -geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</para> -<para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "<emphasis>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te -weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens -Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</emphasis>" Als -wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt -daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en -gedrag. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title> -<para> -Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel -"<emphasis>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</emphasis>" Schrijf naast elk -schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Naslag</entry> -<entry>Actie</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Ef. 5:26 -</entry> -<entry>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Hand.20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Rom.15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der -Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Rom.10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het -woord van Christus." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Cor.10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is -opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Matt.4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>Een boek dat werkt</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Naslag</entry> + <entry>Actie</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Ef. 5:26</entry> + <entry>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Hand.20:32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rom.15:4</entry> + <entry>bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der +Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rom.10:17</entry> + <entry>geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het +woord van Christus."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Cor.10:11</entry> + <entry>onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is +opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Matt.4:4</entry> + <entry>voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods -gaat." -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title> -<para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over -de waarheid van Gods woord.</para> - -<para>Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een -<emphasis>geweldige wind</emphasis> "<emphasis>Dan zijn wij niet langer -onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei -wind van leer...</emphasis>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat -het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet -zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</para> - -<para><emphasis>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de -Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</emphasis>" Matt.22:29</para> -<para>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Gods woord</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Gods kracht </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title> -<para> -Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Geestelijke wapenrusting</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Vraag</entry> -<entry>Antwoord</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> -<row><entry>Welke? </entry><entry>het woord - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Vermaningen</title> -<para> -2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<emphasis>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te -stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid -recht snijdt.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in -alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en -geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? </para> -<para> -Niet een beetje!</para> - -<para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +gaat."</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Een bevrijdend boek</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Gods woord</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Gods kracht</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Een boek dat strijdt</title> + <para>Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Geestelijke wapenrusting</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Vraag</entry> + <entry>Antwoord</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</entry> + <entry>One</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Welke?</entry> + <entry>het woord - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Vermaningen</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?</para> + <para>Niet een beetje!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per -week.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, -overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van -30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag -een hoofdstuk.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken -overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index b2fbcad..7f79ed9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,263 +1,274 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> - -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definition</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Tekstverwijzingen</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Tekstverwijzingen</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Voorbeeld 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Voorbeeld 1A</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Example 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> - -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</para> -<para>Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze -woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <emphasis>"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij -dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed -uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren."</emphasis> Is dat -zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! </para> -<para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Voorbeeld 2A </title> -<para>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <emphasis>"geboren ...uit water -en geest."</emphasis> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier -gaat?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Voorbeeld 2A </title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Voorbeeld 2B</title> -<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Voorbeeld 2B</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Voorbeeld 2C</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title> -<para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Voorbeeld 2C</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Example 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Voorbeeld 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Voorbeeld 3B</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Voorbeeld 4A</title> -<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Voorbeeld 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Voorbeeld 4B</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> -<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> -<para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Voorbeeld 4B</title> + <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> + <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title> -<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a + <para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</emphasis></para> -<para>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</para> - -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + <para>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Voorbeeld 5A</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Voorbeeld 5A</title> + <para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para> -<para>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om -de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Voorbeeld 5B</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Voorbeeld 5B</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook index eaa7792..c560ea1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license <link + <title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Overzicht</title> - - <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </para> - <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Overzicht</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Bestuderen</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Bestuderen</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index ce9170f..0bde3f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Horen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lezen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>”</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Bestuderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Bestuderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span> -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memoriseren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Overdenken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span> -</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 4c2d93b..3045008 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde -manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> -today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 9c6a2f5..90206e2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhoud"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met -definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tekstverwijzingen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhoud"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tekstverwijzingen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html index 0536509..caca6c0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Onderwerp-studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Onderwerp-studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Karakterstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index dd76ef4..69405ff 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een bepaald vers te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden -hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een onderwerp-studie doen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een bepaald vers te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een onderwerp-studie doen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html index ff10d63..861bf20 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 6318cd9..27a0d0b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,33 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En boek met de adem van God"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En boek met de adem van God"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., -die God ademde].</em></span>" Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord -geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "<span class="emphasis"><em>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te -weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens -Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</em></span>" Als -wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt -daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en -gedrag. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, +InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 7faf9a3..d72a362 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vermaningen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te -stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid -recht snijdt.</em></span>" -</p><p> -Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in -alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en -geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</em></span>" -</p><p>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? </p><p> -Niet een beetje!</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vermaningen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?</p><p>Niet een beetje!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 488a8d2..e6ebf55 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,14 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over -de waarheid van Gods woord.</p><p>Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een -<span class="emphasis"><em>geweldige wind</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Dan zijn wij niet langer -onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei -wind van leer...</em></span>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat -het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet -zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de -Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gods woord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gods woord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gods kracht</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html index 620d43d..8cf50de 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> -InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 44b7376..ce7b4e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van 30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken -overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 5c67e4d..3684dcc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke?</td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html index 02a2b47..3827725 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat werkt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p> -Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel -"<span class="emphasis"><em>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</em></span>" Schrijf naast elk -schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26 -</td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Hand.20:32 -</td><td> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rom.15:4 -</td><td> -bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der -Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rom.10:17 -</td><td> -geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het -woord van Christus." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Cor.10:11 -</td><td> -onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is -opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Matt.4:4 -</td><td> -voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat werkt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."</td></tr><tr><td>Hand.20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom.15:4</td><td>bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der +Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden."</td></tr><tr><td>Rom.10:17</td><td>geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het +woord van Christus."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Cor.10:11</td><td>onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is +opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons"</td></tr><tr><td>Matt.4:4</td><td>voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods -gaat." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +gaat."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html index 50e74b9..f051986 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,29 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Een uniek boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Een uniek boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude teksten.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude -teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>950 jaar</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span> van Livy</td><td>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>900 jaar</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Nieuwe Testament</td><td>40 - 100 n. Chr.</td><td>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</td><td>30 - 310 jaar</td><td>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>950 jaar</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span> van Livy</td><td>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>900 jaar</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nieuwe Testament</td><td>40 - 100 n. Chr.</td><td>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</td><td>30 - 310 jaar</td><td>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle -andere antieke proza." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +andere antieke proza."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html index 6fdf517..1a5dc28 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,22 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water -en geest."</em></span> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier -gaat?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index d2a1494..dda3cc7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, -<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 4c582c3..f91d590 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 0c461a8..bb21a5c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om -de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html index d0f6e04..bc8e5df 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,71 +1,69 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een -gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Tekstverwijzingen"><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Tekstverwijzingen"><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</p><p>Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze -woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij -dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed -uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren."</em></span> Is dat -zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! </p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html index d38d11c..16e82bd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,22 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Bericht"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Overzicht"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Juridische kennisgeving"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Overzicht"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 1092553..80d90dc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,206 +1,244 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bases do Estudo BÃblico</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da BÃblia</title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>Bases do Estudo BÃblico</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da BÃblia</title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> + <para>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero disse <quote>nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê</quote>, então no estudo bÃblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com -Deus. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora +Deus.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era -o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as -palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus -estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados</para> -<para>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas + <para>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as +palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam gravemente +enganados. [...]</para> + <para>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a BÃblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title> -<para>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title> + <para>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas -escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em -nossas mentes.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Ouvir</title> -<para>Lc 11.28 <quote>Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +escrituras combinam o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a +palavra em nossas mentes.</para> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Ouvir</title> + <para>Lc 11.28 <quote>Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a palavra de Deus, e a observam.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Ler</title> -<para>Ap 1.3 <quote>Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Ler</title> + <para>Ap 1.3 <quote>Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as palavras desta profecia.. </quote></para> -<para>1 Tm 4.13 <quote>aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Estudo</title> -<para>At 17.11 <quote>Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque + <para>1 Tm 4.13 <quote>aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Estudo</title> + <para>At 17.11 <quote>Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras -para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tm 2.15 <quote>Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </quote></para> + <para>2 Tm 2.15 <quote>Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizar</title> -<para>Sl 119.11 <quote>Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Memorizar</title> + <para>Sl 119.11 <quote>Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra ti.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditar</title> -<para>Sl 1.2-3 <quote>Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>Meditar</title> + <para>Sl 1.2-3 <quote>Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos Ãmpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita -de dia e noite. </quote> -</para> - -<para>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +de dia e noite. </quote></para> + <para>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e -memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com a mensagem global da BÃblia.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipos de Estudo BÃblico</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Estudo de Tópicos</title> -<para>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Tipos de Estudo BÃblico</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>Estudo de Tópicos</title> + <para>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma concordância.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Estudo de Personagem</title> -<para>Estudando a vida de um personagem da BÃblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Estudo Expositivo</title> -<para>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capÃtulo ou livro.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Conteúdo</title> -<para>O que ele diz? O que diz na lÃngua original? Tome cuidado com + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Estudo de Personagem</title> + <para>Estudando a vida de um personagem da BÃblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>Estudo Expositivo</title> + <para>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capÃtulo ou livro.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Conteúdo</title> + <para>O que ele diz? O que diz na lÃngua original? Tome cuidado com definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexto</title> -<para>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito -importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a -passagem e livro.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referencia cruzada</title> -<para>O que outros versÃculos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da BÃblia? Deus + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>Contexto</title> + <para>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é rei" -- a passagem +precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a passagem e do livro.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>Referencia cruzada</title> + <para>O que outros versÃculos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da BÃblia? Deus não se contradiz, entà o nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de outras escrituras.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title> -<para>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title> + <para>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo versÃculo-chave, o versÃculo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se está relacionado com o versÃculo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>O que <quote>fazer as vossas boas obras</quote> significa? A passagem dá -algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>O que <quote>fazer as vossas boas obras</quote> significa? A passagem dá +algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas a passagem está sendo endereçada? <emphasis>Nossas motivações!</emphasis> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>Quando você oferta</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Quando você jejua</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Quando você ora</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções especÃficas sobre como evitar + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Quando você oferta</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Quando você jejua</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Quando você ora</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções especÃficas sobre como evitar maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <quote>toca a trombeta</quote>?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>faça-o em secreto.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar um versÃculo particular</title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versÃculo.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versÃculo.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </title> -<para>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra -"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e -procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras -relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, -resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</title> -<para>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida -entre Mt 7.1 <quote>Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</quote> e 1 Co -2.15 <quote>Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</quote>. Talvez -sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como -"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir -daqui). </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Procure "julgar".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, -2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Agora procure "julgado".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entà o a -lÃngua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o -significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Encontre o significado dos nomes</title> -<para>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>Quando você fornecer <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>não faça tocar a trombeta (como poderia alguém <quote>tocar a +trombeta</quote> hoje?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>faça-o em secreto.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>Para encontrar um versÃculo particular</title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versÃculo.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versÃculo.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Encontre os versÃculos: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</title> + <para>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra "redenção". Primeiro, +procure essa palavra na concordância e veja as referencias listadas para +ela. Então você pode procurar palavras relacionadas e referencias listadas a +partir dela, por exemplo: "remir, remido, resgate," até "comprar" ou +"comprado."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</title> + <para>Digamos que você tenha reparado uma contradição na Edição Revista e +Atualizada de Almeida entre Mt 7.1 <quote>Não julgueis para que não sejais +julgados</quote> e 1 Co 2.15 <quote>Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as +coisas</quote>. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas +traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong +a partir daqui).</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Procure"julgar".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Agora procure "julgado".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Volte ao dicionário de Grego. (Lembre - se, você está no Novo Testamento, +então o idioma é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o +hebraico). Compare o significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você +terá a resposta!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>Encontre o significado dos nomes</title> + <para>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego ou hebraico.</para> -<para>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Barnabé</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Nabal</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Abigail</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Josué</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Barnabé</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 4252df4..f0eea50 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,93 +1,108 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importância da Palavra de Deus</title> -<para>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o -nome de Deus. Estudar a BÃblia é uma das principais formas que nós +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>Importância da Palavra de Deus</title> + <para>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a BÃblia é uma das formas mais básicas que nós aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Um Livro que é Único</title> -<para>A BÃblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por -ano. A BÃblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um perÃodo de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>Um Livro que é Único</title> + <para>A BÃblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$ 500 milhões por +ano. A BÃblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto o ano após +ano!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um perÃodo de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita -por uma única pessoa. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -Preservação. F. F. Burce em <emphasis>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +por uma única pessoa.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Preservação. F. F. Burce em <emphasis>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são confiáveis?</emphasis> compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros -textos antigos: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Texto</entry> -<entry>Quando foi Escrito</entry> -<entry>Cópia mais recente</entry> -<entry>Diferença de Tempo</entry><entry>Número de Cópias</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Herodotus</entry> -<entry>448-428 a.C.</entry><entry>900 d.C.</entry> -<entry>1300 anos</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Tacitus</entry> -<entry>100 d.C.</entry><entry>1100 d.C.</entry> -<entry>1000 anos</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry><emphasis>Guerras da Gália</emphasis>de César</entry> -<entry>50-58 a.C.</entry><entry>900 d.C.</entry> -<entry>950 anos</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry><emphasis>História Romana</emphasis> de LÃvio</entry> -<entry>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</entry><entry>900 d.C.</entry> -<entry>900 anos</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Novo Testamento</entry> -<entry>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</entry><entry>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anos</entry><entry>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Existem dez copias das <emphasis>Guerras Gaulesas</emphasis> de César, a -mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, -etc. Para o Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 -d.C., papiro contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e -fragmentos do evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos -para comparar uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +textos antigos:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Texto</entry> + <entry>Quando foi Escrito</entry> + <entry>Cópia mais recente</entry> + <entry>Diferença de Tempo</entry> + <entry>Número de Cópias</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Herodotus</entry> + <entry>448-428 a.C.</entry> + <entry>900 d.C.</entry> + <entry>1300 anos</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Tacitus</entry> + <entry>100 d.C.</entry> + <entry>1100 d.C.</entry> + <entry>1000 anos</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>Guerras da Gália</emphasis>de César</entry> + <entry>50-58 a.C.</entry> + <entry>900 d.C.</entry> + <entry>950 anos</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>História Romana</emphasis> de LÃvio</entry> + <entry>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</entry> + <entry>900 d.C.</entry> + <entry>900 anos</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Novo Testamento</entry> + <entry>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</entry> + <entry>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 anos</entry> + <entry>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Existem dez copias das <emphasis>Guerras Gaulesas</emphasis> de César, a +mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original. Para o +Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., papiro +contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do +evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar +uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <emphasis>Questões da Vida</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em -absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title> -<para><emphasis>Hb 4.12</emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Hb 4.12</emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e eficaz...</emphasis>" Jesus disse <emphasis>(Mt 4.4)</emphasis>, "<emphasis>Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus</emphasis>". Enquanto lemos a BÃblia, o EspÃrito de -Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. -</para> -<para>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente -inspirada</emphasis>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a -atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova.</para> + <para>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada [lit., +Soprada por Deus]</emphasis>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, +considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95</attribution> + <para>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou 'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis 2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele @@ -100,207 +115,194 @@ pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus falaram movidos pelo EspÃrito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens -falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... -</para> -<para> -Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro...</para> + <para>Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da BÃblia era o testemunho de Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina -da BÃblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, -para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja -perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</emphasis>". Se nós -aceitamos que a BÃblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente -ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title> -<para> -O que o Estudo BÃblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a BÃblia -"<emphasis>opera em vós que credes</emphasis>". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>O que o Estudo BÃblico faz para os cristãos?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Referência</entry> -<entry>Ação</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Ef 5.26 -</entry> -<entry>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela -palavra" -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -At 20.32 -</entry> -<entry> -edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, à quele que é poderoso para vos -edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Rm 15.4 -</entry> -<entry> -Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi +da BÃblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo ensinou isso.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para redargüir, +para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; Para que o homem de Deus seja +perfeito, e perfeitamente instruÃdo para toda a boa obra.</emphasis>". Se +nós aceitamos que a BÃblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, +consequentemente ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>Um Livro que Funciona</title> + <para>O que o Estudo BÃblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a BÃblia +"<emphasis>opera em vós, os que crestes.</emphasis>". Do lado de cada +escritura, escreva o que a Palavra faz.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>O que o Estudo BÃblico faz para os cristãos?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Referência</entry> + <entry>Ação</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Ef 5.26</entry> + <entry>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela +palavra"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>At 20.32</entry> + <entry>edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, à quele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rm 15.4</entry> + <entry>Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das -Escrituras, tenhamos esperança" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Rm 10.17 -</entry> -<entry> -Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo" -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Co 10.11 -</entry> -<entry> -Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para -aviso nosso..." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Mt 4.4 -</entry> -<entry> -Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o -homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title> -<para> -Jo 8.32 "<emphasis>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos -libertará</emphasis>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa -incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a -resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "<emphasis>Se vós -permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus -discÃpulos...</emphasis>"</para> -<para>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +Escrituras, tenhamos esperança"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Rm 10.17</entry> + <entry>Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo"</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Co 10.11</entry> + <entry>Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para +aviso nosso..."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Mt 4.4</entry> + <entry>Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o +homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Um Livro que Liberta</title> + <para>Jo 8.32 "<emphasis>E conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará.</emphasis>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma +promessa incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? +Encontramos a resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 +"<emphasis>Se vós permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sereis +meus discÃpulos...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus.</para> - -<para>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um + <para>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um <emphasis>vento violento</emphasis>. "<emphasis> para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...</emphasis>". Uma coisa que estudar a BÃblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".</para> - -<para><emphasis>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as +firmar na verdade, cujo resultado é não sermos facilmente "levados ao +redor".</para> + <para> + <emphasis>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</emphasis> Mt 22.29</para> -<para>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Palavra de Deus</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Poder de Deus </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title> -<para> -Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Armadura Espiritual</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Pergunta</entry> -<entry>Resposta</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Quantas são para atacar?</entry><entry>Uma</entry></row> -<row><entry>Qual? </entry><entry>a palavra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exortações</title> -<para> -2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que -não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" -</para> -<para> -Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; -ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos -espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" -</para> - -<para>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? </para> -<para> -Não só um pouquinho!</para> - -<para> -Ec 12.11 "<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos -bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo -único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não -há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é -expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o -advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e -<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Versão -Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi -feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no + <para>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Palavra de Deus</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Poder de Deus</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Um Livro que Luta</title> + <para>Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Armadura Espiritual</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Pergunta</entry> + <entry>Resposta</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Quantas são para atacar?</entry> + <entry>Uma</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Qual?</entry> + <entry>a palavra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>Exortações</title> + <para>2 Tm 2.15 "<emphasis>Procura apresentar-te a Deus aprovado, como obreiro que +não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da +verdade.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Cl 3.15 "<emphasis>A palavra de Cristo habite em vós abundantemente, em toda +a sabedoria, ensinando-vos e admoestando-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, +hinos e cânticos espirituais, cantando ao Senhor com graça em vosso +coração.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?</para> + <para>Não só um pouquinho!</para> + <para>Ec 12.11-12 "<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões, e como +pregos, bem fixados pelos mestres das assembléias, que nos foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. E, demais disto, filho meu, atenta: não há limite para fazer +livros, e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo, o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Novo Testamento Grego, principalmente +o advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Almeida +Corrigida Fiel como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de que o que +foi feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição e é usada no Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos -diz, "<emphasis>Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por -todas</emphasis>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). </para> <para> -Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +diz, "<emphasis>Pois, quanto a ter morrido, de uma vez morreu para o +pecado</emphasis>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28).</para> + <para>Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a redenção Cristã são indistinguÃveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser -adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a -Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das -tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as duas rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi construÃda -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição +das tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> para nossa autoridade e <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> para nossa salvação.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura BÃblica</title> <para> Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura BÃblica</title> + <para>Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua BÃblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por -exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para -mantê-lo atualizado! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capÃtulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capÃtulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente -ao dia do mês.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por -exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capÃtulo -por dia.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programa de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capÃtulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capÃtulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do mês.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capÃtulo +por dia.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capÃtulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos & Provérbios, você -lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 6c8d205..15ee9c1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regas de Interpretação BÃblica (Hermenêutica)</title> -<para>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias -Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Regas de Interpretação BÃblica (Hermenêutica)</title> + <para>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referências +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermenêutica bÃblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que @@ -11,27 +12,26 @@ significado correto, ignorando essas regras pessoas trouxeram vários problemas para si e para seus seguidores. 2 Pe 3.16 <quote>...nas quais há pontos difÃceis de entender, que os indoutos e inconstantes torcem, como o fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição</quote></para> - -<para>Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que + <para>Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que nossa atenção voltou-se para um versÃculo particular, cujo significado não é claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</title> -<para>Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</title> + <para>Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da palavra, melhor será nossa interpretação. Procure achar o exato significado das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definição</title> - <para>Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definição</title> + <para>Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a conjugação do verbo também é crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Referencia cruzada</title> - <para>Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Referencia cruzada</title> + <para>Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de @@ -40,18 +40,17 @@ também. Porque nós vamos para as lÃnguas originais, porque português não é bom o suficiente? <emphasis>Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter significados diferentes.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemplo 1A</title> -<para>Jo 20.17 <emphasis>"Deixa de me tocar"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? Parece + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Exemplo 1A</title> + <para>Jo 20.17 <emphasis>"Não me detenhas"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? Parece que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis>, de Spiros Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos + <para>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "detenhas" nós vemos "pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição (pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de @@ -64,15 +63,17 @@ comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação contÃnua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemplo 1B</title> -<para>Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da -igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do + <para> + <emphasis>Maria já estava se agarrando a Jesus, e ele está dizendo para +parar de segurá-lo!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Exemplo 1B</title> + <para>Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbÃteros +da igreja, e orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor"</emphasis>. Que unção é essa?</para> -<para>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe + <para>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" (Strong's). Como é um verbo, considere também a conjugação, "apta" passado @@ -80,107 +81,121 @@ participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação simples, ao contrário de uma ação contÃnua... quando o relacionamento com o verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e -os curavam.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus -cabelos</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lc 4.18 <quote> O EspÃrito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para -anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o EspÃrito Santo e com poder</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é -Deus</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as -definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</emphasis></para> - -<para>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Referências cruzadas para o aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +os curavam.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Referências cruzadas de chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lc 4.18 <quote> O EspÃrito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o EspÃrito Santo e com poder</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é +Deus</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referência cruzada e as +definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"aleipho" é o uso prático de óleo +e"chrio"é o uso espiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos -tempos de Jesus. -</para> -<para>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 -<emphasis>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes -orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</emphasis>. Essa unção -é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</para> -<para> -A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +tempos de Jesus.</para> + <para>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 +<emphasis>"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbÃteros da igreja, e +orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor"</emphasis>. Essa +unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</para> + <para>A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o -espiritual em nosso Deus! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bÃblico</title> -<para>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos -vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capÃtulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se -adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o -que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a -chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós -interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemplo 2A</title> -<para>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>"nascer da água e do +espiritual em nosso Deus!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bÃblico</title> + <para>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os +versÃculos vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capÃtulo? do livro? A sua +interpretação se adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o +contexto fornece o que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a +pssagem. Contexo é a chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado +depois que nós interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais +adiante.</para> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Exemplo 2A</title> + <para>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>"nascer da água e do EspÃrito"</emphasis>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</para> -<para>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do + <para>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação está errada! A água é o lÃquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento natural.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemplo 2B</title> -<para>1 Co 14.34 <quote>as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> deve ser -considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher que ora ou -profetiza....</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemplo 2C</title> -<para>Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um -de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos -pecados..."</quote> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Exemplo 2B</title> + <para>1 Co 14.34 <quote>As vossas mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> +deve ser considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher [...] +que ora ou profetiza [....]</quote></para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Exemplo 2C</title> + <para>Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um de +vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados... "</quote> Ele está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse fosse o único versÃculo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderÃamos concluir isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter -escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas -para pregar o evangelho"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title> -<para> -Nós não começamos perguntando <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>, +escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>"Porque Cristo enviou-me, não para batizar, mas +para evangelizar"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title> + <para>Nós não começamos perguntando <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>, mas <quote>O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</quote>; depois nós podemos nos perguntar <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>. Nós devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos destinatários.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 dias& 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Exemplo 3A</title> + <para> + <quote>3 dias& 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição.</para> -<para>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de + <para>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de um dia como um dia completo, assim como nós contamos baldes d'água (se existem seis baldes e meio de água, nós dizemos que existem sete baldes, mesmo que um deles não esteja completamente cheio). Então, para os judeus, @@ -188,82 +203,81 @@ qualquer parte do dia contava como um dia completo, e os dias começavam as 6h e terminavam à s 18h. Sexta de 15h até 18h = dia 1. Sexta 18h até Sábado 18h = dia 2. Sábado 18h até Domingo lá pelas 5h = dia 3. Interpretar o texto no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemplo 3B</title><para>Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Exemplo 3B</title> + <para>Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando entre as medates era a forma normal de firmar um contrato nos dias de Abraão. Ambas as partes andavam juntas, prometendo que o desmembramento podia acontecer à eles se eles deixassem sua parte no contrato. Mas no caso, somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title> -<para>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title> + <para>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemplo 4A</title> -<para><quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23.</para> -<para>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. -Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não -combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós -não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!</para> -<para>O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <quote>olho -mau</quote>. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <emphasis>"Não -me é lÃcito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu -sou bom?"</emphasis> Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma -expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos -como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemplo 4B</title> -<para>Is 59.1 <quote>Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</quote></para> -<para>Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Exemplo 4A</title> + <para> + <quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23.</para> + <para>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. Regra 2, +contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não combina com +nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós não estamos +entendendo corretamente!!!</para> + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Exemplo 4B</title> + <para>Is 59.1 <quote>Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</quote></para> + <para>Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços eternos</quote></para> -<para> -Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos -Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as -pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar -deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons -desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de -versÃculos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um -versÃculo, Sl 91.4 <emphasis>"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das -suas asas encontras refúgio"</emphasis>. W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de -interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês -também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que -eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridÃcula. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title> -<para>Uma alegoria é: <emphasis>uma história onde cada elemento tem um + <para>Uma alegoria é: <emphasis>uma história onde cada elemento tem um significado</emphasis></para> -<para>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</para> - -<para>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma + <para>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</para> + <para>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma alegoria: a semente é a palavra de Deus, os espinhos são medos e avareza, etc. Mas várias parábolas não são alegorias mas simplesmente histórias para ilustrar um ponto. É perigoso obter nossas doutrinas a partir de parábolas; elas podem ser torcidas para dizer todo o tipo de coisas. Nós precisamos fazer as nossas doutrinas de escrituras claras. Então, se uma parábola a ilustra, ótimo.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemplo 5A</title> -<para>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Exemplo 5A</title> + <para>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que nós teremos?</para> -<para>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para -proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemplo 5B</title> -<para>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? -Ela é uma alegoria? </para> -<para>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele + <para>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Exemplo 5B</title> + <para>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? +Ela é uma alegoria?</para> + <para>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo -elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre. </para> -</section> - -</section> +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook index eb21111..be906b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,70 +9,48 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>Estudo BÃblico HowTo</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado -pelos termos da licença <link + <title>Estudo BÃblico HowTo</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>O Time BibleTime</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado +pelos termos da licença<ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard -Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por -AA). - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Resumo</title> - - <para> - O <application>Estudo BÃblico HowTo</application> é um guia para estudo da -BÃblia. - </para> - <para> - A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a -estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular -foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em -particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender -o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor -mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Estudo</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel +(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Resumo</title> + <para>O <application>Estudo BÃblico HowTo</application> é um guia para estudo da +BÃblia.</para> + <para>A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse Como Fazer incentive os +leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo +particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional +em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para +entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o +Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>BÃblia</keyword> + <keyword>Estudo</keyword> + <keyword>Como fazer</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 832e36a..e234a92 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas -escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em -nossas mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Ouvir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +escrituras combinam o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a +palavra em nossas mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Ouvir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ler"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as -palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</span></p><p>1 Tm 4.13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>”</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</span></p><p>1 Tm 4.13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras -para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>”</span> -</p><p>2 Tm 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>”</span></p><p>2 Tm 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra ti.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita -de dia e noite. </span>”</span> -</p><p>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +de dia e noite. </span>”</span></p><p>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e -memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com a mensagem global da Bíblia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html index e99116f..b06b140 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se está relacionado com o versículo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p></li></ol></div><p>O que <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">fazer as vossas boas obras</span>”</span> significa? A passagem dá -algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? +algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas a passagem está sendo endereçada? <span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivações!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você oferta</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você jejua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar -maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">toca a trombeta</span>”</span>?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>faça-o em secreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você fornecer </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>não faça tocar a trombeta (como poderia alguém <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">tocar a +trombeta</span>”</span> hoje?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>faça-o em secreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 1b89db1..cfa8cb6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Conteúdo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com -definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito -importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a -passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencia cruzada"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Conteúdo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com +definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é rei" -- a passagem +precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a passagem e do livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencia cruzada"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html index 52abe02..c7309f2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Personagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo Expositivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 0bad4e2..50b8ecc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar um versículo particular"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra -"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e -procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras -relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, -resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida -entre Mt 7.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</span>”</span> e 1 Co -2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”</span>. Talvez -sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como -"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir -daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Procure "julgar".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, -2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Agora procure "julgado".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a -língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o -significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Encontre o significado dos nomes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar um versículo particular"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre os versículos: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</span>”</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra "redenção". Primeiro, +procure essa palavra na concordância e veja as referencias listadas para +ela. Então você pode procurar palavras relacionadas e referencias listadas a +partir dela, por exemplo: "remir, remido, resgate," até "comprar" ou +"comprado."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que você tenha reparado uma contradição na Edição Revista e +Atualizada de Almeida entre Mt 7.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais +julgados</span>”</span> e 1 Co 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as +coisas</span>”</span>. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas +traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong +a partir daqui).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Procure"julgar".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Agora procure "julgado".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Volte ao dicionário de Grego. (Lembre - se, você está no Novo Testamento, +então o idioma é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o +hebraico). Compare o significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você +terá a resposta!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Encontre o significado dos nomes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html index cf0496e..f529aa3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas -que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas +que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero disse <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê</span>”</span>, então no estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com -Deus. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +Deus.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus -estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam gravemente +enganados. [...]</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 305d1c2..9a8317e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Hb 4.12</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Hb 4.12</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e eficaz...</em></span>" Jesus disse <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt 4.4)</em></span>, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus</em></span>". Enquanto lemos a Bíblia, o Espírito de -Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. -</p><p>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda Escritura é divinamente -inspirada</em></span>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a -atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova.</p><p>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada [lit., +Soprada por Deus]</em></span>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, +considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou 'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis 2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele @@ -18,14 +18,12 @@ pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus falaram movidos pelo Espírito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens -falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... -</p><p> -Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro...</p><p>Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina -da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<span class="emphasis"><em>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, -para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja -perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</em></span>". Se nós -aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente -ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo ensinou isso.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<span class="emphasis"><em>e proveitosa para ensinar, para redargüir, +para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; Para que o homem de Deus seja +perfeito, e perfeitamente instruído para toda a boa obra.</em></span>". Se +nós aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, +consequentemente ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index b1422a7..b454ca1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,14 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exortações"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que -não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" -</p><p> -Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; -ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos -espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" -</p><p>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? </p><p> -Não só um pouquinho!</p><p> -Ec 12.11 "<span class="emphasis"><em>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos -bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo -único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não -há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exortações"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tm 2.15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Procura apresentar-te a Deus aprovado, como obreiro que +não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da +verdade.</em></span>"</p><p>Cl 3.15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A palavra de Cristo habite em vós abundantemente, em toda +a sabedoria, ensinando-vos e admoestando-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, +hinos e cânticos espirituais, cantando ao Senhor com graça em vosso +coração.</em></span>"</p><p>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?</p><p>Não só um pouquinho!</p><p>Ec 12.11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões, e como +pregos, bem fixados pelos mestres das assembléias, que nos foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. E, demais disto, filho meu, atenta: não há limite para fazer +livros, e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 54b5c4f..e33932a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jo 8.32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos -libertará</em></span>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa -incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a -resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Se vós -permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus -discípulos...</em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p>Jo 8.32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>E conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará.</em></span>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma +promessa incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? +Encontramos a resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Se vós permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sereis +meus discípulos...</em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus.</p><p>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um <span class="emphasis"><em>vento violento</em></span>. "<span class="emphasis"><em> para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...</em></span>". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as -Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +firmar na verdade, cujo resultado é não sermos facilmente "levados ao +redor".</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Poder de Deus</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html index 32f9e4c..ad2f241 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é -expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o -advérbio <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> e -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. É comumente traduzida na Versão -Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi -feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Novo Testamento Grego, principalmente +o advérbio <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> e +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. É comumente traduzida na Almeida +Corrigida Fiel como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de que o que +foi feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição e é usada no Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos -diz, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por -todas</em></span>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). </p><p> -Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +diz, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pois, quanto a ter morrido, de uma vez morreu para o +pecado</em></span>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28).</p><p>Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser -adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a -Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das -tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as duas rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi construída -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição +das tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> para nossa autoridade e <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> para nossa salvação.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora +gratia</em></span> para nossa salvação.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo, o Controverso,</em></span>Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortações </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 99ae7ab..574f48f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p>Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua Bíblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por -exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para -mantê-lo atualizado! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programa de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente ao dia do mês.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por dia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos & Provérbios, você -lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 67e59b2..75eec1c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Luta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p> -Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>Uma</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Luta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>Uma</td></tr><tr><td>Qual?</td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html index 29e1511..a2dfad1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,33 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p> -O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia -"<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós que credes</em></span>". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.26 -</td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela -palavra" -</td></tr><tr><td> -At 20.32 -</td><td> -edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos -edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rm 15.4 -</td><td> -Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p>O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia +"<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós, os que crestes.</em></span>". Do lado de cada +escritura, escreva o que a Palavra faz.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.26</td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela +palavra"</td></tr><tr><td>At 20.32</td><td>edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados"</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15.4</td><td>Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das -Escrituras, tenhamos esperança" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Rm 10.17 -</td><td> -Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo" -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Co 10.11 -</td><td> -Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para -aviso nosso..." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Mt 4.4 -</td><td> -Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o -homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Escrituras, tenhamos esperança"</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 10.17</td><td>Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo"</td></tr><tr><td>1 Co 10.11</td><td>Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para +aviso nosso..."</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4.4</td><td>Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o +homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html index de24d96..01e7736 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,27 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o -nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós -aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</p><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que é Único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por -ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das formas mais básicas que nós +aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</p><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que é Único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$ 500 milhões por +ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto o ano após +ano!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita -por uma única pessoa. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -Preservação. F. F. Burce em <span class="emphasis"><em>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +por uma única pessoa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Preservação. F. F. Burce em <span class="emphasis"><em>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são confiáveis?</em></span> compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros -textos antigos: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 d.C.</td><td>1100 d.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras da Gália</em></span>de César</td><td>50-58 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span> de Lívio</td><td>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</td><td>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem dez copias das <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras Gaulesas</em></span> de César, a -mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, -etc. Para o Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 -d.C., papiro contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e -fragmentos do evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos -para comparar uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em -absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +textos antigos:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 d.C.</td><td>1100 d.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras da Gália</em></span>de César</td><td>50-58 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span> de Lívio</td><td>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</td><td>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem dez copias das <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras Gaulesas</em></span> de César, a +mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original. Para o +Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., papiro +contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do +evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar +uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <span class="emphasis"><em>Questões da Vida</em></span> p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html index f098607..a0b38af 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos -vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se -adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o -que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a -chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós -interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os +versículos vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua +interpretação se adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o +contexto fornece o que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a +pssagem. Contexo é a chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado +depois que nós interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais +adiante.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</p><p>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação está errada! A água é o líquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento -natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>”</span> deve ser -considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou -profetiza....</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Atos 2.38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um -de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos -pecados..."</span>”</span> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse +natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">As vossas mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>”</span> +deve ser considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher [...] +que ora ou profetiza [....]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Atos 2.38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um de +vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados... "</span>”</span> Ele está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter -escrito 1 Co 1.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas -para pregar o evangelho"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +escrito 1 Co 1.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque Cristo enviou-me, não para batizar, mas +para evangelizar"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 6539faa..5659189 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> -Nós não começamos perguntando <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>Nós não começamos perguntando <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>, mas <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</span>”</span>; depois nós podemos nos perguntar <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>. Nós devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos -destinatários.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 dias& 3 noites</span>”</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a +destinatários.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 dias& 3 noites</span>”</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 5fb9046..e5f4878 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,24 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E -observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>”</span> em Mt 6.23.</p><p>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. -Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não -combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós -não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!</p><p>O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olho -mau</span>”</span>. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Não -me é lícito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu -sou bom?"</em></span> Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma -expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos -como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</span></p><p>Dt 33.27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços -eternos</span>”</span></p><p> -Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos -Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as -pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar -deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons -desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de -versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um -versículo, Sl 91.4 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das -suas asas encontras refúgio"</em></span>. W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de -interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês -também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que -eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E +observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>”</span> em Mt 6.23.</p><p>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. Regra 2, +contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não combina com +nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós não estamos +entendendo corretamente!!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because +I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</span></p><p>Dt 33.27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços +eternos</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was +giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of +interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html index a7315a8..851033a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma @@ -11,6 +11,6 @@ ilustra, ótimo.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 5A"><div class="titlepage lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que nós teremos?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? -Ela é uma alegoria? </p><p>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele +Ela é uma alegoria?</p><p>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo -elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html index 02c26d4..32cd6aa 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias -Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referências +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermenêutica bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que @@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ referência deve te dar usos da palavra em documentos não-bíblicos também. Porque nós vamos para as línguas originais, porque português não é bom o suficiente? <span class="emphasis"><em>Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter -significados diferentes.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jo 20.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Deixa de me tocar"</em></span> parece áspero, não? Parece +significados diferentes.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jo 20.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Não me detenhas"</em></span> parece áspero, não? Parece que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span>, de Spiros -Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos +Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "detenhas" nós vemos "pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição (pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de @@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ ativo (80)". Na pág. 857, "Presente Imperativo. Na voz ativa pode indicar um comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer -alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Em Tiago 5.14, <span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da -igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do +alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria já estava se agarrando a Jesus, e ele está dizendo para +parar de segurá-lo!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Em Tiago 5.14, <span class="emphasis"><em>"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros +da igreja, e orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor"</em></span>. Que unção é essa?</p><p>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" @@ -49,24 +51,21 @@ esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação simples, ao contrário de uma ação contínua... quando o relacionamento com o verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo -principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Referências cruzadas para o aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e os curavam.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus -cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4.18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Referências cruzadas de chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4.18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é -Deus</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as -definições e note a diferença: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</em></span></p><p>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo +Deus</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referência cruzada e as +definições e note a diferença: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" é o uso prático de óleo +e"chrio"é o uso espiritual</em></span></p><p>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos -tempos de Jesus. -</p><p>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes -orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</em></span>. Essa unção -é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</p><p> -A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +tempos de Jesus.</p><p>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros da igreja, e +orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor"</em></span>. Essa +unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</p><p>A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o -espiritual em nosso Deus! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +espiritual em nosso Deus!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html index 8c799f9..4d9fa0a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt_BR/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Resumo O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da Bíblia. A esperança do time do BibleTime é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado -pelos termos da licença "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard -Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por -AA). - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p> - O <span class="application">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</span> é um guia para estudo da -Bíblia. - </p><p> - A esperança do time do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a -estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular -foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em -particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender -o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor -mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumo O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da Bíblia. A esperança do time do BibleTime é que esse Como Fazer incentive os leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você."><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">O Time BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado +pelos termos da licença<a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel +(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p>O <span class="application">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</span> é um guia para estudo da +Bíblia.</p><p>A esperança do time do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é que esse Como Fazer incentive os +leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo +particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional +em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para +entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o +Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index fb9af40..4530adb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -1,209 +1,243 @@ -<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>ОÑновы Ð¸Ð·ÑƒÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸</title> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> -<title>Цель, Ñ ÐºÐ¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð¾Ð¹ мы приÑтупаем к изучению Библии </title> -<para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<chapter id="h2-basics"> + <title>ОÑновы Ð¸Ð·ÑƒÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸</title> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> + <title>Цель, Ñ ÐºÐ¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð¾Ð¹ мы приÑтупаем к изучению Библии </title> + <para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> + <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</para> -</blockquote> -</para> - -<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther + </blockquote> + </para> + <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</para> - -<blockquote><attribution>Джон Ð . Ð’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриÑÑ‚Ð¾Ñ - Спорщик (Christ the +God.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Джон Ð . Ð’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриÑÑ‚Ð¾Ñ - Спорщик (Christ the Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ÑÑ‚Ñ€.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously + <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</para> -<para>Ðет ни заÑлуги, ни пользы в чтении ПиÑÐ°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ñ€Ð°Ð´Ð¸ Ñамого чтениÑ, а только в + <para>Ðет ни заÑлуги, ни пользы в чтении ПиÑÐ°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ñ€Ð°Ð´Ð¸ Ñамого чтениÑ, а только в том Ñлучае, еÑли Ñто дейÑтвительно Ñближает Ð½Ð°Ñ Ñ Ð˜Ð¸ÑуÑом ХриÑтом. Ð’ÑÑкий раз при чтении Библии, необходимо уÑердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение вÑтретитьÑÑ Ñо ХриÑтом.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title> -<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"> + <title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title> + <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</para> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Слышать</title> -<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"> + <title>Слышать</title> + <para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Читать</title> -<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"> + <title>Читать</title> + <para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</quote></para> -<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</quote> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Изучать</title> -<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in + <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</quote></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"> + <title>Изучать</title> + <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote> -</para> -<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Запоминать</title> -<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"> + <title>Запоминать</title> + <para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.</quote></para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>РазмышлÑÑ‚ÑŒ</title> -<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"> + <title>РазмышлÑÑ‚ÑŒ</title> + <para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote> -</para> - -<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Типы Ð¸Ð·ÑƒÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸</title> -<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>ТематичеÑкое изучение</title> -<para>Выберите определённую тему и иÑÑледуйте её, иÑÐ¿Ð¾Ð»ÑŒÐ·ÑƒÑ Ð¿ÐµÑ€ÐµÐºÑ€Ñ‘Ñтные ÑÑылки +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para> + <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-types"> + <title>Типы Ð¸Ð·ÑƒÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸</title> + <sect2 id="basics-types-topical"> + <title>ТематичеÑкое изучение</title> + <para>Выберите определённую тему и иÑÑледуйте её, иÑÐ¿Ð¾Ð»ÑŒÐ·ÑƒÑ Ð¿ÐµÑ€ÐµÐºÑ€Ñ‘Ñтные ÑÑылки или Ñимфонию.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Изучение дейÑтвующих лиц</title> -<para>Изучение жизни библейÑких перÑонажей, например жизнь ИоÑифа в Быт.37-50.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>ÐкÑпозиционное изучение</title> -<para>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>ОÑновы правильного иÑтолкованиÑ</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Содержание</title> -<para>Что Ñто значит? Что Ñто значит на Ñзыке оригинала? Будьте оÑторожны Ñо + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"> + <title>Изучение дейÑтвующих лиц</title> + <para>Изучение жизни библейÑких перÑонажей, например жизнь ИоÑифа в Быт.37-50.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="basics-types-expository"> + <title>ÐкÑпозиционное изучение</title> + <para>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"> + <title>ОÑновы правильного иÑтолкованиÑ</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"> + <title>Содержание</title> + <para>Что Ñто значит? Что Ñто значит на Ñзыке оригинала? Будьте оÑторожны Ñо значениÑми Ñлов. Ðе ищите в них того, о чём они не говорÑÑ‚.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>КонтекÑÑ‚</title> -<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>ПерекрёÑтные ÑÑылки</title> -<para>Что говорÑÑ‚ об Ñтой теме другие Ñтихи во вÑей Библии? Бог не противоречит + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"> + <title>КонтекÑÑ‚</title> + <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"> + <title>ПерекрёÑтные ÑÑылки</title> + <para>Что говорÑÑ‚ об Ñтой теме другие Ñтихи во вÑей Библии? Бог не противоречит Себе, поÑтому наше иÑтолкование должно выдержать проверку других меÑÑ‚ ПиÑаниÑ. </para> -</sect2> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>ÐкÑпозиционное изучение отрывка ÐœÐ°Ñ‚Ñ„ÐµÑ 6:1-18</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> - <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Теперь заполните конÑпект оÑобыми инÑтрукциÑми о том, как избежать неверных + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"> + <title>ÐкÑпозиционное изучение отрывка ÐœÐ°Ñ‚Ñ„ÐµÑ 6:1-18</title> + <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> + <listitem> + <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our +motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para> + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you fast</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>When you pray</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Теперь заполните конÑпект оÑобыми инÑтрукциÑми о том, как избежать неверных путей проÑÐ²Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ñвоей праведноÑти:</para> - -<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> - <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> -today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Рабочий лиÑÑ‚: Как пользоватьÑÑ Ñимфонией</title> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Чтобы найти определённый Ñтих </title> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Выберите ключевое Ñлово или наиболее редкое Ñлово в Ñтихе.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Ðайдите Ñто Ñлово по алфавиту.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>ПроÑмотрите колонку ÑпиÑка и найдите нужный вам Ñтих.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</para> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Чтобы Ñделать тематичеÑкое иÑÑледование </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </para> -</sect2> - - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Чтобы выÑÑнить значение Ñлова в гречеÑком или еврейÑком Ñзыке</title> -<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge -not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Ðайдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect2> - -<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Чтобы найти Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð¸Ð¼Ñ‘Ð½</title> -<para>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в гречеÑком или еврейÑком + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a +trumpet</quote>today?)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>do it secretly.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>etc.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"> + <title>Рабочий лиÑÑ‚: Как пользоватьÑÑ Ñимфонией</title> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"> + <title>Чтобы найти определённый Ñтих </title> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Выберите ключевое Ñлово или наиболее редкое Ñлово в Ñтихе.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ðайдите Ñто Ñлово по алфавиту.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ПроÑмотрите колонку ÑпиÑка и найдите нужный вам Ñтих.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"> + <title>Чтобы Ñделать тематичеÑкое иÑÑледование</title> + <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"> + <title>Чтобы выÑÑнить значение Ñлова в гречеÑком или еврейÑком Ñзыке</title> + <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge +not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Look up "judge".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ðайдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"> + <title>Чтобы найти Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð¸Ð¼Ñ‘Ð½</title> + <para>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в гречеÑком или еврейÑком Ñзыке.</para> -<para>Ðайдите Ñти имена и запишите их значениÑ:</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Ðавал (Nabal)</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>ÐÐ²Ð¸Ð³ÐµÑ (Abigail)</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>ИиÑÑƒÑ Ðавин (Joshua)</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Варнава (Barnabus)</para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect2> - -</sect1> - + <para>Ðайдите Ñти имена и запишите их значениÑ:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ðавал (Nabal)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ÐÐ²Ð¸Ð³ÐµÑ (Abigail)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ИиÑÑƒÑ Ðавин (Joshua)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Варнава (Barnabus)</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index ecca83a..8f4d266 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,304 +1,304 @@ -<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>ВажноÑÑ‚ÑŒ Слова Божьего</title> -<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +<chapter id="h2-importance"> + <title>ВажноÑÑ‚ÑŒ Слова Божьего</title> + <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to communicate with God.</para> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ð£Ð½Ð¸ÐºÐ°Ð»ÑŒÐ½Ð°Ñ ÐšÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð°</title> -<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem> -<para> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</para> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<para> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents + <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"> + <title>Ð£Ð½Ð¸ÐºÐ°Ð»ÑŒÐ½Ð°Ñ ÐšÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð°</title> + <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> -<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> -<title>Сравнение новозаветних ПиÑаний Ñ Ð´Ñ€ÑƒÐ³Ð¸Ð¼Ð¸ древними текÑтами.</title> -<tgroup cols="5"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>Труд</entry> -<entry>Когда напиÑаны</entry> -<entry>Самые ранние копии</entry> -<entry>Промежуток времени</entry><entry>ЧиÑло копий</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Геродот</entry> -<entry>448-428 г.г. до н.Ñ.</entry><entry>900 г. н.Ñ.</entry> -<entry>1300 лет</entry><entry>8 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Тацит</entry> -<entry>100 г. н.Ñ.</entry><entry>1100 г. н.Ñ.</entry> -<entry>1000 лет</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Цезарь <emphasis>"ГалльÑкие войны"</emphasis></entry> -<entry>50-58 г. до н.Ñ.</entry><entry>900 г. н.Ñ.</entry> -<entry>950 лет</entry><entry>10 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Ливий <emphasis>"РимÑÐºÐ°Ñ Ð¸ÑториÑ"</emphasis></entry> -<entry>59 г. до н.Ñ. - 17 г. н.Ñ.</entry><entry>900 г. н.Ñ.</entry> -<entry>900 лет</entry><entry>20 -</entry></row> -<row> -<entry>Ðовый Завет</entry> -<entry>40 г. н.Ñ. - 100 г. н.Ñ.</entry><entry>130 г. н.Ñ. ЧаÑтичные ПиÑÐ°Ð½Ð¸Ñ 350 г. н.Ñ. Полные ПиÑаниÑ</entry> <entry>30 - 310 лет</entry><entry>5000 ГречеÑких и 10000 ЛатинÑких -</entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"> + <title>Сравнение новозаветних ПиÑаний Ñ Ð´Ñ€ÑƒÐ³Ð¸Ð¼Ð¸ древними текÑтами.</title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Труд</entry> + <entry>Когда напиÑаны</entry> + <entry>Самые ранние копии</entry> + <entry>Промежуток времени</entry> + <entry>ЧиÑло копий</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Геродот</entry> + <entry>448-428 г.г. до н.Ñ.</entry> + <entry>900 г. н.Ñ.</entry> + <entry>1300 лет</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Тацит</entry> + <entry>100 г. н.Ñ.</entry> + <entry>1100 г. н.Ñ.</entry> + <entry>1000 лет</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Цезарь <emphasis>"ГалльÑкие войны"</emphasis></entry> + <entry>50-58 г. до н.Ñ.</entry> + <entry>900 г. н.Ñ.</entry> + <entry>950 лет</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ливий <emphasis>"РимÑÐºÐ°Ñ Ð¸ÑториÑ"</emphasis></entry> + <entry>59 г. до н.Ñ. - 17 г. н.Ñ.</entry> + <entry>900 г. н.Ñ.</entry> + <entry>900 лет</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ðовый Завет</entry> + <entry>40 г. н.Ñ. - 100 г. н.Ñ.</entry> + <entry>130 г. н.Ñ. ЧаÑтичные ПиÑÐ°Ð½Ð¸Ñ 350 г. н.Ñ. Полные ПиÑаниÑ</entry> + <entry>30 - 310 лет</entry> + <entry>5000 ГречеÑких и 10000 ЛатинÑких</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"По иÑтинноÑти и полноте доказательÑтв текÑÑ‚ Ðового Завета оÑтаётÑÑ +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of +Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution> + <para>"По иÑтинноÑти и полноте доказательÑтв текÑÑ‚ Ðового Завета оÑтаётÑÑ Ð°Ð±Ñолютно и неоÑпоримо иÑключительным Ñреди других Ñтаринных прозаичных -рукопиÑей." </para></blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Книга, Ð²Ð´Ð¾Ñ…Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð»Ñ‘Ð½Ð½Ð°Ñ Ð‘Ð¾Ð³Ð¾Ð¼</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +рукопиÑей."</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"> + <title>Книга, Ð²Ð´Ð¾Ñ…Ð½Ð¾Ð²Ð»Ñ‘Ð½Ð½Ð°Ñ Ð‘Ð¾Ð³Ð¾Ð¼</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and +active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>" +<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</para> -<para>2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: "<emphasis>Ð’Ñе ПиÑание богодухновенно -[Ñ‚.е. вдохновлено Богом].</emphasis>" Верите ли вы Ñтому? Прежде чем -ответить, обратите внимание на отношение ИиÑуÑа к ПиÑанию. </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Джон Ð . Ð’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриÑÑ‚Ð¾Ñ - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ÑÑ‚Ñ€.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</para> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Джон Ð . Ð’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриÑÑ‚Ð¾Ñ - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ÑÑ‚Ñ€.93-95 </attribution> + <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</para> -<para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</para> + <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> - -<para>2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "<emphasis>и полезно Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð½Ð°ÑƒÑ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ, Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð¾Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ñ‡ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ, Ð´Ð»Ñ -иÑправлениÑ, Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð½Ð°ÑÑ‚Ð°Ð²Ð»ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð² праведноÑти, да будет Ñовершен Божий человек, -ко вÑÑкому доброму делу приготовлен.</emphasis>" ЕÑли мы принимаем то, что -Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ñ - Ñто дейÑтвительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, Ñледовательно, она -будет нашим авторитетом во вÑех вопроÑах веры и поведениÑ. </para> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>ДейÑÑ‚Ð²ÐµÐ½Ð½Ð°Ñ ÐšÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð°</title> -<para> -Что вам даÑÑ‚ изучение Библии? Ð’ 1 ФеÑ. 2:13 говоритÑÑ, что Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ñ -"<emphasis>дейÑтвует в ваÑ, верующих.</emphasis>" Ð Ñдом Ñ ÐºÐ°Ð¶Ð´Ñ‹Ð¼ отрывком, -запишите дейÑтвие, которое производит Слово. -</para> -<table id="h2-importance-results-table"> -<title>Что даёт изучение Библии хриÑтианам?</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>СÑылка</entry> -<entry>ДейÑтвие</entry> -</row> -</thead> -<tbody> -<row> -<entry>Еф.5:26 -</entry> -<entry>очищает -- "...чтобы оÑвÑтить ее, очиÑтив банею водною поÑредÑтвом Ñлова;" -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -ДеÑн.20:32 -</entry> -<entry> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</entry> -</row> -<row> -<entry> -Рим.15:4 -</entry> -<entry> -утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из ПиÑаний ÑохранÑли надежду." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Рим.10:17 -</entry> -<entry> -даёт веру -- "Итак вера от ÑлышаниÑ, а Ñлышание от Ñлова БожиÑ." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -1 Кор.10:11 -</entry> -<entry> -наÑтавлÑет -- "Ð’Ñе Ñто проиÑходило Ñ Ð½Ð¸Ð¼Ð¸, как образы; а опиÑано в -наÑтавление нам, доÑтигшим поÑледних веков." -</entry> -</row> - -<row> -<entry> -Мтф.4:4 -</entry> -<entry> -питает -- "Он же Ñказал ему в ответ: напиÑано: не хлебом одним будет жить -человек, но вÑÑким Ñловом, иÑходÑщим из уÑÑ‚ Божиих." -</entry> -</row> -</tbody> -</tgroup> -</table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Книга, ÐºÐ¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð°Ñ Ð¾Ñвобождает</title> -<para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> -<para>Как видим, Ñто обещание Ñ ÑƒÑловием, говорÑщее конкретно об иÑтине Божьего -Слова.</para> - -<para>ГречеÑкое Ñлово "ветер", иÑпользованное в Еф.4:14 означает <emphasis>Ñильный -ветер.</emphasis> "<emphasis>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимиÑÑ -и увлекающимиÑÑ Ð²ÑÑким ветром учениÑ...</emphasis>" Изучение Библии даёт нам -укоренитьÑÑ Ð² иÑтине, и как результат --- Ð½Ð°Ñ Ð±ÑƒÐ´ÐµÑ‚ не проÑто "Ñдуть". </para> - -<para><emphasis>ИиÑÑƒÑ Ñказал им в ответ: </emphasis>"<emphasis>заблуждаетеÑÑŒ, не -Ð·Ð½Ð°Ñ ÐŸÐ¸Ñаний, ни Ñилы Божией</emphasis>" Мтф.22:29.</para> -<para>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</para> -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Божье Слово</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Ð‘Ð¾Ð¶ÑŒÑ Ð¡Ð¸Ð»Ð° </para></listitem> -</itemizedlist> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Книга, ÐºÐ¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð°Ñ Ð²Ð¾ÑŽÐµÑ‚</title> -<para> -Ð’ Еф.6:10-18 еÑÑ‚ÑŒ опиÑание нашего духовного оружиÑ.</para> -<table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> -<title>Духовное оружие</title> -<tgroup cols="2"> -<thead> -<row> -<entry>ВопроÑ</entry> -<entry>Ответ</entry> -</row></thead> -<tbody> -<row><entry>Сколько из перечиÑленного Ð¾Ñ€ÑƒÐ¶Ð¸Ñ Ð¸ÑпользуетÑÑ Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð·Ð°Ñ‰Ð¸Ñ‚Ñ‹?</entry><entry>5</entry></row> -<row><entry>Сколько Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð½Ð°Ð¿Ð°Ð´ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ?</entry><entry>One</entry></row> -<row><entry>Какое? </entry><entry>Ñлово - <foreignphrase>рхема (rhema)</foreignphrase></entry></row> -</tbody></tgroup></table> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>УвещеваниÑ</title> -<para> -2 Тим.2:15 "<emphasis>СтарайÑÑ Ð¿Ñ€ÐµÐ´Ñтавить ÑÐµÐ±Ñ Ð‘Ð¾Ð³Ñƒ доÑтойным, делателем -неукоризненным, верно преподающим Ñлово иÑтины.</emphasis>" -</para> -<para> -Кол.3:16 "<emphasis>Слово ХриÑтово да вÑелÑетÑÑ Ð² Ð²Ð°Ñ Ð¾Ð±Ð¸Ð»ÑŒÐ½Ð¾, Ñо вÑÑкою -премудроÑтью; научайте и вразумлÑйте друг друга пÑалмами, ÑлавоÑловием и -духовными пеÑнÑми, во благодати воÑÐ¿ÐµÐ²Ð°Ñ Ð² Ñердцах ваших -ГоÑподу.</emphasis>" -</para> - -<para>ЕÑли вы чем-то богаты, то Ñколько у Ð²Ð°Ñ Ñтого? </para> -<para> -Ведь не чуть-чуть!</para> - -<para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-works"> + <title>ДейÑÑ‚Ð²ÐµÐ½Ð½Ð°Ñ ÐšÐ½Ð¸Ð³Ð°</title> + <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> + <title>Что даёт изучение Библии хриÑтианам?</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>СÑылка</entry> + <entry>ДейÑтвие</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Еф.5:26</entry> + <entry>очищает -- "...чтобы оÑвÑтить ее, очиÑтив банею водною поÑредÑтвом Ñлова;" </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>ДеÑн.20:32</entry> + <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Рим.15:4</entry> + <entry>утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из ПиÑаний ÑохранÑли надежду."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Рим.10:17</entry> + <entry>даёт веру -- "Итак вера от ÑлышаниÑ, а Ñлышание от Ñлова БожиÑ."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1 Кор.10:11</entry> + <entry>наÑтавлÑет -- "Ð’Ñе Ñто проиÑходило Ñ Ð½Ð¸Ð¼Ð¸, как образы; а опиÑано в +наÑтавление нам, доÑтигшим поÑледних веков."</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Мтф.4:4</entry> + <entry>питает -- "Он же Ñказал ему в ответ: напиÑано: не хлебом одним будет жить +человек, но вÑÑким Ñловом, иÑходÑщим из уÑÑ‚ Божиих."</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"> + <title>Книга, ÐºÐ¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð°Ñ Ð¾Ñвобождает</title> + <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para> + <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</para> + <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent +wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para> + <para> + <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para> + <para>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Божье Слово</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ð‘Ð¾Ð¶ÑŒÑ Ð¡Ð¸Ð»Ð°</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"> + <title>Книга, ÐºÐ¾Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ€Ð°Ñ Ð²Ð¾ÑŽÐµÑ‚</title> + <para>Ð’ Еф.6:10-18 еÑÑ‚ÑŒ опиÑание нашего духовного оружиÑ.</para> + <table id="h2-importance-armor-table"> + <title>Духовное оружие</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>ВопроÑ</entry> + <entry>Ответ</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Сколько из перечиÑленного Ð¾Ñ€ÑƒÐ¶Ð¸Ñ Ð¸ÑпользуетÑÑ Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð·Ð°Ñ‰Ð¸Ñ‚Ñ‹?</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Сколько Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð½Ð°Ð¿Ð°Ð´ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ?</entry> + <entry>One</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Какое?</entry> + <entry>Ñлово - <foreignphrase>рхема (rhema)</foreignphrase></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"> + <title>УвещеваниÑ</title> + <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</emphasis>"</para> + <para>ЕÑли вы чем-то богаты, то Ñколько у Ð²Ð°Ñ Ñтого?</para> + <para>Ведь не чуть-чуть!</para> + <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>" -</para> </sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Приложение: "Однажды Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð²Ñех"</title> -<blockquote> -<attribution>Джон Ð . Ð’. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>ХриÑÑ‚Ð¾Ñ - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, ÑÑ‚Ñ€.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +body.</emphasis>"</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"> + <title>Приложение: "Однажды Ð´Ð»Ñ Ð²Ñех"</title> + <blockquote> + <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the +Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> + <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and +<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> -</blockquote> -</sect1> - -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Дополнение: Программы Ñ‡Ñ‚ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para> + <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para> + </blockquote> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"> + <title>Дополнение: Программы Ñ‡Ñ‚ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸</title> + <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</para> -<orderedlist numeration="arabic"> -<listitem><para>Ðовый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Притчи за меÑÑц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, ÑоответÑтвенно чиÑлу -меÑÑца.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>ПÑалмы за меÑÑц: читайте 5 ПÑалмов Ñ Ð¸Ð½Ñ‚ÐµÑ€Ð²Ð°Ð»Ð¾Ð¼ 30 каждый день, например -20-го чиÑла вы читаете ПÑ.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>ПÑалмы и Притчи за 6 меÑÑцев: читайте по порÑдку ПÑалмы и Притчи по одной -главе в день.</para></listitem> -<listitem><para>Ветхий Завет без ПÑалмов и Притч за 2 года: еÑли вы будете читать одну главу +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para> + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Ðовый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Притчи за меÑÑц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, ÑоответÑтвенно чиÑлу +меÑÑца.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ПÑалмы за меÑÑц: читайте 5 ПÑалмов Ñ Ð¸Ð½Ñ‚ÐµÑ€Ð²Ð°Ð»Ð¾Ð¼ 30 каждый день, например +20-го чиÑла вы читаете ПÑ.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>ПÑалмы и Притчи за 6 меÑÑцев: читайте по порÑдку ПÑалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Ветхий Завет без ПÑалмов и Притч за 2 года: еÑли вы будете читать одну главу в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуÑÐºÐ°Ñ ÐŸÑалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий -Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. -</para></listitem> -</orderedlist> -</sect1> - +Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> - diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 457b05e..833c03b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,259 +1,272 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Правила Ñ‚Ð¾Ð»ÐºÐ¾Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸ (Герменевтика)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<chapter id="h2-rules"> + <title>Правила Ñ‚Ð¾Ð»ÐºÐ¾Ð²Ð°Ð½Ð¸Ñ Ð‘Ð¸Ð±Ð»Ð¸Ð¸ (Герменевтика)</title> + <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> - -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> + <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Правило 1 - ИÑтолковывать в ÑоответÑтвии Ñ Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ‡Ð½Ñ‹Ð¼ значением Ñлов.</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> + <section id="h2-rules-exact"> + <title>Правило 1 - ИÑтолковывать в ÑоответÑтвии Ñ Ñ‚Ð¾Ñ‡Ð½Ñ‹Ð¼ значением Ñлов.</title> + <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para> - -<orderedlist> - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>Definition</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Definition</title> + <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <formalpara><title>ПерекрёÑтные ÑÑылки</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>ПерекрёÑтные ÑÑылки</title> + <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> - </formalpara> - </listitem> -</orderedlist> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Пример 1Ð</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"> + <title>Пример 1Ð</title> + <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> - -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." + <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> -<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</emphasis></para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para> + <para> + <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</emphasis> + </para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"> + <title>Example 1B</title> + <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> + <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> - -<itemizedlist> -<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> - -<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem> - </orderedlist></para> -</listitem> -</itemizedlist> - -<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</quote></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para> - -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</emphasis></para> + <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</para> -<para>Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применÑÑ Ñ‚Ð¾, что мы уже узнали об Ñтом -Ñлове: <emphasis>"Болен ли кто из ваÑ, пуÑÑ‚ÑŒ призовет преÑвитеров Церкви, и -пуÑÑ‚ÑŒ помолÑÑ‚ÑÑ Ð½Ð°Ð´ ним, помазав его елеем во Ð¸Ð¼Ñ Ð“Ð¾Ñподне."</emphasis> Ðто -"помазание" духовное или практичеÑкое? ПрактичеÑкое!</para> -<para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</para> + <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para> + <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-context"> -<title>Правило 2 - ИÑтолковывать в библейÑком контекÑте</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context"> + <title>Правило 2 - ИÑтолковывать в библейÑком контекÑте</title> + <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Пример 2Ð</title> -<para>Ð’ предыдущем уроке мы раÑÑматривали Ин.3:5 <emphasis>"рождённый от воды и -Духа".</emphasis> Ð’ контекÑте, что такое вода, о которой говоритÑÑ Ð·Ð´ÐµÑÑŒ?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"> + <title>Пример 2Ð</title> + <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the +Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para> + <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Пример 2Б</title> -<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"> + <title>Пример 2Б</title> + <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para> -</section> -<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Пример 2Ð’</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> -<title>Правило 3 - Толковать в иÑторичеÑком и культурном контекÑте</title> -<para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"> + <title>Пример 2Ð’</title> + <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> + <title>Правило 3 - Толковать в иÑторичеÑком и культурном контекÑте</title> + <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the +<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Пример 3Ð</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"> + <title>Пример 3Ð</title> + <para> + <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, + <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Пример 3Б</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"> + <title>Пример 3Б</title> + <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в ÑоответÑтвии Ñ Ð¾Ð±Ñ‹Ñ‡Ð½Ñ‹Ð¼ употреблением Ñлов в Ñзыке</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal"> + <title>Правило 4 - Толковать в ÑоответÑтвии Ñ Ð¾Ð±Ñ‹Ñ‡Ð½Ñ‹Ð¼ употреблением Ñлов в Ñзыке</title> + <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Пример 4Ð</title> -<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"> + <title>Пример 4Ð</title> + <para> + <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para> + <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do + <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Пример 4Б</title> -<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> -<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> -<para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"> + <title>Пример 4Б</title> + <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para> + <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para> + <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</para> -</section> -</section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Правило 5 - Ðужно понÑÑ‚ÑŒ цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title> -<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a +is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables"> + <title>Правило 5 - Ðужно понÑÑ‚ÑŒ цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title> + <para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</emphasis></para> -<para>ÐšÐ°Ð¶Ð´Ð°Ñ Ð¿Ñ€Ð¸Ñ‚Ñ‡Ð° ÑвлÑетÑÑ Ð°Ð»Ð»ÐµÐ³Ð¾Ñ€Ð¸ÐµÐ¹, верно или нет?</para> - -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an + <para>ÐšÐ°Ð¶Ð´Ð°Ñ Ð¿Ñ€Ð¸Ñ‚Ñ‡Ð° ÑвлÑетÑÑ Ð°Ð»Ð»ÐµÐ³Ð¾Ñ€Ð¸ÐµÐ¹, верно или нет?</para> + <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Пример 5Ð</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"> + <title>Пример 5Ð</title> + <para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para> -<para>Её значение подвергаетÑÑ Ñ€Ð°Ð·Ð»Ð¸Ñ‡Ð½Ñ‹Ð¼ иÑкажениÑм: Бог не желает защищать права -вдов, молитвы "доÑаждают" Ему, и Ñ‚.д.</para></section> - -<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Пример 5Б</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> -</section> - -</section> + <para>Её значение подвергаетÑÑ Ñ€Ð°Ð·Ð»Ð¸Ñ‡Ð½Ñ‹Ð¼ иÑкажениÑм: Бог не желает защищать права +вдов, молитвы "доÑаждают" Ему, и Ñ‚.д.</para> + </section> + <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"> + <title>Пример 5Б</title> + <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</para> + <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para> + </section> + </section> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook index 8470f56..b86d18e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/ru/docbook/index.docbook @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;"> <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE"> @@ -7,69 +9,47 @@ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook"> <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook"> ]> - <book> - <bookinfo> - <title>Как изучать Библию</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Bob</firstname> - <surname>Harman</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname></firstname> - <surname>The BibleTime team</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - - - <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> -<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; -(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license <link + <title>Как изучать Библию</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Bob</firstname> + <surname>Harman</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname></firstname> + <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. - </para> - <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </para> - </legalnotice> - - <abstract> - <title>Резюме</title> - - <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </para> - <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para> + <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</para> + </legalnotice> + <abstract> + <title>Резюме</title> + <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</para> + <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </para> - </abstract> - - <keywordset> - <keyword>Bible</keyword> - <keyword>Изучать</keyword> - <keyword>HowTo</keyword> - </keywordset> - +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>Bible</keyword> + <keyword>Изучать</keyword> + <keyword>HowTo</keyword> + </keywordset> </bookinfo> - -&howto-chap1; -&howto-chap2; -&howto-chap3; - +&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3; </book> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 49ce858..c77a865 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,22 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Слышать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Читать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this prophecy [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>»</span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +[...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»</span> -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the word of truth.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Запоминать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against Thee.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Размышлять"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»</span> -</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the +fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first +four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and +read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that +they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 285ec9f..77af696 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span> mean? Does the -passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных -путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>»</span> -today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test +it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they +relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman +numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span>mean? Does the passage +give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our +motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных +путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a +trumpet</span>»</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 3b1c3fa..80d1f8c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Содержание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со -значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- -the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Содержание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со +значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the +passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест -Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html index e8c3072..a65fd67 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Типы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематическое изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки -или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучение действующих лиц"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Экспозиционное изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Типы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематическое изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучение действующих лиц"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Экспозиционное изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 576378c..aa0dd59 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти определённый стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>»</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>»</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, -both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти значения имён"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском -языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти определённый стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</span> + </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would +look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for +it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, +e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>»</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>»</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here +out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, +2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the +language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with +the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти значения имён"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском +языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html index 105b919..eebb15c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther +to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> + </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther said <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously +God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was +tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to +himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come." +Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтении Писания ради самого чтения, а только в том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 67a9fc1..e326202 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,32 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>" +<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Все Писание богодухновенно -[т.е. вдохновлено Богом].</em></span>" Верите ли вы этому? Прежде чем -ответить, обратите внимание на отношение Иисуса к Писанию. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God +continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., +God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider +Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them +all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well +an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 +on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It +is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their +conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true +to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as +it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... -</p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief +of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed +to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's +witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "<span class="emphasis"><em>и полезно для научения, для обличения, для -исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий человек, -ко всякому доброму делу приготовлен.</em></span>" Если мы принимаем то, что -Библия - это действительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, следовательно, она -будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the +Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, +for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped +for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God +speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of +faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index c985bcb..6c22aba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,16 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Увещевания"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Тим.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем -неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</em></span>" -</p><p> -Кол.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Слово Христово да вселяется в вас обильно, со всякою -премудростью; научайте и вразумляйте друг друга псалмами, славословием и -духовными песнями, во благодати воспевая в сердцах ваших -Господу.</em></span>" -</p><p>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого? </p><p> -Ведь не чуть-чуть!</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Увещевания"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a +workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of +truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with +all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and +spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to +God.</em></span>"</p><p>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого?</p><p>Ведь не чуть-чуть!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is +Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 8279520..896fe35 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Как видим, это обещание с условием, говорящее конкретно об истине Божьего -Слова.</p><p>Греческое слово "ветер", использованное в Еф.4:14 означает <span class="emphasis"><em>сильный -ветер.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися -и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения...</em></span>" Изучение Библии даёт нам -укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>заблуждаетесь, не -зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make +you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional +or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the +answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If +you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the +truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent +wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, +tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of +doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground +us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are +mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of +God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божья Сила</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html index 867fdce..9c25745 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the -Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith +which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, " +<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see +also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered +once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian +redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either +without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the +Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition +of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human +merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the +Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 432c4a9..6bc636f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу +#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу месяца.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например 20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной главе в день.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий -Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 267f0dd..955847f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая воюет"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p> -В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая воюет"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p>В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое?</td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html index 7ce0885..9f672ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,30 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Действенная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p> -Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия -"<span class="emphasis"><em>действует в вас, верующих.</em></span>" Рядом с каждым отрывком, -запишите действие, которое производит Слово. -</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26 -</td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" -</td></tr><tr><td> -Деян.20:32 -</td><td> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " -</td></tr><tr><td> -Рим.15:4 -</td><td> -утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Рим.10:17 -</td><td> -даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия." -</td></tr><tr><td> -1 Кор.10:11 -</td><td> -наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в -наставление нам, достигшим последних веков." -</td></tr><tr><td> -Мтф.4:4 -</td><td> -питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить -человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих." -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Действенная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible " +<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each +scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26</td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" </td></tr><tr><td>Деян.20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and +to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Рим.15:4</td><td>утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду."</td></tr><tr><td>Рим.10:17</td><td>даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Кор.10:11</td><td>наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в +наставление нам, достигшим последних веков."</td></tr><tr><td>Мтф.4:4</td><td>питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить +человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html index 8e6d38b..7bdbc4c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,27 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Уникальная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Уникальная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per +year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different +authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: -</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8 -</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10 -</td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20 -</td></tr><tr><td>Новый Завет</td><td>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</td><td>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</td><td>30 - 310 лет</td><td>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the +texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Новый Завет</td><td>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</td><td>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</td><td>30 - 310 лет</td><td>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest +of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся +gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each +other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных -рукописей." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +рукописей."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of +Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html index fe31499..98cd843 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и -Духа".</em></span> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your +interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context +supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from +the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span> has to +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span>has to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2В"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2В"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be +baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins +[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the +light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in +Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way +for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to +being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did +not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index cbaf80e..6a71352 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span> but +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>but <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask, -<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with +a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could +Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the +third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full +day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 +p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to +Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that +Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral +covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 01054e6..69a65ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p> + <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up +other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</span></p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they +is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that +God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: +<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses +like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of +shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html index bd7b6ef..51e0cdd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear +etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate +one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be +twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 5А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права -вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he +had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended +for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html index 9514fc3..a47ec2b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,67 +1,66 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one +Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things +hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also +the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may +documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why +isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek +word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Пример 1А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up +is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from +Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition +(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling +of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may +active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop -holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another +that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop +holding him!</em></span> + </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The +i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's +a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually +action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: -<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and -"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of +<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a +spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. -</p><p>Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применяя то, что мы уже узнали об этом -слове: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров Церкви, и -пусть помолятся над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Господне."</em></span> Это -"помазание" духовное или практическое? Практическое!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated +robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in +Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 +<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church; +and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the +Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is +the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of +practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html index 0b02c5c..54f4914 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Как изучать Библию"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторские права"><a name="id14943876"></a><p> - This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under -the terms of the license "Creative Commons -Attribution-Share Alike". - </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. - </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Как изучать Библию"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторские права © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team +(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Юридическое уведомление"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under +the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons +Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the +Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the +readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures +denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Список таблиц</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Список таблиц</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html> |